Compare commits

..

367 Commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Hui Wang
66d86f0e76 vc_sm: Let it support to build in the non-src folder
If we build the kernel with "-O=$non-src-folder", this driver will
introdcue a building error because of the header's location.

Signed-off-by: Hui Wang <hui.wang@canonical.com>
2019-09-17 11:20:15 +01:00
Hui Wang
ded9db62f4 rtl8192cu: Let it support to build in the non-src folder
If we build the kernel with "-O=$non-src-folder", this driver will
introdcue a building error because of the header's location.

Signed-off-by: Hui Wang <hui.wang@canonical.com>
2019-09-17 11:20:15 +01:00
Phil Elwell
618efe6f07 drm/vc4: Prevent load tracking from breaking FKMS
Firmware KMS uses a mixture of VC4 processing and dedicated code. The
load tracking support in VC4 assumes it is dealing with vc4_plane_state
objects when up-casting with container_of, but FKMS uses unadorned
drm_plane_state structures causing the VC4 code to read off the end
into random portions of memory. Work around the problem in a minimally-
invasive way by over-allocating the FKMS plane state structures to be
large enough to contain a vc4_plane_state, filling the remainder with
zeroes.

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:15 +01:00
Phil Elwell
38f2d0d117 Revert "drm/vc4: Disable load tracking by default"
This reverts commit 124fba550eeed6ef766e65759a6d8dfdc436d68e.
2019-09-17 11:20:15 +01:00
Phil Elwell
fa6f425274 Revert "configs: Nobble I2S sound cards for now due to modern dai_link api breakage"
This reverts commit f574dc066e.
2019-09-17 11:20:15 +01:00
Hui Wang
ad021fc01f ASoC: pisound: fix the parameter for spi_device_match
Signed-off-by: Hui Wang <hui.wang@canonical.com>
2019-09-17 11:20:15 +01:00
Hui Wang
a744810f7e ASoC: allo-boss-dac: use modern dai_link style
Signed-off-by: Hui Wang <hui.wang@canonical.com>
2019-09-17 11:20:15 +01:00
Hui Wang
62c935517d ASoC: allo-piano-dac-plus: use modern dai_link style
Signed-off-by: Hui Wang <hui.wang@canonical.com>
2019-09-17 11:20:14 +01:00
Hui Wang
f436efe19c ASoC: allo-piano-dac: use modern dai_link style
Signed-off-by: Hui Wang <hui.wang@canonical.com>
2019-09-17 11:20:14 +01:00
Hui Wang
869a5f1c4c ASoC: audioinjector-octo-soundcard: use modern dai_link style
Signed-off-by: Hui Wang <hui.wang@canonical.com>
2019-09-17 11:20:14 +01:00
Hui Wang
a2da654b12 ASoC: audioinjector-pi-soundcard: use modern dai_link style
Signed-off-by: Hui Wang <hui.wang@canonical.com>
2019-09-17 11:20:14 +01:00
Hui Wang
4d25ac4149 ASoC: audiosense-pi: use modern dai_link style
Signed-off-by: Hui Wang <hui.wang@canonical.com>
2019-09-17 11:20:14 +01:00
Hui Wang
ef0fea4e31 ASoC: digidac1-soundcard: use modern dai_link style
Signed-off-by: Hui Wang <hui.wang@canonical.com>
2019-09-17 11:20:14 +01:00
Hui Wang
4fd717ceb0 ASoC: dionaudio_loco-v2: use modern dai_link style
Signed-off-by: Hui Wang <hui.wang@canonical.com>
2019-09-17 11:20:14 +01:00
Hui Wang
0d60b662c8 ASoC: dionaudio_loco: use modern dai_link style
Signed-off-by: Hui Wang <hui.wang@canonical.com>
2019-09-17 11:20:14 +01:00
Hui Wang
88b2c146db ASoC: fe-pi-audio: use modern dai_link style
Signed-off-by: Hui Wang <hui.wang@canonical.com>
2019-09-17 11:20:14 +01:00
Hui Wang
7ce33e9dd9 ASoC: hifiberry_dacplus: use modern dai_link style
Signed-off-by: Hui Wang <hui.wang@canonical.com>
2019-09-17 11:20:14 +01:00
Hui Wang
64b06d8f64 ASoC: i-sabre-q2m: use modern dai_link style
Signed-off-by: Hui Wang <hui.wang@canonical.com>
2019-09-17 11:20:13 +01:00
Hui Wang
d608e4d709 ASoC: iqaudio-codec: use modern dai_link style
Signed-off-by: Hui Wang <hui.wang@canonical.com>
2019-09-17 11:20:13 +01:00
Hui Wang
9c5f0eb104 ASoC: pisound: use modern dai_link style
Signed-off-by: Hui Wang <hui.wang@canonical.com>
2019-09-17 11:20:13 +01:00
Hui Wang
0643358c2f ASoC: rpi-proto: use modern dai_link style
Signed-off-by: Hui Wang <hui.wang@canonical.com>
2019-09-17 11:20:13 +01:00
Hui Wang
247f7797c1 ASoC: rpi-simple-soundcard: use modern dai_link style
Signed-off-by: Hui Wang <hui.wang@canonical.com>
2019-09-17 11:20:13 +01:00
Phil Elwell
c8588a0e4b net: bcmgenet: Workaround for Pi 4B network issue
Some combinations of Pi 4Bs and Ethernet switches don't reliably get a
DCHP-assigned IP address, leaving the unit with a self=assigned 169.254
address.

Forcing renegotiation has been found to be an effective workaround, so
add an automatic renegotiation after the link comes up for the first
time; enable it with genet.force_reneg=y - by default it is disabled.

See: https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/issues/3108

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:13 +01:00
Phil Elwell
ae7c6e7b2d drm/vc4: Disable load tracking by default
The load tracking support appears to be broken which is causing
updates to be rejected (and duplicate mouse pointers!), so disable
it for now.

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:13 +01:00
Phil Elwell
a336c4fa74 bcm2835_mmc: Remove vestigial threaded IRQ
With SDIO processing now managed by the MMC framework with a
workqueue, the bcm2835_mmc driver no longer needs a threaded
IRQ.

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:13 +01:00
Matthias Reichl
ff803f1cca clk: clk-hifiberry-dacpro: fix kconfig
Make the clock driver and independent configuration option
and change the HifiBerry DAC+ and HifiBerry DAC+ADC kconfig
to select it.

This allows building only the Hifiberry DAC+ADC driver.

Signed-off-by: Matthias Reichl <hias@horus.com>
2019-09-17 11:20:13 +01:00
Matthias Reichl
561c35285f ASoC: hifiberry_dacplusadc: use modern dai_link style
Signed-off-by: Matthias Reichl <hias@horus.com>
2019-09-17 11:20:13 +01:00
Matthias Reichl
a031353aa6 ASoC: hifiberry_dacplusadc: fix DAI link setup
The driver only defines a single DAI link and the code that tries
to setup the second (non-existent) DAI link looks wrong - using dmic
as a CPU/platform driver doesn't make any sense.

The DT overlay doesn't define a dmic property, so the code was never
executed (otherwise it would have resulted in a memory corruption).

So drop the offending code to prevent issues if a dmic property
should be added to the DT overlay.

Signed-off-by: Matthias Reichl <hias@horus.com>
2019-09-17 11:20:12 +01:00
Matthias Reichl
b65d5c3a4d ASoC: rpi-wm8804-soundcard: use modern dai_link style
Signed-off-by: Matthias Reichl <hias@horus.com>
2019-09-17 11:20:12 +01:00
Matthias Reichl
338626941f ASoC: justboom-dac: use modern dai_link style
Signed-off-by: Matthias Reichl <hias@horus.com>
2019-09-17 11:20:12 +01:00
Phil Elwell
67c4745f8f pcie-brcmstb: Don't set DMA ops for root complex
A change to arm_get_dma_map_ops has stopped get_dma_ops from working
on the root complex, causing an error to be logged. However, there is
no need to override the DMA ops in that case, so skip it and
eliminate the error message.

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:12 +01:00
Matthias Reichl
4f6f2754a1 ASoC: iqaudio-dac: use modern dai_link style
Signed-off-by: Matthias Reichl <hias@horus.com>
2019-09-17 11:20:12 +01:00
Matthias Reichl
3a3f99def6 ASoC: rpi-cirrus: use modern dai_link style
Signed-off-by: Matthias Reichl <hias@horus.com>
2019-09-17 11:20:12 +01:00
popcornmix
07aa13c6f0 configs: Nobble I2S sound cards for now due to modern dai_link api breakage 2019-09-17 11:20:12 +01:00
popcornmix
390d5a6a3c clk-bcm2835: Avoid null pointer exception
clk_desc_array[BCM2835_PLLB] doesn't exist so we dereference null when iterating
2019-09-17 11:20:12 +01:00
popcornmix
5533659af3 bcm2835_mmc: fixup 2019-09-17 11:20:12 +01:00
popcornmix
497803890b bcm2835-cpufreq: fixup 2019-09-17 11:20:12 +01:00
Phil Elwell
845d0322ef bcm2835-dma: Add proper 40-bit DMA support
The 40-bit additions are not fully tested, but it should be
capable of supporting both 40-bit memcpy on BCM2711 and regular
Lite channels on BCM2835.

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:12 +01:00
Marek Behún
aa393f3dee staging: vc04_services: fix compiling in separate directory
The vc04_services Makefiles do not respect the O=path argument
correctly: include paths in CFLAGS are given relatively to object path,
not source path. Compiling in a separate directory yields #include
errors.

Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
2019-09-17 11:20:11 +01:00
Andrei Gherzan
f2ee4f0fd5 arm64/mm: Limit the DMA zone for arm64
On RaspberryPi, only the first 1Gb can be used for DMA[1].

[1] http://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/linux-arm-kernel/2019-July/665986.html

Signed-off-by: Andrei Gherzan <andrei@balena.io>
2019-09-17 11:20:11 +01:00
Phil Elwell
a01d088483 i2c: bcm2835: Set clock-stretch timeout to 35ms
The BCM2835 I2C blocks have a register to set the clock-stretch
timeout - how long the device is allowed to hold SCL low - in bus
cycles. The current driver doesn't write to the register, therefore
the default value of 64 cycles is being used for all devices.

Set the timeout to the value recommended for SMBus - 35ms.

See: https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/issues/3064

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:11 +01:00
Jonathan Bell
043e900fdb xhci: add quirk for host controllers that don't update endpoint DCS
Seen on a VLI VL805 PCIe to USB controller. For non-stream endpoints
at least, if the xHC halts on a particular TRB due to an error then
the DCS field in the Out Endpoint Context maintained by the hardware
is not updated with the current cycle state.

Using the quirk XHCI_EP_CTX_BROKEN_DCS and instead fetch the DCS bit
from the TRB that the xHC stopped on.

See: https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/issues/3060

Signed-off-by: Jonathan Bell <jonathan@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:11 +01:00
Phil Elwell
5a302425d4 tty: amba-pl011: Make TX optimisation conditional
pl011_tx_chars takes a "from_irq" parameter to reduce the number of
register accesses. When from_irq is true the function assumes that the
FIFO is half empty and writes up to half a FIFO's worth of bytes
without polling the FIFO status register, the reasoning being that
the function is being called as a result of the TX interrupt being
raised. This logic would work were it not for the fact that
pl011_rx_chars, called from pl011_int before pl011_tx_chars, releases
the spinlock before calling tty_flip_buffer_push.

A user thread writing to the UART claims the spinlock and ultimately
calls pl011_tx_chars with from_irq set to false. This reverts to the
older logic that polls the FIFO status register before sending every
byte. If this happen on an SMP system during the section of the IRQ
handler where the spinlock has been released, then by the time the TX
interrupt handler is called, the FIFO may already be full, and any
further writes are likely to be lost.

The fix involves adding a per-port flag that is true iff running from
within the interrupt handler and the spinlock has not yet been released.
This flag is then used as the value for the from_irq parameter of
pl011_tx_chars, causing polling to be used in the unsafe case.

Fixes: 1e84d22322 ("serial/amba-pl011: Refactor and simplify TX FIFO handling")

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:11 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
343c1bd880 staging: vc-sm-cma: Fix the few remaining coding style issues
Fix a few minor checkpatch complaints to make the driver clean

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:11 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
e91510e492 staging: vcsm-cma: Rework to use dma APIs, not CMA
Due to a misunderstanding of the DMA mapping APIs, I made
the wrong decision on how to implement this.

Rework to use dma_alloc_coherent instead of the CMA
API. This also allows it to be built as a module easily.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:11 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
48e37e9927 staging: vcsm-cma: Remove cache manipulation ioctl from ARM64
The cache flushing ioctls are used by the Pi3 HEVC hw-assisted
decoder as it needs finer grained flushing control than dma_ops
allow.
These cache calls are not present for ARM64, therefore disable
them. We are not actively supporting 64bit kernels at present,
and the use case of the HEVC decoder is fairly limited.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:11 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
63ab0a41f9 drm/vc4: Add support for color encoding on YUV planes
Adds signalling for BT601/709/2020, and limited/full range
(on BT601).

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:11 +01:00
Chris Miller
3785873ee2 drm: vc4_dsi: Fix DMA channel and memory leak in vc4 (#3012)
Signed-off-by: Chris G Miller <chris@creative-electronics.net>
2019-09-17 11:20:11 +01:00
Phil Elwell
da5e9d74f4 drm/vc4: Ignore HVS unless initialised
An upstream commit to report HVS underruns causes VC4 in firmware KMS
mode to cross into the HVS side, where it crashes due to a NULL hvs
pointer.

Make the underrun masking conditional on the hvs pointer being
initialised.

Fixes: 531a1b622d ("drm/vc4: Report HVS underrun errors")

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:11 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
28365453f2 drm/vc4: Limit fkms to modes <= 85Hz
Selecting 1080p100 and 120 has very limited gain, but don't want
to block VGA85 and similar.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:11 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
0ddf0d6683 drm/vc4: In FKMS look at the modifiers correctly for SAND
Incorrect masking was used in the switch for the modifier,
therefore for SAND (which puts the column pitch in the
modifier) it didn't match.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:10 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
0540b8343e drm: vc4: Add status of which display is updated through vblank
Previously multiple  displays were slaved off the same SMI
interrupt, triggered by HVS channel 1 (HDMI0).
This doesn't work if you only have a DPI or DSI screen (HVS channel
0), and gives slightly erroneous results with dual HDMI as the
events for HDMI1 are incorrect.

Use SMIDSW0 and SMIDSW1 registers to denote which display has
triggered the vblank.
Handling should be backwards compatible with older firmware.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:10 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
61678e5095 drm/vc4: Remove 340MHz clock limit from FKMS now scrambling issues resolved
Firmware TMDS scrambling is now being correctly configured, so
we can use it.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:10 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
cc60ff4e84 drm/vc4: Fix T-format modifiers in FKMS.
The wrong vc_image formats were being checked for in the switch
statement. Correct these.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:10 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
211de22f65 drm/vc4: Max resolution of 7680 is conditional on being Pi4
The max resolution had been increased from 2048 to 7680 for all
platforms. This code is common with Pi0-3 which have a max render
target for GL of 2048, therefore the increased resolution has to
be conditional on the platform.
Switch based on whether the bcm2835-v3d node is found, as that is
not present on Pi4. (There is a potential configuration on Pi0-3
with no v3d, but this is very unlikely).

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:10 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
eadec28cce drm/vc4: fkms to query the VPU for HDMI clock limits
The VPU has configured clocks for 4k (or not) via config.txt,
and will limit the choice of video modes based on that.
Make fkms query it for these limits too to avoid selecting modes
that can not be handled by the current clock setup.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:10 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
e739ec2598 drm/vc4: Correct SAND support for FKMS.
It was accepting NV21 which doesn't map through, but
also wasn't advertising the modifier so nothing would know
to request it.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:10 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
4811319abe drm: vc4: Fixup typo when setting HDMI aspect ratio
Assignment was to the wrong structure.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:10 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
75c64a2d80 drm/vc4: Support the VEC in FKMS
Extends the DPI/DSI support to also report the VEC output
which supports interlacing too.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:10 +01:00
Jonathan Bell
8f5e1acf41 drm: vc4: handle the case where there are no available displays
It's reasonable for the firmware to return zero as the number of
attached displays. Handle this case as otherwise drm thinks that
the DSI panel is attached, which is nonsense.

Signed-off-by: Jonathan Bell <jonathan@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:10 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
febbddb9d1 drm: vc4: Probe DPI/DSI timings from the firmware
For DPI and DSI displays query the firmware as to the configuration
and add it as the only mode for DRM.

In theory we can add plumbing for setting the DPI/DSI mode from
KMS, but this is not being added at present as the support frameworks
aren't present in the firmware.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:10 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
b49ab1ff08 drm: vc4-firmware-kms: Fix DSI display support
The mode was incorrectly listed as interlaced, which was then
rejected.
Correct this and FKMS works with the DSI display.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:10 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
5ec20dd570 drm: vc4: Log flags in fkms mode set
The flags contain info such as limited/full range RGB, aspect
ratio, and a fwe other useful things.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:09 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
f4acb58b8c drm: vc4-firmware-kms: Remove incorrect overscan support.
The overscan support was required for the old mailbox API
in order to match up the cursor and frame buffer planes.
With the newer API directly talking to dispmanx there is no
difference, therefore FKMS does not need to make any
adjustments.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:09 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
307eb6fb52 drm: vc4: FKMS reads the EDID from fw, and supports mode setting
This extends FKMS to read the EDID from the display, and support
requesting a particular mode via KMS.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:09 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
099bbf0362 drm: vc4: Increase max_width/height to 7680.
There are some limits still being investigated that stop
us going up to 8192, but 7680 is sufficient for dual 4k
displays.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:09 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
eee1dc05dd drm: vc4: Bring fkms into line with kms in blocking doublescan modes
Implement vc4_crtc_mode_valid so that it blocks doublescan modes

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:09 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
a689afa501 drm: vc4: Iterate over all planes in vc4_crtc_[dis|en]able
Fixes a FIXME where the overlay plane wouldn't be restored.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:09 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
f788940a5b drm: vc4: Remove unused vc4_fkms_cancel_page_flip function
"32a3dbe drm/vc4: Nuke preclose hook" removed vc4_cancel_page_flip,
but vc4_fkms_cancel_page_flip was still be added to with the
fkms driver, even though it was never called.
Nuke it too.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:09 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
3b1745681b drm: vc4: Add support for H & V flips on each plane for FKMS
They are near zero cost options for the HVS, therefore they
may as well be implemented, and it allows us to invert the
DSI display.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:09 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
e8356982f3 drm: vc4: Need to call drm_crtc_vblank_[on|off] from vc4_crtc_[en|dis]able
vblank needs to be enabled and disabled by the driver to avoid the
DRM framework complaining in the kernel log.

vc4_fkms_disable_vblank needs to signal that we don't want vblank
callbacks too.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:09 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
5cb569dc91 drm/vc4: Set the display number when querying the display resolution
Without this the two displays got set to the same resolution.
(Requires a firmware bug fix to work).

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:09 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
346a76050a drm: vc4: Query the display ID for each display in FKMS
Replace the hard coded list of display IDs for a mailbox call
that returns the display ID for each display that has been
detected.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:09 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
51734288cc drm: vc4: Remove now unused structure.
Cleaning up structure that was unused after
fbb59a2 drm: vc4: Add an overlay plane to vc4-firmware-kms

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:09 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
7878e7115c drm: vc4: Select display to blank during initialisation
Otherwise the rainbow splash screen remained in the display list

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:08 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
66b56be0b3 drm: vc4: Fix build warning
Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:08 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
0e2dfc4f87 drm: vc4: Add support for multiple displays to fkms
There is a slightly nasty hack in that all crtcs share the
same SMI interrupt from the firmware. This seems to currently
work well enough, but ought to be fixed at a later date.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:08 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
078a9a1b54 drm: vc4: Increase max screen size to 4096x4096.
We now should support 4k screens, therefore this limit needs to
be increased.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:08 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
e9cdfef029 drm: vc4: Add an overlay plane to vc4-firmware-kms
This uses a new API that is exposed via the mailbox service
to stick an element straight on the screen using DispmanX.

The primary and cursor planes have also been switched to using
the new plane API, and it supports layering based on the DRM
zpos parameter.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:08 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
c7f54ad58e gpu: vc4-fkms: Switch to the newer mailbox frame buffer API.
The old mailbox FB API was ideally deprecated but still used by
the FKMS driver.
Update to the newer API.

NB This needs current firmware that accepts ARM allocated buffers
through the newer API.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:08 +01:00
Eric Anholt
d01d5df752 drm/vc4: Fix vblank timestamping for firmwarekms.
The core doesn't expect a false return from the scanoutpos function in
normal usage, so we were doing the precise vblank timestamping path
and thus "immediate" vblank disables (even though firmwarekms can't
actually disable vblanks interrupts, sigh), and the kernel would get
confused when getting timestamp info when also turning vblanks back
on.

Signed-off-by: Eric Anholt <eric@anholt.net>
2019-09-17 11:20:08 +01:00
Eric Anholt
bd70099ca3 drm/vc4: Expose the format modifiers for firmware kms.
This should technically not expose VC4_T_TILED on pi4.  However, if we
don't expose anything, then userspace will assume that display can
handle whatever modifiers 3d can do (UIF on 2711).  By exposing a
list, that will get intersected with what 3D can do so that we get T
tiling for display on 2710 and linear on 2711.

Signed-off-by: Eric Anholt <eric@anholt.net>
2019-09-17 11:20:08 +01:00
Eric Anholt
6a87f0b017 drm/vc4: Fix synchronization firmwarekms against GL rendering.
We would present the framebuffer immediately without waiting for
rendering to finish first, resulting in stuttering and flickering as a
window was dragged around when the GPU was busy enough to not just win
the race.

Signed-off-by: Eric Anholt <eric@anholt.net>
2019-09-17 11:20:08 +01:00
Eric Anholt
e6d373bb54 drm/v3d: Hook up the runtime PM ops.
In translating the runtime PM code from vc4, I missed the ".pm"
assignment to actually connect them up.  Fixes missing MMU setup if
runtime PM resets V3D.

Signed-off-by: Eric Anholt <eric@anholt.net>
(cherry picked from commit ca197699af29baa8236c74c53d4904ca8957ee06)
2019-09-17 11:20:08 +01:00
Eric Anholt
067e1d0aff drm/v3d: Skip MMU flush if the device is currently off.
If it's off, we know it will be reset on poweron, so the MMU won't
have any TLB cached from before this point.  Avoids failed waits for
MMU flush to reply.

Signed-off-by: Eric Anholt <eric@anholt.net>
(cherry picked from commit 3ee4e2e0a9e9587eacbb69b067bbc72ab2cdc47b)
2019-09-17 11:20:08 +01:00
Eric Anholt
a772e9dac4 drm/v3d: Add support for 2711.
Signed-off-by: Eric Anholt <eric@anholt.net>
2019-09-17 11:20:08 +01:00
Eric Anholt
e6064eee5a drm/vc4: Fix oops at boot with firmwarekms on 4.19.
Signed-off-by: Eric Anholt <eric@anholt.net>
2019-09-17 11:20:07 +01:00
Phil Elwell
7ec36c1f84 arm: bcm2835: Add bcm2838 compatible string.
Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:07 +01:00
Jonathan Bell
0347d40d47 usbhid: call usb_fixup_endpoint after mangling intervals
Lets the mousepoll override mechanism work with xhci.

Signed-off-by: Jonathan Bell <jonathan@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:07 +01:00
Jonathan Bell
8facff2b38 xhci: implement xhci_fixup_endpoint for interval adjustments
Must be called in a non-atomic context, after the endpoint
has been registered with the hardware via xhci_add_endpoint
and before the first URB is submitted for the endpoint.

Signed-off-by: Jonathan Bell <jonathan@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:07 +01:00
Jonathan Bell
222cd59552 usb: add plumbing for updating interrupt endpoint interval state
xHCI caches device and endpoint data after the interface is configured,
so an explicit command needs to be issued for any device driver wanting
to alter the polling interval of an endpoint.

Add usb_fixup_endpoint() to allow drivers to do this. The fixup must be
called after calculating endpoint bandwidth requirements but before any
URBs are submitted.

If polling intervals are shortened, any bandwidth reservations are no
longer valid but in practice polling intervals are only ever relaxed.

Limit the scope to interrupt transfers for now.

Signed-off-by: Jonathan Bell <jonathan@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:07 +01:00
Stefan Wahren
b8bf68251a HACK: clk-bcm2835: Add BCM2838_CLOCK_EMMC2 support
The new BCM2838 supports an additional emmc2 clock. So add a new
compatible to register this clock only for BCM2838.

Signed-off-by: Stefan Wahren <wahrenst@gmx.net>
2019-09-17 11:20:07 +01:00
Eric Anholt
34027be5a1 clk: bcm2835: Allow reparenting leaf clocks while they're running.
This falls under the same "we can reprogram glitch-free as long as we
pause generation" rule as updating the div/frac fields.  This can be
used for runtime reclocking of V3D to manage power leakage.

Signed-off-by: Eric Anholt <eric@anholt.net>
2019-09-17 11:20:07 +01:00
Eric Anholt
47ad87c736 clk: bcm2835: Add support for setting leaf clock rates while running.
As long as you wait for !BUSY, you can do glitch-free updates of clock
rate while the clock is running.

Signed-off-by: Eric Anholt <eric@anholt.net>
2019-09-17 11:20:07 +01:00
Phil Elwell
b55ec03bef config: Permit LPAE and PCIE_BRCMSTB on BCM2835 2019-09-17 11:20:07 +01:00
James Hughes
1ff942f696 Pulled in the multi frame buffer support from the Pi3 repo 2019-09-17 11:20:07 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
9d17706df6 staging: vcsm-cma: Fixup the alloc code handling of kernel_id
The allocation code had been copied in from an old branch prior
to having added the IDR for 64bit support. It was therefore pushing
a pointer into the kernel_id field instead of an IDR handle, the
lookup therefore failed, and we never released the buffer.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:07 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
7d70fd8ecc staging: vcsm-cma: Drop logging level on messages in vc_sm_release_resource
They weren't errors but were logged as such.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:07 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
7d7d7bcb49 staging: vcsm-cma: Alter dev node permissions to 0666
Until the udev rules are updated, open up access to this node by
default.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:06 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
61f54bef7b staging: vcsm-cma: Add cache control ioctls
The old driver allowed for direct cache manipulation and that
was used by various clients. Replicate here.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:06 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
a24a46689c staging: vc-sm-cma: Add in userspace allocation API
Replacing the functionality from the older vc-sm driver,
add in a userspace API that allows allocation of buffers,
and importing of dma-bufs.
The driver hands out dma-buf fds, therefore much of the
handling around lifespan and odd mmaps from the old driver
goes away.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:06 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
d88b49ef7c staging: vc-sm-cma: Update TODO.
The driver is already a platform driver, so that can be
deleted from the TODO.
There are no known issues that need to be resolved.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:06 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
09d575425c staging: vc-sm-cma: Add in allocation for VPU requests.
Module has to change from tristate to bool as all CMA functions
are boolean.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:06 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
44e0fdf041 staging: vc-sm-cma: Remove obsolete comment and make function static
Removes obsolete comment about wanting to pass a function
pointer into mmal-vchiq as we now do.
As the function is passed as a function pointer, the function itself
can be static.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:06 +01:00
Eric Anholt
d374e5f1bc soc: bcm: bcm2835-pm: Add support for 2711.
Without the actual power management part any more, there's a lot less
to set up for V3D.  We just need to clear the RSTN field for the power
domain, and expose the reset controller for toggling it again.

This is definitely incomplete -- the old ISP and H264 is in the old
bridge, but since we have no consumers of it I've just done the
minimum to get V3D working.

Signed-off-by: Eric Anholt <eric@anholt.net>
2019-09-17 11:20:06 +01:00
Phil Elwell
7734f96b94 clk-bcm2835: Don't wait for pllh lock
Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:06 +01:00
Jonathan Bell
ccc3318ad6 drivers: char: add chardev for mmap'ing Argon control registers
Based on the gpiomem driver, allow mapping of the decoder register
spaces such that userspace can access control/status registers.
This driver is intended for use with a custom ffmpeg backend accelerator
prior to a v4l2 driver being written.

Signed-off-by: Jonathan Bell <jonathan@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:06 +01:00
Martin Sperl
4a7c1b19a4 spi: bcm2835: enable shared interrupt support
Add shared interrupt support for this driver.

Signed-off-by: Martin Sperl <kernel@martin.sperl.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:06 +01:00
Tim Gover
6f37cd65db pinctrl-bcm2835: Add support for BCM2838
GPIO configuration on BCM2838 is largely the same as BCM2835 except for
the pull up/down configuration. The old mechanism has been replaced
by new registers which don't require the fixed delay.

Detect BCN2838 at run-time and use the new mechanism. Backwards
compatibility for the device-tree configuration has been retained.
2019-09-17 11:20:06 +01:00
Phil Elwell
c864b9ac47 usb: xhci: Show that the VIA VL805 supports LPM
Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:06 +01:00
Tim Gover
8334a2e05c usb: xhci: Disable the XHCI 5 second timeout
If the VL805 EEPROM has not been programmed then boot will hang for five
seconds. The timeout seems to be arbitrary and is an unecessary
delay on the first boot. Remove the timeout.

This is common code and probably can't be upstreamed unless the timeout
can be configurable somehow or perhaps the XHCI driver can be skipped
on the first boot.
2019-09-17 11:20:06 +01:00
Jonathan Bell
4b5f41ab6e phy: bcm54213pe: configure the LED outputs to be more user-friendly
The default state was both LEDs indicating link speed.

Change the default configuration to
- Amber: 1000/100 link speed indication
- Green: link present + activity indication

Signed-off-by: Jonathan Bell <jonathan@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:05 +01:00
Jonathan Bell
dead1f7b1d phy: broadcom: split out the BCM54213PE from the BCM54210E IDs
The last nibble is a revision ID, and the 54213pe is a later rev
than the 54210e. Running the 54210e setup code on a 54213pe results
in a broken RGMII interface.

Signed-off-by: Jonathan Bell <jonathan@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:05 +01:00
Jonathan Bell
e78d71574b net: genet: enable link energy detect powerdown for external PHYs
There are several warts surrounding bcmgenet_mii_probe() as this
function is called from ndo_open, but it's calling registration-type
functions. The probe should be called at probe time and refactored
such that the PHY device data can be extracted to limit the scope
of this flag to Broadcom PHYs.

For now, pass this flag in as it puts our attached PHY into a low-power
state when disconnected.

Signed-off-by: Jonathan Bell <jonathan@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:05 +01:00
Phil Elwell
b60f233a48 bcmgenet: Better coalescing parameter defaults
Set defaults for TX and RX packet coalescing to be equivalent to:

  # ethtool -C eth0 tx-frames 10
  # ethtool -C eth0 rx-usecs 50

This may be something we want to set via DT parameters in the
future.

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:05 +01:00
Jonathan Bell
c5b2a9b52c bcmgenet: constrain max DMA burst length 2019-09-17 11:20:05 +01:00
popcornmix
c4253739cd bcm2835-pcm.c: Support multichannel audio 2019-09-17 11:20:05 +01:00
Phil Elwell
bc771e77c6 vchiq: Add 36-bit address support
Conditional on a new compatible string, change the pagelist encoding
such that the top 24 bits are the pfn, leaving 8 bits for run length
(-1).

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:05 +01:00
Stefan Wahren
85c850dbfb thermal: brcmstb_thermal: Add BCM2838 support
The BCM2838 has an AVS TMON hardware block. This adds the necessary
support to the brcmstb_thermal driver ( no trip handling ).

Signed-off-by: Stefan Wahren <wahrenst@gmx.net>
2019-09-17 11:20:05 +01:00
Stefan Wahren
780ebe5641 hwrng: iproc-rng200: Add BCM2838 support
The HWRNG on the BCM2838 is compatible to iproc-rng200, so add the
support to this driver instead of bcm2835-rng.

Signed-off-by: Stefan Wahren <wahrenst@gmx.net>
2019-09-17 11:20:05 +01:00
Stefan Wahren
1aa159351e mmc: sdhci-iproc: Add support for emmc2 of the BCM2838
The emmc2 interface of the BCM2838 should be integrated in sdhci-iproc
to avoid code redundancy. Except 32 bit only access no other quirks are
known yet. Add an additional compatible string for upstream proposal.

Signed-off-by: Stefan Wahren <wahrenst@gmx.net>
2019-09-17 11:20:05 +01:00
Phil Elwell
cc979fdcae mmc: sdhci: Mask "spurious" interrupts
Add a filter for "spurious" Transfer Complete interrupts, attempting
to make it as specific as possible:
* INT_DATA_END (transfer complete) is set
* There is a stop command in progress
* There is no data transfer in progress

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:05 +01:00
Phil Elwell
8d48dfa964 mmc: bcm2835-sdhost: Support 64-bit physical addresses
Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:04 +01:00
Phil Elwell
98437a9a04 arm: bcm2835: DMA can only address 1GB
The legacy peripherals can only address the first gigabyte of RAM, so
ensure that DMA allocations are restricted to that region.

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:04 +01:00
Phil Elwell
a75622fa27 pcie-brcmstb: Changes for BCM2711
The initial brcmstb PCIe driver - originally taken from the V3(?)
patch set - has been modified significantly for the BCM2711.

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:04 +01:00
Jim Quinlan
d852e15503 dt-bindings: pci: Add DT docs for Brcmstb PCIe device
The DT bindings description of the Brcmstb PCIe device is described.  This
node can be used by almost all Broadcom settop box chips, using
ARM, ARM64, or MIPS CPU architectures.

Signed-off-by: Jim Quinlan <jim2101024@gmail.com>
2019-09-17 11:20:04 +01:00
Phil Elwell
2c7a440999 PCI: brcmstb: Add MSI capability
This commit adds MSI to the Broadcom STB PCIe host controller. It does
not add MSIX since that functionality is not in the HW.  The MSI
controller is physically located within the PCIe block, however, there
is no reason why the MSI controller could not be moved elsewhere in
the future.

Since the internal Brcmstb MSI controller is intertwined with the PCIe
controller, it is not its own platform device but rather part of the
PCIe platform device.

Signed-off-by: Jim Quinlan <jim2101024@gmail.com>
2019-09-17 11:20:04 +01:00
Phil Elwell
9f7d09014d PCI: brcmstb: Add dma-range mapping for inbound traffic
The Broadcom STB PCIe host controller is intimately related to the
memory subsystem.  This close relationship adds complexity to how cpu
system memory is mapped to PCIe memory.  Ideally, this mapping is an
identity mapping, or an identity mapping off by a constant.  Not so in
this case.

Consider the Broadcom reference board BCM97445LCC_4X8 which has 6 GB
of system memory.  Here is how the PCIe controller maps the
system memory to PCIe memory:

  memc0-a@[        0....3fffffff] <=> pci@[        0....3fffffff]
  memc0-b@[100000000...13fffffff] <=> pci@[ 40000000....7fffffff]
  memc1-a@[ 40000000....7fffffff] <=> pci@[ 80000000....bfffffff]
  memc1-b@[300000000...33fffffff] <=> pci@[ c0000000....ffffffff]
  memc2-a@[ 80000000....bfffffff] <=> pci@[100000000...13fffffff]
  memc2-b@[c00000000...c3fffffff] <=> pci@[140000000...17fffffff]

Although there are some "gaps" that can be added between the
individual mappings by software, the permutation of memory regions for
the most part is fixed by HW.  The solution of having something close
to an identity mapping is not possible.

The idea behind this HW design is that the same PCIe module can
act as an RC or EP, and if it acts as an EP it concatenates all
of system memory into a BAR so anything can be accessed.  Unfortunately,
when the PCIe block is in the role of an RC it also presents this
"BAR" to downstream PCIe devices, rather than offering an identity map
between its system memory and PCIe space.

Suppose that an endpoint driver allocs some DMA memory.  Suppose this
memory is located at 0x6000_0000, which is in the middle of memc1-a.
The driver wants a dma_addr_t value that it can pass on to the EP to
use.  Without doing any custom mapping, the EP will use this value for
DMA: the driver will get a dma_addr_t equal to 0x6000_0000.  But this
won't work; the device needs a dma_addr_t that reflects the PCIe space
address, namely 0xa000_0000.

So, essentially the solution to this problem must modify the
dma_addr_t returned by the DMA routines routines.  There are two
ways (I know of) of doing this:

(a) overriding/redefining the dma_to_phys() and phys_to_dma() calls
that are used by the dma_ops routines.  This is the approach of

	arch/mips/cavium-octeon/dma-octeon.c

In ARM and ARM64 these two routines are defiend in asm/dma-mapping.h
as static inline functions.

(b) Subscribe to a notifier that notifies when a device is added to a
bus.  When this happens, set_dma_ops() can be called for the device.
This method is mentioned in:

    http://lxr.free-electrons.com/source/drivers/of/platform.c?v=3.16#L152

where it says as a comment

    "In case if platform code need to use own special DMA
    configuration, it can use Platform bus notifier and
    handle BUS_NOTIFY_ADD_DEVICE event to fix up DMA
    configuration."

Solution (b) is what this commit does.  It uses its own set of
dma_ops which are wrappers around the arch_dma_ops.  The
wrappers translate the dma addresses before/after invoking
the arch_dma_ops, as appropriate.

Signed-off-by: Jim Quinlan <jim2101024@gmail.com>
2019-09-17 11:20:04 +01:00
Phil Elwell
aef7cf9ea4 PCI: brcmstb: Add Broadcom STB PCIe host controller driver
This commit adds the basic Broadcom STB PCIe controller.  Missing is
the ability to process MSI and also handle dma-ranges for inbound
memory accesses.  These two functionalities are added in subsequent
commits.

The PCIe block contains an MDIO interface.  This is a local interface
only accessible by the PCIe controller.  It cannot be used or shared
by any other HW.  As such, the small amount of code for this
controller is included in this driver as there is little upside to put
it elsewhere.

Signed-off-by: Jim Quinlan <jim2101024@gmail.com>
2019-09-17 11:20:04 +01:00
Tim Gover
3293fe6db9 Fix copy_from_user if BCM2835_FAST_MEMCPY=n
The change which introduced CONFIG_BCM2835_FAST_MEMCPY unconditionally
changed the behaviour of arm_copy_from_user. The page pinning code
is not safe on ARMv7 if LPAE & high memory is enabled and causes
crashes which look like PTE corruption.

Make __copy_from_user_memcpy conditional on CONFIG_2835_FAST_MEMCPY=y
which is really an ARMv6 / Pi1 optimization and not necessary on newer
ARM processors.
2019-09-17 11:20:04 +01:00
Phil Elwell
e8b93bbd7a arm: bcm2835: Fix FIQ early ioremap
The ioremapping creates mappings within the vmalloc area. The
equivalent early function, create_mapping, now checks that the
requested explicit virtual address is between VMALLOC_START and
VMALLOC_END. As there is no reason to have any correlation between
the physical and virtual addresses, put the required mappings at
VMALLOC_START and above.

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:04 +01:00
Phil Elwell
a83835496d bcm2835-sdhost: Fix DMA channel leak on error/remove
Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:04 +01:00
Phil Elwell
8fc06681e3 w1: w1-gpio: Make GPIO an output for strong pullup
The logic to drive the data line high to implement a strong pullup
assumed that the pin was already an output - setting a value does
not change an input.

See: https://github.com/raspberrypi/firmware/issues/1143

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:04 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
e52b546fd5 staging: bcm2835-codec: Add support for setting S_PARM and G_PARM
Video encode can use the frame rate for rate control calculations,
therefore plumb it through from V4L2's [S|G]_PARM ioctl.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:04 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
acc1a57de6 staging: bcm2835-codec: Convert V4L2 nsec timestamps to MMAL usec
V4L2 uses nsecs, whilst MMAL uses usecs, but the code wasn't converting
between them. This upsets video encode rate control.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:03 +01:00
Marcel Holtmann
268014c824 Bluetooth: Check key sizes only when Secure Simple Pairing is enabled
The encryption is only mandatory to be enforced when both sides are using
Secure Simple Pairing and this means the key size check makes only sense
in that case.

On legacy Bluetooth 2.0 and earlier devices like mice the encryption was
optional and thus causing an issue if the key size check is not bound to
using Secure Simple Pairing.

Fixes: d5bb334a8e ("Bluetooth: Align minimum encryption key size for LE and BR/EDR connections")
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
2019-09-17 11:20:03 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
f464a6cd07 staging: mmal-vchiq: Fix memory leak in error path
On error, vchiq_mmal_component_init could leave the
event context allocated for ports.
Clean them up in the error path.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:03 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
24caf23d4e staging: mmal-vchiq: Free the event context for control ports
vchiq_mmal_component_init calls init_event_context for the
control port, but vchiq_mmal_component_finalise didn't free
it, causing a memory leak..

Add the free call.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:03 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
9cb88f124b staging: bcm2835-codec: Remove height padding for ISP role
The ISP has no need for heights to be a multiple of macroblock
sizes, therefore doesn't require the align on the height.
Remove it for the ISP role. (It is required for the codecs).

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:03 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
85730558b7 staging: bcm2835-codec: Correct port width calc for truncation
The calculation converting from V4L2 bytesperline to MMAL
width had an operator ordering issue that lead to Bayer raw 10
(and 12 and 14) setting an incorrect stride for the buffer.
Correct this operation ordering issue.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:03 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
e6bfec5bd0 staging: bcm2835-codec: Refactor default resolution code
The default resolution code was different for each role
as compressed formats need to pass bytesperline as 0 and
set up customised buffer sizes.
This is common setup, therefore amend get_sizeimage and
get_bytesperline to do the correct thing whether compressed
or uncompressed.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:03 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
d1a96bd0bd media: bcm2835-unicam: Add support for enum framesizes and frameintervals
vidioc_enum_framesizes and vidioc_enum_frameintervals weren't implemented,
therefore clients couldn't enumerate the supported resolutions.

Implement them by forwarding on to the sensor driver.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:03 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
75702e3397 staging: bcm2835_codec: Clean up logging on unloading the driver
The log line was missing a closing \n, so wasn't added to the
log immediately.
Adds the function of the V4L2 device that is being unregistered
too.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:03 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
e0c4cf259f staging: vc-sm-cma: Ensure mutex and idr are destroyed
map_lock and kernelid_map are created in probe, but not released
in release should the vcsm service not connect (eg running the
cutdown firmware).

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:03 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
e26fa78054 staging: vc-sm-cma: Don't fail if debugfs calls fail.
Return codes from debugfs calls should never alter the
flow of the main code.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:03 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
59035556b8 staging: vc-sm-cma: Use devm_ allocs for sm_state.
Use managed allocations for sm_state, removing reliance on
manual management.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:03 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
84d46c189f staging: vc-sm-cma: Remove the debugfs directory on remove
Without removing that, reloading the driver fails.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:02 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
e1ce5fc02b staging: bcm2835-codec: NULL component handle on queue_setup failure
queue_setup tries creating the relevant MMAL component and configures
the input and output ports as we're expecting to start streaming.
If the port configuration failed then it destroyed the component,
but failed to clear the component handle, therefore release tried
destroying the component again.
Adds some logging should the port config fail as well.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:02 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
b119fd93e0 staging: vc_sm_cma: Remove erroneous misc_deregister
Code from the misc /dev node was still present in
bcm2835_vc_sm_cma_remove, which caused a NULL deref.
Remove it.

See #2885.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:02 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
b7f4b8217d staging: bcm2835_codec: Include timing info in SPS headers
Inserting timing information into the VUI block of the SPS is
optional with the VPU encoder.
GStreamer appears to require them when using V4L2 M2M, therefore
set the option to enable them from the encoder.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:02 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
888104b806 staging: mmal-vchiq: Update mmal_parameters.h with recently defined params
mmal_parameters.h hasn't been updated to reflect additions made
over the last few years. Update it to reflect the currently
supported parameters.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:02 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
3c6cc7f6e0 staging: bcm2835_codec: Fix handling of VB2_MEMORY_DMABUF buffers
If the queue is configured as VB2_MEMORY_DMABUF then vb2_core_expbuf
fails as it ensures the queue is defined as VB2_MEMORY_MMAP.

Correct the handling so that we unmap the buffer from vcsm and the
VPU on cleanup, and then correctly get the dma buf of the new buffer.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:02 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
a540003ab2 staging: bcm2835_codec: Add an option for ignoring Bayer formats.
This is a workaround for GStreamer currently not identifying Bayer
as a raw format, therefore any device that supports it does not
match the criteria for v4l2convert.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:02 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
430d73d62b staging: bcm2835_codec: Add support for the ISP as an M2M device
The MMAL ISP component can also use this same V4L2 wrapper to
provide a M2M format conversion and resizer.
Instantiate 3 V4L2 devices now, one for each of decode, encode,
and isp.
The ISP currently doesn't expose any controls via V4L2, but this
can be extended in the future.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:02 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
f8a0dca7d2 staging: bcm2835_codec: Query supported formats from the component
The driver was previously working with hard coded tables of
which video formats were supported by each component.
The components advertise this information via a MMAL parameter,
so retrieve the information from there during probe, and store
in the state structure for that device.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:02 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
ee14ce49c0 staging: mmal-vchiq: If the VPU returns an error, don't negate it
There is an enum for the errors that the VPU can return.
port_parameter_get was negating that value, but also using -EINVAL
from the Linux error codes.
Pass the VPU error code as positive values. Should the function
need to pass a Linux failure, then return that as negative.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:02 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
28eab80594 staging: mmal-vchiq: Always return the param size from param_get
mmal-vchiq is a reimplementation of the userland library for MMAL.
When getting a parameter, the client provides the storage and
the size of the storage. The VPU then returns the size of the
parameter that it wished to return, and as much as possible of
that parameter is returned to the client.

The implementation previously only returned the size provided
by the VPU should it exceed the buffer size. So for parameters
such as the supported encodings list the client had no idea
how much of the provided storage had been populated.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:02 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
1fb948a143 staging: mmal_vchiq: Add in the Bayer encoding formats
The list of formats was copied before Bayer support was added.
The ISP supports Bayer and is being supported by the bcm2835_codec
driver, so add in the encodings for them.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:02 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
2ecdad2324 staging: vc-sm-cma: Fix up for 64bit builds
There were a number of logging lines that were using
inappropriate formatting under 64bit kernels.

The kernel_id field passed to/from the VPU was being
abused for storing the struct vc_sm_buffer *.
This breaks with 64bit kernels, so change to using an IDR.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:01 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
633bf98917 staging: vc-sm-cma: Use a void* pointer as the handle within the kernel
The driver was using an unsigned int as the handle to the outside world,
and doing a nasty cast to the struct dmabuf when handed it back.
This breaks badly with a 64 bit kernel where the pointer doesn't fit
in an unsigned int.

Switch to using a void* within the kernel. Reality is that it is
a struct dma_buf*, but advertising it as such to other drivers seems
to encourage the use of it as such, and I'm not sure on the implications
of that.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:01 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
ef9b82917e staging: vc-sm-cma: Correct DMA configuration.
Now that VCHIQ is setting up the DMA configuration as our
parent device, don't try to configure it during probe.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:01 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
b120fe4fc7 staging: bcm2835-codec: Fix potentially uninitialised vars
src_m2m_buf and dst_m2m_buf were printed in log messages
when there are code paths that don't initialise them.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:01 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
a3d5b7ee32 staging: bcm2835-codec: variable vb2 may be used uninitialised
In op_buffer_cb, the failure path checked whether there was
an associated vb2 buffer before the variable vb2 had been
assigned.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:01 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
c10c137852 media:bcm2835-unicam: Power on subdev on open/release, not streaming
The driver was powering on the source subdevice as part of STREAMON,
and powering it off in STREAMOFF. This isn't so great if there is a
significant amount of setup required for your device.

Copy the approach taken in the Atmel ISC driver where s_power(1) is called
on first file handle open, and s_power(0) is called on the last release.

See https://www.raspberrypi.org/forums/viewtopic.php?f=43&t=232437

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:01 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
5caf58c478 media: ov5647: Use gpiod_set_value_cansleep
All calls to the gpio library are in contexts that can sleep,
therefore there is no issue with having those GPIOs controlled
by controllers which require sleeping (eg I2C GPIO expanders).

Switch to using gpiod_set_value_cansleep instead of gpiod_set_value
to avoid triggering the warning in gpiolib should the GPIO
controller need to sleep.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:01 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
8c4fdd297d clk: clk-bcm2835: Use %zd when printing size_t
The debug text for how many clocks have been registered
uses "%d" with a size_t. Correct it to "%zd".

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:01 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
94133e729a char: vc_mem: Fix all coding style issues.
Cleans up all checkpatch errors in vc_mem.c and vc_mem.h
No functional change to the code.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:01 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
b4ad2de807 char: vc_mem: Fix up compat ioctls for 64bit kernel
compat_ioctl wasn't defined, so 32bit user/64bit kernel
always failed.
VC_MEM_IOC_MEM_PHYS_ADDR was defined with parameter size
unsigned long, so the ioctl cmd changes between sizes.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:01 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
39832be043 staging: mmal-vchiq: Fix client_component for 64 bit kernel
The MMAL client_component field is used with the event
mechanism to allow the client to identify the component for
which the event is generated.
The field is only 32bits in size, therefore we can't use a
pointer to the component in a 64 bit kernel.

Component handles are already held in an array per VCHI
instance, so use the array index as the client_component handle
to avoid having to create a new IDR for this purpose.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:01 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
d2f5289585 char: vcio: Fail probe if rpi_firmware is not found.
Device Tree is now the only supported config mechanism, therefore
uncomment the block of code that fails the probe if the
firmware node can't be found.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:01 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
f5c9e11f58 char: vcio: Add compat ioctl handling
There was no compat ioctl handler, so 32 bit userspace on a
64 bit kernel failed as IOCTL_MBOX_PROPERTY used the size
of char*.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:00 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
dfa374404f staging: vc04_services: Add a V4L2 M2M codec driver
This adds a V4L2 memory to memory device that wraps the MMAL
video decode and video_encode components for H264 and MJPEG encode
and decode, MPEG4, H263, and VP8 decode (and MPEG2 decode
if the appropriate licence has been purchased).

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:00 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
5df11de31d media: videobuf2: Allow exporting of a struct dmabuf
videobuf2 only allowed exporting a dmabuf as a file descriptor,
but there are instances where having the struct dma_buf is
useful within the kernel.

Split the current implementation into two, one step which
exports a struct dma_buf, and the second which converts that
into an fd.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:00 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
5e28b4f9e7 staging: vc04_services: Use vc-sm-cma to support zero copy
With the vc-sm-cma driver we can support zero copy of buffers between
the kernel and VPU. Add this support to vchiq-mmal.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:00 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
e0b687518d staging: vc04_services: Add new vc-sm-cma driver
This new driver allows contiguous memory blocks to be imported
into the VideoCore VPU memory map, and manages the lifetime of
those objects, only releasing the source dmabuf once the VPU has
confirmed it has finished with it.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:00 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
81ef7c66c3 staging: vc04_services: Fixup vchiq-mmal include ordering
There were dependencies on including the headers in the correct
order. Fix up the headers so that they include the other
headers that they depend on themselves.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:00 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
9212780222 staging: vc04_services: Support sending data to MMAL ports
Add the ability to send data to ports. This only supports
zero copy mode as the required bulk transfer setup calls
are not done.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:00 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
30bbcf9012 staging: mmal-vchiq: Add support for event callbacks.
(Preparation for the codec driver).
The codec uses the event mechanism to report things such as
resolution changes. It is signalled by the cmd field of the buffer
being non-zero.

Add support for passing this information out to the client.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:00 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
e988837704 staging: mmal-vchiq: Make a mmal_buf struct for passing parameters
The callback from vchi_mmal to the client was growing lots of extra
parameters. Consolidate them into a single struct instead of
growing the list further.
The struct is associated with the client buffer, therefore there
are various changes to setup various containers for the struct,
and pass the appropriate members.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:00 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
3cc44b7f39 staging: mmal-vchiq: Make timeout a defined parameter
The timeout period for VPU communications is a useful thing
to extend when debugging.
Set it via a define, rather than a magic number buried in the code.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:00 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
4115c74e3d staging: mmal-vchiq: Avoid use of bool in structures
Fixes up a checkpatch error "Avoid using bool structure members
because of possible alignment issues".

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:00 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
f978275c99 staging: mmal-vchiq: Allocate and free components as required
The existing code assumed that there would only ever be 4 components,
and never freed the entries once used.
Allow arbitrary creation and destruction of components.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:20:00 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
9865da7342 staging: vc04_services: Split vchiq-mmal into a module
In preparation for adding a video codec V4L2 module which also
wants to use vchiq-mmal functions, split it out into an
independent module.
The minimum number of changes have been made to achieve this
(eg straight moves where possible) so existing checkpatch
errors will still be present.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:59 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
c7744300ae staging: bcm2835-camera: Ensure timestamps never go backwards.
There is an awkward situation with H264 header bytes. Currently
they are returned with a PTS of 0 because they aren't associated
with a timestamped frame to encode. These are handled by either
returning the timestamp of the last buffer to have been received,
or in the case of the first buffer the timestamp taken at
start_streaming.
This results in a race where the current frame may have started
before we take the start time, which results in the first encoded
frame having an earlier timestamp than the header bytes.

Ensure that we never return a negative delta to the user by checking
against the previous timestamp.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:59 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
665f41ba52 staging: bcm2835-camera: Fix logical continuation splits
Fix checkpatch errors for "Logical continuations should be
on the previous line".

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:59 +01:00
Stefan Wahren
1ba9ed60ce staging: vchiq_arm: Fix platform device unregistration
In error case platform_device_register_data would return an ERR_PTR
instead of NULL. So we better check this before unregistration.

Fixes: 37b7b3087a ("staging/vc04_services: Register a platform device for the camera driver.")
Signed-off-by: Stefan Wahren <stefan.wahren@i2se.com>
2019-09-17 11:19:59 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
00d7c97d0a media: tc358743: Return an appropriate colorspace from tc358743_set_fmt
When calling tc358743_set_fmt, the code was calling tc358743_get_fmt
to choose a valid format. However that sets the colorspace
based on what was read back from the chip. When you set the format,
then the driver would choose and program the colorspace based
on the format code.

The result was that if you called try or set format for UYVY
when the current format was RGB3 then you would get told sRGB,
and try RGB3 when current was UYVY and you would get told
SMPTE170M.

The value programmed into the chip is determined by this driver,
therefore there is no need to read back the value. Return the
colorspace based on the format set/tried instead.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:59 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
cb6e7e21e7 media: bcm2835-unicam: Pass through the colorspace on try_fmt
The current colorspace was always returned from try_fmt for no
good reason.
Return what the source subdevice returns instead.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:59 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
ecb83c60e5 MAINTAINERS: Add entry for BCM2835 Unicam driver
Adds entry for the new BCM2835 Unicam (CSI-2 receiver) driver

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:59 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
77a6f5413c media: bcm2835-unicam: Driver for CCP2/CSI2 camera interface
Add driver for the Unicam camera receiver block on
BCM283x processors.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:59 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
a5c25dec96 dt-bindings: Document BCM283x CSI2/CCP2 receiver
Document the DT bindings for the CSI2/CCP2 receiver peripheral
(known as Unicam) on BCM283x SoCs.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
Acked-by: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:59 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
b2f4c94175 media: videodev2: Add helper defines for printing FOURCCs
New helper defines that allow printing of a FOURCC using
printf(V4L2_FOURCC_CONV, V4L2_FOURCC_CONV_ARGS(fourcc));

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:59 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
91d0ea6964 media: adv7180: Add YPrPb support for ADV7282M
The ADV7282M can support YPbPr on AIN1-3, but this was
not selectable from the driver. Add it to the list of
supported input modes.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:59 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
cb2a0c534f media: adv7180: Default to the first valid input
The hardware default is differential CVBS on AIN1 & 2, which
isn't very useful.

Select the first input that is defined as valid for the
chip variant (typically CVBS_AIN1).

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:59 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
dd6df047cc media: tc358743: Check I2C succeeded during probe.
The probe for the TC358743 reads the CHIPID register from
the device and compares it to the expected value of 0.
If the I2C request fails then that also returns 0, so
the driver loads thinking that the device is there.

Generally I2C communications are reliable so there is
limited need to check the return value on every transfer,
therefore only amend the one read during probe to check
for I2C errors.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:58 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
86c358cc27 media: tc358743: Add support for 972Mbit/s link freq.
Adds register setups for running the CSI lanes at 972Mbit/s,
which allows 1080P50 UYVY down 2 lanes.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:58 +01:00
Philipp Zabel
9acccafc0c media: tc358743: fix connected/active CSI-2 lane reporting
g_mbus_config was supposed to indicate all supported lane numbers, not
only the number of those currently in active use. Since the TC358743
can dynamically reduce the number of active lanes if the required
bandwidth allows for it, report all lane numbers up to the connected
number of lanes as supported in pdata mode.
In device tree mode, do not report lane count and clock mode at all, as
the receiver driver can determine these from the device tree.

To allow communicating the number of currently active lanes, add a new
bitfield to the v4l2_mbus_config flags. This is a temporary fix, to be
used only until a better solution is found.

Signed-off-by: Philipp Zabel <p.zabel@pengutronix.de>
2019-09-17 11:19:58 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
598bb0c643 media: tc358743: Increase FIFO level to 374.
The existing fixed value of 16 worked for UYVY 720P60 over
2 lanes at 594MHz, or UYVY 1080P60 over 4 lanes. (RGB888
1080P60 needs 6 lanes at 594MHz).
It doesn't allow for lower resolutions to work as the FIFO
underflows.

374 is required for 1080P24-30 UYVY over 2 lanes @ 972Mbit/s, but
>374 means that the FIFO underflows on 1080P50 UYVY over 2 lanes
@ 972Mbit/s.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:58 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
6acb9f331e media: ov5647: Add support for non-continuous clock mode
The driver was only supporting continuous clock mode
although this was not stated anywhere.
Non-continuous clock saves a small amount of power and
on some SoCs is easier to interface with.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:58 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
9828b3d610 media: ov5647: Add support for PWDN GPIO.
Add support for an optional GPIO connected to PWDN on the sensor.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:58 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
1071ab8313 [media] Documentation: DT: add device tree for PWDN control
Add optional GPIO pwdn to connect to the PWDN line on the sensor.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:58 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
cc75ca0967 media: ov5647: Add set_fmt and get_fmt calls.
There's no way to query the subdevice for the supported
resolutions.
Add set_fmt and get_fmt implementations.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:58 +01:00
Klaus Schulz
518eebb54a sound: pcm512x-codec: Adding 352.8kHz samplerate support 2019-09-17 11:19:58 +01:00
IQaudIO
edb26a1704 Added IQaudIO Pi-Codec board support (#2969)
Add support for the IQaudIO Pi-Codec board.

Signed-off-by: Gordon <gordon@iqaudio.com>

Fixed 48k timing issue
2019-09-17 11:19:58 +01:00
P33M
f7ff81f08b lan78xx: use default alignment for rx buffers
The lan78xx uses a 12-byte hardware rx header, so there is no need
to allocate SKBs with NET_IP_ALIGN set. Removes alignment faults
in both dwc_otg and in ipv6 processing.
2019-09-17 11:19:58 +01:00
Phil Elwell
545bc4b031 sound: Fixes for audioinjector-octo under 4.19
1. Move the DT alias declaration to the I2C shim in the cases
where the shim is enabled. This works around a problem caused by a
4.19 commit [1] that generates DT/OF uevents for I2C drivers.

2. Fix the diagnostics in an error path of the soundcard driver to
correctly identify the reason for the failure to load.

3. Move the declaration of the clock node in the overlay outside
the I2C node to avoid warnings.

4. Sort the overlay nodes so that dependencies are only to earlier
fragments, in an attempt to get runtime dtoverlay application to
work (it still doesn't...)

See: https://github.com/Audio-Injector/Octo/issues/14
Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>

[1] af503716ac ("i2c: core: report OF style module alias for devices registered via OF")
2019-09-17 11:19:58 +01:00
FERHAT Nicolas
271da4a156 Audiophonics I-Sabre 9038Q2M DAC driver
Signed-off-by: Audiophonics <contact@audiophonics.fr>
2019-09-17 11:19:57 +01:00
Phil Howard
124ffc3b1f rtc: rv3028: Add backup switchover mode support
Signed-off-by: Phil Howard <phil@pimoroni.com>
2019-09-17 11:19:57 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
1ca156c875 drm: vc4: Programming the CTM is conditional on running full KMS
vc4_ctm_commit writes to HVS registers, so this is only applicable
when in full KMS mode, not in firmware KMS mode. Add this conditional.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:57 +01:00
Phil Elwell
e82fcb7768 bcm2835-dma: Add support for per-channel flags
Add the ability to interpret the high bits of the dreq specifier as
flags to be included in the DMA_CS register. The motivation for this
change is the ability to set the DISDEBUG flag for SD card transfers
to avoid corruption when using the VPU debugger.

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:57 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
51382445b6 gpu: vc4_firmware_kms: Fix up 64 bit compile warnings.
Resolve two build warnings with regard using incorrectly
sized parameters in logging messages on 64 bit builds.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:57 +01:00
popcornmix
3db0bf04ed Revert "staging: bcm2835-audio: Drop DT dependency"
This reverts commit b7491a9fca.
2019-09-17 11:19:57 +01:00
Phil Elwell
1e57679f81 Revert "staging: vchiq: delete vchiq_killable.h"
This reverts commit 2da56630b1.
2019-09-17 11:19:57 +01:00
Phil Elwell
45a6af3f0a lan78xx: EEE support is now a PHY property
Now that EEE support is a property of the PHY, use the PHY's DT node
when querying the EEE-related properties.

See: https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/issues/2882

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:57 +01:00
Phil Elwell
de66db02b6 configs: Enable the AD193x codecs
See: https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/issues/2850

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:57 +01:00
Serge Schneider
ceef490ef1 mfd: Add rpi_sense_core of compatible string 2019-09-17 11:19:57 +01:00
HiFiBerry
e8b613d7d7 Added driver for the HiFiBerry DAC+ ADC (#2694)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Matuschek <daniel@hifiberry.com>

hifiberry_dacplusadc: switch to snd_soc_dai_set_bclk_ratio

Signed-off-by: Matthias Reichl <hias@horus.com>
2019-09-17 11:19:57 +01:00
Phil Elwell
36861fe0d4 spi: spi-bcm2835: Disable forced software CS
With GPIO CS used by the DTBs, allow hardware CS to be selected by an
overlay.

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:57 +01:00
Phil Elwell
a306498a94 spi: spi-bcm2835: Re-enable HW CS
Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:57 +01:00
b-ak
fedbb9f7b4 ASoC: Add support for AudioSense-Pi add-on soundcard
AudioSense-Pi is a RPi HAT based on a TI's TLV320AIC32x4 stereo codec

This hardware provides multiple audio I/O capabilities to the RPi.
The codec connects to the RPi's SoC through the I2S Bus.

The following devices can be connected through a 3.5mm jack
	1. Line-In: Plain old audio in from mobile phones, PCs, etc.,
	2. Mic-In: Connect a microphone
	3. Line-Out: Connect the output to a speaker
	4. Headphones: Connect a Headphone w or w/o microphones

Multiple Inputs:
	It supports the following combinations
	1. Two stereo Line-Inputs and a microphone
	2. One stereo Line-Input and two microphones
	3. Two stereo Line-Inputs, a microphone and
		one mono line-input (with h/w hack)
	4. One stereo Line-Input, two microphones and
		one mono line-input (with h/w hack)

Multiple Outputs:
	Audio output can be routed to the headphones or
		speakers (with additional hardware)

Signed-off-by: b-ak <anur.bhargav@gmail.com>
2019-09-17 11:19:56 +01:00
Joshua Emele
08c58a7492 lan78xx: Debounce link events to minimize poll storm
The bInterval is set to 4 (i.e. 8 microframes => 1ms) and the only bit
that the driver pays attention to is "link was reset". If there's a
flapping status bit in that endpoint data, (such as if PHY negotiation
needs a few tries to get a stable link) then polling at a slower rate
would act as a de-bounce.

See: https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/issues/2447
2019-09-17 11:19:56 +01:00
Ezekiel Bethel
4cd1ceae0a bcm2835_smi: re-add dereference to fix DMA transfers 2019-09-17 11:19:56 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
519a437690 firmware: raspberrypi: Report the fw git hash during probe
The firmware can now report the git hash from which it was built
via the mailbox, so report it during probe.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:56 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
de9f0908ca firmware: raspberrypi: Report the fw variant during probe
The driver already reported the firmware build date during probe.
The mailbox calls have been extended to also report the variant
 1 = standard start.elf
 2 = start_x.elf (includes camera stack)
 3 = start_db.elf (includes assert logging)
 4 = start_cd.elf (cutdown version for smallest memory footprint).
Log the variant during probe.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:56 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
625ee0e75f staging: bcm2835-camera: Ensure H264 header bytes get a sensible timestamp
H264 header come from VC with 0 timestamps, which means they get a
strange timestamp when processed with VC/kernel start times,
particularly if used with the inline header option.
Remember the last frame timestamp and use that if set, or otherwise
use the kernel start time.

https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/issues/1836

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:56 +01:00
Phil Elwell
5232d9ce71 net: lan78xx: Support auto-downshift to 100Mb/s
Ethernet cables with faulty or missing pairs (specifically pairs C and
D) allow auto-negotiation to 1000Mbs, but do not support the successful
establishment of a link. Add a DT property, "microchip,downshift-after",
to configure the number of auto-negotiation failures after which it
falls back to 100Mbs. Valid values are 2, 3, 4, 5 and 0, where 0 means
never downshift.

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:56 +01:00
Matthias Reichl
656ae9e10f rpi-wm8804-soundcard: configure wm8804 clocks only on rate change
This should avoid clicks when stopping and immediately afterwards
starting a stream with the same samplerate as before.

Signed-off-by: Matthias Reichl <hias@horus.com>
2019-09-17 11:19:56 +01:00
Matthias Reichl
bc445e2641 rpi-wm8804-soundcard: drop PWRDN register writes
Since kernel 4.0 the PWRDN register bits are under DAPM
control from the wm8804 driver.

Drop code that modifies that register to avoid interfering
with DAPM.

Signed-off-by: Matthias Reichl <hias@horus.com>
2019-09-17 11:19:56 +01:00
Phil Elwell
f58e43e8fa lan78xx: disable interrupts for PHY irqs
Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:56 +01:00
Phil Elwell
68e287cb23 gpiolib: Don't prevent IRQ usage of output GPIOs
Upstream Linux deems using output GPIOs to generate IRQs as a bogus
use case, even though the BCM2835 GPIO controller is capable of doing
so. A number of users would like to make use of this facility, so
disable the checks.

See: https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/issues/2527

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:56 +01:00
James Hughes
ec11a8fe3d Update issue templates (#2736) 2019-09-17 11:19:56 +01:00
Serge Schneider
e77d76e805 drivers: thermal: step_wise: avoid throttling at hysteresis temperature after dropping below it
Signed-off-by: Serge Schneider <serge@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:55 +01:00
Ram Chandrasekar
b56f104334 drivers: thermal: step_wise: add support for hysteresis
Step wise governor increases the mitigation level when the temperature
goes above a threshold and will decrease the mitigation when the
temperature falls below the threshold. If it were a case, where the
temperature hovers around a threshold, the mitigation will be applied
and removed at every iteration. This reaction to the temperature is
inefficient for performance.

The use of hysteresis temperature could avoid this ping-pong of
mitigation by relaxing the mitigation to happen only when the
temperature goes below this lower hysteresis value.

Signed-off-by: Ram Chandrasekar <rkumbako@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Lina Iyer <ilina@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:55 +01:00
Phil Elwell
cc6250f122 sc16is7xx: Don't spin if no data received
See: https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/issues/2676

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:55 +01:00
Stefan Wahren
290efb0b0b firmware: raspberrypi: Add backward compatible get_throttled
Avoid a hard userspace ABI change by adding a compatible get_throttled
sysfs entry. Its value is now feed by the GET_THROTTLED requests of the
new hwmon driver. The first access to get_throttled will generate
a warning.

Signed-off-by: Stefan Wahren <stefan.wahren@i2se.com>
2019-09-17 11:19:55 +01:00
Stefan Wahren
4583b08d3f hwmon: raspberrypi: Prevent voltage low warnings from filling log
Although the correct fix for low voltage warnings is to
improve the power supply, the current implementation
of the detection can fill the log if the warning
happens freqently. This replaces the logging with
slightly custom ratelimited logging.

Signed-off-by: James Hughes <james.hughes@raspberrypi.org>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Wahren <stefan.wahren@i2se.com>
2019-09-17 11:19:55 +01:00
detule
57f0a27f51 vchiq_2835_arm: Implement a DMA pool for small bulk transfers (#2699)
During a bulk transfer we request a DMA allocation to hold the
scatter-gather list.  Most of the time, this allocation is small
(<< PAGE_SIZE), however it can be requested at a high enough frequency
to cause fragmentation and/or stress the CMA allocator (think time
spent in compaction here, or during allocations elsewhere).

Implement a pool to serve up small DMA allocations, falling back
to a coherent allocation if the request is greater than
VCHIQ_DMA_POOL_SIZE.

Signed-off-by: Oliver Gjoneski <ogjoneski@gmail.com>
2019-09-17 11:19:55 +01:00
popcornmix
1b08d96dc1 cxd2880: CXD2880_SPI_DRV should select DVB_CXD2880 with MEDIA_SUBDRV_AUTOSELECT 2019-09-17 11:19:55 +01:00
Serge Schneider
1b8f5ac6d6 Add rpi-poe-fan driver
Signed-off-by: Serge Schneider <serge@raspberrypi.org>

PoE HAT driver cleanup

* Fix undeclared variable in rpi_poe_fan_suspend
* Add SPDX-License-Identifier
* Expand PoE acronym in Kconfig help
* Give clearer error message on of_property_count_u32_elems fail
* Add documentation
* Add vendor to of_device_id compatible string.
* Rename m_data_s struct to fw_data_s
* Fix typos

Fixes: #2665

Signed-off-by: Serge Schneider <serge@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:55 +01:00
Phil Elwell
e1aebb45a7 lan78xx: Move enabling of EEE into PHY init code
Enable EEE mode as soon as possible after connecting to the PHY, and
before phy_start. This avoids a second link negotiation, which speeds
up booting and stops the interface failing to become ready.

See: https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/issues/2437

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:55 +01:00
Phil Elwell
c0db3bfb19 brcmfmac: Re-enable firmware roaming support
As of 4.18, a firmware that implements the update_connect_params
method but doesn't claim to support roaming causes an error. We
disabled firmware roaming in 4.4 [1] because it appeared to
prevent disconnects, but let's try with the current firmware to see
if things have improved.

[1] dd91880117

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:55 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
706448e71c net: lan78xx: Disable TCP Segmentation Offload (TSO)
TSO seems to be having issues when packets are dropped and the
remote end uses Selective Acknowledge (SACK) to denote that
data is missing. The missing data is never resent, so the
connection eventually stalls.

There is a module parameter of enable_tso added to allow
further debugging without forcing a rebuild of the kernel.

https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/issues/2449
https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/issues/2482

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:55 +01:00
Phil Elwell
fe73eac1e4 of: configfs: Use of_overlay_fdt_apply API call
The published API to the dynamic overlay application mechanism now
takes a Flattened Device Tree blob as input so that it can manage the
lifetime of the unflattened tree. Conveniently, the new API call -
of_overlay_fdt_apply - is virtually a drop-in replacement for
create_overlay, which can now be deleted.

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:55 +01:00
Phil Elwell
71fa23832b irqchip: irq-bcm2835: Calc. FIQ_START at boot-time
ad83c7cb2f ("irqchip/irq-bcm2836: Add support for DT interrupt polarity")
changed the way that the BCM2836/7 local interrupts are mapped; instead
of being pre-mapped they are now mapped on-demand. A side effect of this
change is that the call to irq_of_parse_and_map from armctrl_of_init
creates a new mapping, forming a gap between the IRQs and the FIQs. This
 gap breaks the FIQ<->IRQ mapping which up to now has been done by assuming:

1) that the value of FIQ_START is the same as the number of normal IRQs
that will be mapped (still true), and

2) that this value is also the offset between an IRQ and its equivalent
FIQ (which is no longer the case).

Remove both assumptions by measuring the interval between the last IRQ
and the last FIQ, passing it as the parameter to init_FIQ().

Fixes: https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/issues/2432

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:54 +01:00
Phil Elwell
792e4b7ca1 firmware/raspberrypi: Notify firmware of a reboot
Register for reboot notifications, sending RPI_FIRMWARE_NOTIFY_REBOOT
over the mailbox interface on reception.

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:54 +01:00
Nick Bulleid
ec5e2870c6 Add ability to export gpio used by gpio-poweroff
Signed-off-by: Nick Bulleid <nedbulleid@fastmail.com>

Added export feature to gpio-poweroff documentation

Signed-off-by: Nick Bulleid <nedbulleid@fastmail.com>
2019-09-17 11:19:54 +01:00
popcornmix
cd04fde19b hid: Reduce default mouse polling interval to 60Hz
Reduces overhead when using X
2019-09-17 11:19:54 +01:00
Phil Elwell
1ec4e43caa lan78xx: Read initial EEE status from DT
Add two new DT properties:
* microchip,eee-enabled  - a boolean to enable EEE
* microchip,tx-lpi-timer - time in microseconds to wait before entering
                           low power state

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:54 +01:00
hdoverobinson
2be3b49561 added capture_clear option to pps-gpio via dtoverlay (#2433) 2019-09-17 11:19:54 +01:00
Phil Elwell
1ba1643bef i2c-gpio: Also set bus numbers from reg property
I2C busses can be assigned specific bus numbers using aliases in
Device Tree - string properties where the name is the alias and the
value is the path to the node. The current DT parameter mechanism
does not allow property names to be derived from a parameter value
in any way, so it isn't possible to generate unique or matching
aliases for nodes from an overlay that can generate multiple
instances, e.g. i2c-gpio.

Work around this limitation (at least temporarily) by allowing
the i2c adapter number to be initialised from the "reg" property
if present.

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:54 +01:00
Eric Anholt
a7e9dd37ed drm/vc4: Don't wait for vblank on fkms cursor updates.
We don't use the same async update path between fkms and normal kms,
and the normal kms workaround ended up making us wait.  This became a
larger problem in rpi-4.14.y, as the USB HID update rate throttling
got (accidentally?) dropped.

Signed-off-by: Eric Anholt <eric@anholt.net>
2019-09-17 11:19:54 +01:00
Dave Stevenson
7e9d86c1a5 gpu:vc4-fkms: Update driver to not use plane->crtc.
Following on from
commit 2f958af7fc ("drm/vc4: Stop updating plane->fb/crtc")
do the same in the firmwarekms driver and look at plane_state->crtc
instead.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:54 +01:00
popcornmix
7bd4c486e5 vc4_firmware_kms: fix build 2019-09-17 11:19:54 +01:00
Eric Anholt
9c681547fd drm/vc4: Remove duplicate primary/cursor fields from FKMS driver.
The CRTC has those fields and we can just use them.

Signed-off-by: Eric Anholt <eric@anholt.net>
2019-09-17 11:19:54 +01:00
Eric Anholt
6c345b4561 drm/vc4: Skip SET_CURSOR_INFO when the cursor contents didn't change.
Signed-off-by: Eric Anholt <eric@anholt.net>
2019-09-17 11:19:54 +01:00
Eric Anholt
50ab55d55f drm/vc4: Fix warning about vblank interrupts before DRM core is ready.
The SMICS interrupt fires continuously, but since it's 1/100 the rate
of the USB interrupts, we don't really need a way to turn it off.  We
do need to make sure that we don't tell DRM about it until DRM has
asked for the interrupt at least once, because otherwise it will throw
a warning at boot time.

Signed-off-by: Eric Anholt <eric@anholt.net>
2019-09-17 11:19:54 +01:00
popcornmix
cd7a9d3720 vc4_fkms: Apply firmware overscan offset to hardware cursor 2019-09-17 11:19:53 +01:00
Eric Anholt
a7c81b0240 drm/vc4: Add missing enable/disable vblank handlers in fkms.
Fixes hang at boot in 4.14.

Signed-off-by: Eric Anholt <eric@anholt.net>
2019-09-17 11:19:53 +01:00
Eric Anholt
173987df9f drm/vc4: Add FB modifier support to firmwarekms.
Signed-off-by: Eric Anholt <eric@anholt.net>
(cherry picked from commit 11752d7348)
2019-09-17 11:19:53 +01:00
Eric Anholt
8e2453e106 drm/vc4: Add support for setting DPMS in firmwarekms.
This ensures that the screen goes blank during DPMS (screensaver),
including the cursor.  Planes don't necessarily get disabled during
CRTC disable, so we need to be careful to not leave them on or turn
them back on early.

Signed-off-by: Eric Anholt <eric@anholt.net>
2019-09-17 11:19:53 +01:00
Eric Anholt
95c8ff2588 drm/vc4: Fix sending of page flip completion events in FKMS mode.
In the rewrite of vc4_crtc.c for fkms, I dropped the part of the
CRTC's atomic flush handler that moved the completion event from the
proposed atomic state change to the CRTC's current state.  That meant
that when full screen pageflipping happened (glxgears -fullscreen in
X, compton, por weston), the app would end up blocked firever waiting
to draw its next frame.

Signed-off-by: Eric Anholt <eric@anholt.net>
2019-09-17 11:19:53 +01:00
Eric Anholt
5c7fab1ada drm/vc4: Add DRM_DEBUG_ATOMIC for the insides of fkms.
Trying to debug weston on fkms involved figuring out what calls I was
making to the firmware.

Signed-off-by: Eric Anholt <eric@anholt.net>
2019-09-17 11:19:53 +01:00
Eric Anholt
eefd4be2a8 drm/vc4: Name the primary and cursor planes in fkms.
This makes debugging nicer, compared to trying to remember what the
IDs are.

Signed-off-by: Eric Anholt <eric@anholt.net>
2019-09-17 11:19:53 +01:00
Eric Anholt
992f490321 drm/vc4: Add a mode for using the closed firmware for display.
Signed-off-by: Eric Anholt <eric@anholt.net>
2019-09-17 11:19:53 +01:00
Eric Anholt
46e0182d3d raspberrypi-firmware: Export the general transaction function.
The vc4-firmware-kms module is going to be doing the MBOX FB call.

Signed-off-by: Eric Anholt <eric@anholt.net>
2019-09-17 11:19:53 +01:00
Phil Elwell
152c429f52 serial: 8250: bcm2835aux - suppress EPROBE_DEFER
Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:53 +01:00
Phil Elwell
1c1f919210 ARM: Activate FIQs to avoid __irq_startup warnings
There is a new test in __irq_startup that the IRQ is activated, which
hasn't been the case for FIQs since they bypass some of the usual setup.

Augment enable_fiq to include a call to irq_activate to avoid the
warning.

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:53 +01:00
Phil Elwell
ca0ee54b0c dwc-otg: FIQ: Fix "bad mode in data abort handler"
Create a semi-static mapping for the USB registers early in the boot
process, before additional kernel threads are started, so all threads
will have the mappings from the start. This avoids the need for
data aborts to lazily update them.

See: https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/issues/2450

Signed-off-by: Floris Bos <bos@je-eigen-domein.nl>
2019-09-17 11:19:53 +01:00
Noralf Trønnes
27166ab42e ARM: bcm2835: Set Serial number and Revision
The VideoCore bootloader passes in Serial number and
Revision number through Device Tree. Make these available to
userspace through /proc/cpuinfo.

Mainline status:

There is a commit in linux-next that standardize passing the serial
number through Device Tree (string: /serial-number):
ARM: 8355/1: arch: Show the serial number from devicetree in cpuinfo

There was an attempt to do the same with the revision number, but it
didn't get in:
[PATCH v2 1/2] arm: devtree: Set system_rev from DT revision

Signed-off-by: Noralf Trønnes <noralf@tronnes.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:52 +01:00
Phil Elwell
5f174f8b47 cgroup: Disable cgroup "memory" by default
Some Raspberry Pis have limited RAM and most users won't use the
cgroup memory support so it is disabled by default. Enable with:

    cgroup_enable=memory

See: https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/issues/1950

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:52 +01:00
Phil Elwell
c03d95f2e0 mcp2515: Use DT-supplied interrupt flags
The MCP2515 datasheet clearly describes a level-triggered interrupt
pin. Therefore the receiving interrupt controller must also be
configured for level-triggered operation otherwise there is a danger
of a missed interrupt condition blocking all subsequent interrupts.
The ONESHOT flag ensures that the interrupt is masked until the
threaded interrupt handler exits.

Rather than change the flags globally (they must have worked for at
least one user), allow the flags to be overridden from Device Tree
in the event that the device has a DT node.

See: https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/issues/2175
     https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/issues/2263

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:52 +01:00
James Hughes
cdeb1e96c0 AXI performance monitor driver (#2222)
Uses the debugfs I/F to provide access to the AXI
bus performance monitors.

Requires the new mailbox peripheral access for access
to the VPU performance registers, system bus access
is done using direct register reads.

Signed-off-by: James Hughes <james.hughes@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:52 +01:00
popcornmix
7fcbd1d89b cache: export clean and invalidate
hack: cache: Fix linker error
2019-09-17 11:19:52 +01:00
Phil Elwell
81039749db Revert "build/arm64: Add rules for .dtbo files for dts overlays"
DT build rules are now in the common top-level Makefile.

This reverts commit dce5b0fbdd.
2019-09-17 11:19:52 +01:00
Khem Raj
7faf64305c build/arm64: Add rules for .dtbo files for dts overlays
We now create overlays as .dtbo files.

Signed-off-by: Khem Raj <raj.khem@gmail.com>
2019-09-17 11:19:52 +01:00
Michael Zoran
fd9266513d ARM64: Force hardware emulation of deprecated instructions. 2019-09-17 11:19:52 +01:00
Michael Zoran
d10980bba5 ARM64: Round-Robin dispatch IRQs between CPUs.
IRQ-CPU mapping is round robined on ARM64 to increase
concurrency and allow multiple interrupts to be serviced
at a time.  This reduces the need for FIQ.

Signed-off-by: Michael Zoran <mzoran@crowfest.net>
2019-09-17 11:19:52 +01:00
popcornmix
74f3fa02d0 config: Add default configs 2019-09-17 11:19:52 +01:00
Phil Elwell
e3714c7dd4 hci_h5: Don't send conf_req when ACTIVE
Without this patch, a modem and kernel can continuously bombard each
other with conf_req and conf_rsp messages, in a demented game of tag.
2019-09-17 11:19:52 +01:00
Cheong2K
6bae335f53 brcm: adds support for BCM43341 wifi
brcmfmac: Disable power management

Disable wireless power saving in the brcmfmac WLAN driver. This is a
temporary measure until the connectivity loss resulting from power
saving is resolved.

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>

brcmfmac: Use original country code as a fallback

Commit 73345fd212:

    brcmfmac: Configure country code using device specific settings

prevents region codes from working on devices that lack a region code
translation table. In the event of an absent table, preserve the old
behaviour of using the provided code as-is.

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>

brcmfmac: Plug memory leak in brcmf_fill_bss_param

See: https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/issues/1471

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>

brcmfmac: do not use internal roaming engine by default

Some evidence of curing disconnects with this disabled, so make it a default.
Can be overridden with module parameter roamoff=0
See: http://projectable.me/optimize-my-pi-wi-fi/

brcmfmac: Change stop_ap sequence

Patch from Broadcom/Cypress to resolve a customer error

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:52 +01:00
Pantelis Antoniou
774a23ee85 OF: DT-Overlay configfs interface
This is a port of Pantelis Antoniou's v3 port that makes use of the
new upstreamed configfs support for binary attributes.

Original commit message:

Add a runtime interface to using configfs for generic device tree overlay
usage. With it its possible to use device tree overlays without having
to use a per-platform overlay manager.

Please see Documentation/devicetree/configfs-overlays.txt for more info.

Changes since v2:
- Removed ifdef CONFIG_OF_OVERLAY (since for now it's required)
- Created a documentation entry
- Slight rewording in Kconfig

Changes since v1:
- of_resolve() -> of_resolve_phandles().

Originally-signed-off-by: Pantelis Antoniou <pantelis.antoniou@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>

DT configfs: Fix build errors on other platforms

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>

DT configfs: fix build error

There is an error when compiling rpi-4.6.y branch:
  CC      drivers/of/configfs.o
drivers/of/configfs.c:291:21: error: initialization from incompatible pointer type [-Werror=incompatible-pointer-types]
   .default_groups = of_cfs_def_groups,
                     ^
drivers/of/configfs.c:291:21: note: (near initialization for 'of_cfs_subsys.su_group.default_groups.next')

The .default_groups is linked list since commit
1ae1602de0.
This commit uses configfs_add_default_group to fix this problem.

Signed-off-by: Slawomir Stepien <sst@poczta.fm>

configfs: New of_overlay API
2019-09-17 11:19:51 +01:00
popcornmix
b908e9c989 net: Add non-mainline source for rtl8192cu wlan
We are now syncing with version from:
https://github.com/pvaret/rtl8192cu-fixes
2019-09-17 11:19:51 +01:00
popcornmix
526802f76e bcm2835-virtgpio: Virtual GPIO driver
Add a virtual GPIO driver that uses the firmware mailbox interface to
request that the VPU toggles LEDs.
2019-09-17 11:19:51 +01:00
P33M
4cb3e8181c rpi_display: add backlight driver and overlay
Add a mailbox-driven backlight controller for the Raspberry Pi DSI
touchscreen display. Requires updated GPU firmware to recognise the
mailbox request.

Signed-off-by: Gordon Hollingworth <gordon@raspberrypi.org>

Add Raspberry Pi firmware driver to the dependencies of backlight driver

Otherwise the backlight driver fails to build if the firmware
loading driver is not in the kernel

Signed-off-by: Alex Riesen <alexander.riesen@cetitec.com>
2019-09-17 11:19:51 +01:00
Tim Gover
5cc4fa2ede ASoC: Create a generic Pi Hat WM8804 driver
Reduce the amount of duplicated code by creating a generic driver for
Pi Hat digi cards using the WM8804 codec.

This replaces the
Allo DigiOne, Hifiberry Digi/Pro, JustBoom Digi and IQAudIO Digi
dedicate soundcard drivers with a generic driver.

There are no significant changes to the runtime behavior of the drivers
and end users should not have to change any configuration settings
after upgrading.

Minor changes
* Check the return value of snd_soc_component_update_bits
* Added some pr_debug tracing
* Various checkpatch tidyups
* Updated allodigi-one to use use 128FS at > 96 Khz. This appears to
  be an omission in the original driver code so followed the Hifiberry
  DAC driver approach.
2019-09-17 11:19:51 +01:00
popcornmix
21b21e30e0 ASoC: Add Kconfig and Makefile for sound/soc/bcm
Signed-off-by: popcornmix <popcornmix@gmail.com>
2019-09-17 11:19:51 +01:00
Tim Gover
90c73624b2 ASoC: Add generic RPI driver for simple soundcards.
The RPI simple sound card driver provides a generic ALSA SOC card driver
supporting a variety of Pi HAT soundcards. The intention is to avoid
the duplication of code for cards that can't be fully supported by
the soc simple/graph cards but are otherwise almost identical.

This initial commit adds support for the ADAU1977 ADC, Google VoiceHat,
HifiBerry AMP, HifiBerry DAC and RPI DAC.

Signed-off-by: Tim Gover <tim.gover@raspberrypi.org>

ASoC: Use correct card name in rpi-simple driver

Use the specific card name from drvdata instead of the snd_rpi_simple

rpi-simple-soundcard: Use nicer driver name "RPi-simple"

Rename the driver from "RPI simple soundcard" to "RPi-simple" so that
the driver name won't be mangled allowing to be used unaltered as the
card conf filename.
2019-09-17 11:19:51 +01:00
allocom
a6046c1c20 Driver and overlay for Allo Katana DAC
Allo Katana DAC: Updated default values

Signed-off-by: Jaikumar <jaikumar@cem-solutions.com>

Added mute stream func

Signed-off-by: Jaikumar <jaikumar@cem-solutions.net>
2019-09-17 11:19:51 +01:00
Peter Malkin
619d26eb0b Driver support for Google voiceHAT soundcard.
ASoC: googlevoicehat-codec: Use correct device when grabbing GPIO

The fixup for the VoiceHAT in 4.18 incorrectly tried to find the
sdmode GPIO pin under the card device, not the codec device.
This failed, and therefore caused the device probe to fail.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>

ASoC: googlevoicehat-codec: Reformat for kernel coding standards

Fix all whitespace, indentation, and bracing errors.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>

ASoC: googlevoicehat-codec: Make driver function structure const

Make voicehat_component_driver a const structure.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>

ASoC: googlevoicehat-codec: Only convert from ms to jiffies once

Minor optimisation and allows to become checkpatch clean.
A msec value is read out of DT or from a define, and convert once to
jiffies, rather than every time that it is used.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:51 +01:00
Matt Flax
59306adf7e Add support for the AudioInjector.net Octo sound card
AudioInjector Octo: sample rates, regulators, reset

This patch adds new sample rates to the Audioinjector Octo sound card. The
new supported rates are (in kHz) :
96, 48, 32, 24, 16, 8, 88.2, 44.1, 29.4, 22.05, 14.7

Reference the bcm270x DT regulators in the overlay.

This patch adds a reset GPIO for the AudioInjector.net octo sound card.

Audioinjector octo : Make the playback and capture symmetric

This patch ensures that the sample rate and channel count of the audioinjector
octo sound card are symmetric.

audioinjector-octo: Add continuous clock feature

By user request, add a switch to prevent the clocks being stopped when
the stream is paused, stopped or shutdown. Provide access to the switch
by adding a 'non-stop-clocks' parameter to the audioinjector-addons
overlay.

See: https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/issues/2409

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:51 +01:00
Fe-Pi
3c685ea18a Add support for Fe-Pi audio sound card. (#1867)
Fe-Pi Audio Sound Card is based on NXP SGTL5000 codec.
Mechanical specification of the board is the same the Raspberry Pi Zero.
3.5mm jacks for Headphone/Mic, Line In, and Line Out.

Signed-off-by: Henry Kupis <fe-pi@cox.net>
2019-09-17 11:19:51 +01:00
Miquel
a4062a0580 sound: Support for Dion Audio LOCO-V2 DAC-AMP HAT
Signed-off-by: Miquel Blauw <info@dionaudio.nl>

ASoC: dionaudio_loco-v2: fix S24_LE format

Remove set_bclk_ratio call so 24-bit data is transmitted in
24 bclk cycles.

Also remove hw_params and ops as they are no longer needed.

Signed-off-by: Matthias Reichl <hias@horus.com>
2019-09-17 11:19:50 +01:00
Matthias Reichl
932c7dcd94 ASoC: Add driver for Cirrus Logic Audio Card
Note: due to problems with deferred probing of regulators
the following softdep should be added to a modprobe.d file

softdep arizona-spi pre: arizona-ldo1

Signed-off-by: Matthias Reichl <hias@horus.com>
2019-09-17 11:19:50 +01:00
gtrainavicius
034efbfe01 Support for Blokas Labs pisound board
Pisound dynamic overlay (#1760)

Restructuring pisound-overlay.dts, so it can be loaded and unloaded dynamically using dtoverlay.

Print a logline when the kernel module is removed.

pisound improvements:

* Added a writable sysfs object to enable scripts / user space software
to blink MIDI activity LEDs for variable duration.
* Improved hw_param constraints setting.
* Added compatibility with S16_LE sample format.
* Exposed some simple placeholder volume controls, so the card appears
in volumealsa widget.

Add missing SND_PISOUND selects dependency to SND_RAWMIDI

Without it the Pisound module fails to compile.
See https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/issues/2366

Updates for Pisound module code:

	* Merged 'Fix a warning in DEBUG builds' (1c8b82b).
	* Updating some strings and copyright information.
	* Fix for handling high load of MIDI input and output.
	* Use dual rate oversampling ratio for 96kHz instead of single
	  rate one.

Signed-off-by: Giedrius Trainavicius <giedrius@blokas.io>

Fixing memset call in pisound.c

Signed-off-by: Giedrius Trainavicius <giedrius@blokas.io>

Fix for Pisound's MIDI Input getting blocked for a while in rare cases.

There was a possible race condition which could lead to Input's FIFO queue
to be underflown, causing high amount of processing in the worker thread for
some period of time.

Signed-off-by: Giedrius Trainavicius <giedrius@blokas.io>

Fix for Pisound kernel module in Real Time kernel configuration.

When handler of data_available interrupt is fired, queue_work ends up
getting called and it can block on a spin lock which is not allowed in
interrupt context. The fix was to run the handler from a thread context
instead.

Pisound: Remove spinlock usage around spi_sync
2019-09-17 11:19:50 +01:00
BabuSubashChandar
dd830be9e2 Add support for Allo Boss DAC add-on board for Raspberry Pi. (#1924)
Signed-off-by: Baswaraj K <jaikumar@cem-solutions.net>
Reviewed-by: Deepak <deepak@zilogic.com>
Reviewed-by: BabuSubashChandar <babusubashchandar@zilogic.com>

Add support for new clock rate and mute gpios.

Signed-off-by: Baswaraj K <jaikumar@cem-solutions.net>
Reviewed-by: Deepak <deepak@zilogic.com>
Reviewed-by: BabuSubashChandar <babusubashchandar@zilogic.com>

ASoC: allo-boss-dac: fix S24_LE format

Remove set_bclk_ratio call so 24-bit data is transmitted in
24 bclk cycles.

Signed-off-by: Matthias Reichl <hias@horus.com>

ASoC: allo-boss-dac: transmit S24_LE with 64 BCLK cycles

Signed-off-by: Matthias Reichl <hias@horus.com>

allo-boss-dac: switch to snd_soc_dai_set_bclk_ratio

Signed-off-by: Matthias Reichl <hias@horus.com>
2019-09-17 11:19:50 +01:00
Raashid Muhammed
af9767f8c0 Add support for Allo Piano DAC 2.1 plus add-on board for Raspberry Pi.
The Piano DAC 2.1 has support for 4 channels with subwoofer.

Signed-off-by: Baswaraj K <jaikumar@cem-solutions.net>
Reviewed-by: Vijay Kumar B. <vijaykumar@zilogic.com>
Reviewed-by: Raashid Muhammed <raashidmuhammed@zilogic.com>

Add clock changes and mute gpios (#1938)

Also improve code style and adhere to ALSA coding conventions.

Signed-off-by: Baswaraj K <jaikumar@cem-solutions.net>
Reviewed-by: Vijay Kumar B. <vijaykumar@zilogic.com>
Reviewed-by: Raashid Muhammed <raashidmuhammed@zilogic.com>

PianoPlus: Dual Mono & Dual Stereo features added (#2069)

allo-piano-dac-plus: Master volume added + fixes

Master volume added, which controls both DACs volumes.

See: https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/pull/2149

Also fix initial max volume, default mode value, and unmute.

Signed-off-by: allocom <sparky-dev@allo.com>

ASoC: allo-piano-dac-plus: fix S24_LE format

Remove set_bclk_ratio call so 24-bit data is transmitted in
24 bclk cycles.

Signed-off-by: Matthias Reichl <hias@horus.com>

sound: bcm: Fix memset dereference warning

This warning appears with GCC 6.4.0 from toolchains.bootlin.com:

../sound/soc/bcm/allo-piano-dac-plus.c: In function ‘snd_allo_piano_dac_init’:
../sound/soc/bcm/allo-piano-dac-plus.c:711:30: warning: argument to ‘sizeof’ in ‘memset’ call is the same expression as the destination; did you mean to dereference it? [-Wsizeof-pointer-memaccess]
  memset(glb_ptr, 0x00, sizeof(glb_ptr));
                              ^

Suggested-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
Signed-off-by: Nathan Chancellor <natechancellor@gmail.com>
2019-09-17 11:19:50 +01:00
Clive Messer
c15521cc28 Allo Piano DAC boards: Initial 2 channel (stereo) support (#1645)
Add initial 2 channel (stereo) support for Allo Piano DAC (2.0/2.1) boards,
using allo-piano-dac-pcm512x-audio overlay and allo-piano-dac ALSA ASoC
machine driver.

NB. The initial support is 2 channel (stereo) ONLY!
(The Piano DAC 2.1 will only support 2 channel (stereo) left/right output,
 pending an update to the upstream pcm512x codec driver, which will have
 to be submitted via upstream. With the initial downstream support,
 provided by this patch, the Piano DAC 2.1 subwoofer outputs will
 not function.)

Signed-off-by: Baswaraj K <jaikumar@cem-solutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Clive Messer <clive.messer@digitaldreamtime.co.uk>
Tested-by: Clive Messer <clive.messer@digitaldreamtime.co.uk>

ASoC: allo-piano-dac: fix S24_LE format

Remove set_bclk_ratio call so 24-bit data is transmitted in
24 bclk cycles.

Also remove hw_params and ops as they are no longer needed.

Signed-off-by: Matthias Reichl <hias@horus.com>
2019-09-17 11:19:50 +01:00
DigitalDreamtime
571b9a0ea1 Add support for Dion Audio LOCO DAC-AMP HAT
Using dedicated machine driver and pcm5102a codec driver.

Signed-off-by: DigitalDreamtime <clive.messer@digitaldreamtime.co.uk>
2019-09-17 11:19:50 +01:00
escalator2015
bbb897e8a8 New driver for RRA DigiDAC1 soundcard using WM8741 + WM8804 2019-09-17 11:19:50 +01:00
Matt Flax
035368cfac New AudioInjector.net Pi soundcard with low jitter audio in and out.
Contains the sound/soc/bcm ALSA machine driver and necessary alterations to the Kconfig and Makefile.
Adds the dts overlay and updates the Makefile and README.
Updates the relevant defconfig files to enable building for the Raspberry Pi.
Thanks to Phil Elwell (pelwell) for the review, simple-card concepts and discussion. Thanks to Clive Messer for overlay naming suggestions.

Added support for headphones, microphone and bclk_ratio settings.

This patch adds headphone and microphone capability to the Audio Injector sound card. The patch also sets the bit clock ratio for use in the bcm2835-i2s driver. The bcm2835-i2s can't handle an 8 kHz sample rate when the bit clock is at 12 MHz because its register is only 10 bits wide which can't represent the ch2 offset of 1508. For that reason, the rate constraint is added.
2019-09-17 11:19:50 +01:00
Aaron Shaw
c9e4f9883e Add Support for JustBoom Audio boards
justboom-dac: Adjust for ALSA API change

As of 4.4, snd_soc_limit_volume now takes a struct snd_soc_card *
rather than a struct snd_soc_codec *.

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>

ASoC: justboom-dac: fix S24_LE format

Remove set_bclk_ratio call so 24-bit data is transmitted in
24 bclk cycles.

Also remove hw_params as it's no longer needed.

Signed-off-by: Matthias Reichl <hias@horus.com>
2019-09-17 11:19:50 +01:00
Waldemar Brodkorb
1f9f5382e9 Add driver for rpi-proto
Forward port of 3.10.x driver from https://github.com/koalo
We are using a custom board and would like to use rpi 3.18.x
kernel. Patch works fine for our embedded system.

URL to the audio chip:
http://www.mikroe.com/add-on-boards/audio-voice/audio-codec-proto/

Playback tested with devicetree enabled.

Signed-off-by: Waldemar Brodkorb <wbrodkorb@conet.de>
2019-09-17 11:19:50 +01:00
Daniel Matuschek
be87e5d640 Added driver for HiFiBerry Amp amplifier add-on board
The driver contains a low-level hardware driver for the TAS5713 and the
drivers for the Raspberry Pi I2S subsystem.

TAS5713: return error if initialisation fails

Existing TAS5713 driver logs errors during initialisation, but does not return
an error code. Therefore even if initialisation fails, the driver will still be
loaded, but won't work. This patch fixes this. I2C communication error will now
reported correctly by a non-zero return code.

HiFiBerry Amp: fix device-tree problems

Some code to load the driver based on device-tree-overlays was missing. This is added by this patch.
2019-09-17 11:19:50 +01:00
Daniel Matuschek
94f31955ef Added support for HiFiBerry DAC+
The driver is based on the HiFiBerry DAC driver. However HiFiBerry DAC+ uses
a different codec chip (PCM5122), therefore a new driver is necessary.

Add support for the HiFiBerry DAC+ Pro.

The HiFiBerry DAC+ and DAC+ Pro products both use the existing bcm sound driver with the DAC+ Pro having a special clock device driver representing the two high precision oscillators.

An addition bug fix is included for the PCM512x codec where by the physical size of the sample frame is used in the calculation of the LRCK divisor as it was found to be wrong when using 24-bit depth sample contained in a little endian 4-byte sample frame.

Limit PCM512x "Digital" gain to 0dB by default with HiFiBerry DAC+

24db_digital_gain DT param can be used to specify that PCM512x
codec "Digital" volume control should not be limited to 0dB gain,
and if specified will allow the full 24dB gain.

Add dt param to force HiFiBerry DAC+ Pro into slave mode

"dtoverlay=hifiberry-dacplus,slave"

Add 'slave' param to use HiFiBerry DAC+ Pro in slave mode,
with Pi as master for bit and frame clock.

Signed-off-by: DigitalDreamtime <clive.messer@digitaldreamtime.co.uk>

Fixed a bug when using 352.8kHz sample rate

Signed-off-by: Daniel Matuschek <daniel@hifiberry.com>

ASoC: pcm512x: revert downstream changes

This partially reverts commit 185ea05465
which was added by https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/pull/1152

The downstream pcm512x changes caused a regression, it broke normal
use of the 24bit format with the codec, eg when using simple-audio-card.

The actual bug with 24bit playback is the incorrect usage
of physical_width in various drivers in the downstream tree
which causes 24bit data to be transmitted with 32 clock
cycles. So it's not the pcm512x that needs fixing, it's the
soundcard drivers.

Signed-off-by: Matthias Reichl <hias@horus.com>

ASoC: hifiberry_dacplus: fix S24_LE format

Remove set_bclk_ratio call so 24-bit data is transmitted in
24 bclk cycles.

Signed-off-by: Matthias Reichl <hias@horus.com>

ASoC: hifiberry_dacplus: transmit S24_LE with 64 BCLK cycles

Signed-off-by: Matthias Reichl <hias@horus.com>

hifiberry_dacplus: switch to snd_soc_dai_set_bclk_ratio

Signed-off-by: Matthias Reichl <hias@horus.com>
2019-09-17 11:19:50 +01:00
Gordon Garrity
ddefb02660 Add IQaudIO Sound Card support for Raspberry Pi
Set a limit of 0dB on Digital Volume Control

The main volume control in the PCM512x DAC has a range up to
+24dB. This is dangerously loud and can potentially cause massive
clipping in the output stages. Therefore this sets a sensible
limit of 0dB for this control.

Allow up to 24dB digital gain to be applied when using IQAudIO DAC+

24db_digital_gain DT param can be used to specify that PCM512x
codec "Digital" volume control should not be limited to 0dB gain,
and if specified will allow the full 24dB gain.

Modify IQAudIO DAC+ ASoC driver to set card/dai config from dt

Add the ability to set the card name, dai name and dai stream name, from
dt config.

Signed-off-by: DigitalDreamtime <clive.messer@digitaldreamtime.co.uk>

IQaudIO: auto-mute for AMP+ and DigiAMP+

IQAudIO amplifier mute via GPIO22. Add dt params for "one-shot" unmute
and auto mute.

Revision 2, auto mute implementing HiassofT suggestion to mute/unmute
using set_bias_level, rather than startup/shutdown....
"By default DAPM waits 5 seconds (pmdown_time) before shutting down
playback streams so a close/stop immediately followed by open/start
doesn't trigger an amp mute+unmute."

Tested on both AMP+ (via DAC+) and DigiAMP+, with both options...

dtoverlay=iqaudio-dacplus,unmute_amp
 "one-shot" unmute when kernel module loads.

dtoverlay=iqaudio-dacplus,auto_mute_amp
 Unmute amp when ALSA device opened by a client. Mute, with 5 second delay
 when ALSA device closed. (Re-opening the device within the 5 second close
 window, will cancel mute.)

Revision 4, using gpiod.

Revision 5, clean-up formatting before adding mute code.
 - Convert tab plus 4 space formatting to 2x tab
 - Remove '// NOT USED' commented code

Revision 6, don't attempt to "one-shot" unmute amp, unless card is
successfully registered.

Signed-off-by: DigitalDreamtime <clive.messer@digitaldreamtime.co.uk>

ASoC: iqaudio-dac: fix S24_LE format

Remove set_bclk_ratio call so 24-bit data is transmitted in
24 bclk cycles.

Signed-off-by: Matthias Reichl <hias@horus.com>
2019-09-17 11:19:49 +01:00
Florian Meier
5d2189399f ASoC: Add support for Rpi-DAC 2019-09-17 11:19:49 +01:00
Phil Elwell
0e1af5ace7 mfd: Add Raspberry Pi Sense HAT core driver 2019-09-17 11:19:49 +01:00
Phil Elwell
fecfb8ac9a gpio-poweroff: Allow it to work on Raspberry Pi
The Raspberry Pi firmware manages the power-down and reboot
process. To do this it installs a pm_power_off handler, causing
the gpio-poweroff module to abort the probe function.

This patch introduces a "force" DT property that overrides that
behaviour, and also adds a DT overlay to enable and control it.

Note that running in an active-low configuration (DT parameter
"active_low") requires a custom dt-blob.bin and probably won't
allow a reboot without switching off, so an external inversion
of the trigger signal may be preferable.
2019-09-17 11:19:49 +01:00
popcornmix
a417ee4ed4 Improve __copy_to_user and __copy_from_user performance
Provide a __copy_from_user that uses memcpy. On BCM2708, use
optimised memcpy/memmove/memcmp/memset implementations.

arch/arm: Add mmiocpy/set aliases for memcpy/set

See: https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/issues/1082

copy_from_user: CPU_SW_DOMAIN_PAN compatibility

The downstream copy_from_user acceleration must also play nice with
CONFIG_CPU_SW_DOMAIN_PAN.

See: https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/issues/1381

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:49 +01:00
popcornmix
bf2ae19364 Added Device IDs for August DVB-T 205 2019-09-17 11:19:49 +01:00
Phil Elwell
65afae07bc BCM270x_DT: Add pwr_led, and the required "input" trigger
The "input" trigger makes the associated GPIO an input.  This is to support
the Raspberry Pi PWR LED, which is driven by external hardware in normal use.

N.B. pwr_led is not available on Model A or B boards.

leds-gpio: Implement the brightness_get method

The power LED uses some clever logic that means it is driven
by a voltage measuring circuit when configured as input, otherwise
it is driven by the GPIO output value. This patch wires up the
brightness_get method for leds-gpio so that user-space can monitor
the LED value via /sys/class/gpio/led1/brightness. Using the input
trigger this returns an indication of the system power health,
otherwise it is just whatever value the trigger has written most
recently.

See: https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/issues/1064
2019-09-17 11:19:49 +01:00
notro
17cc6cc6e8 BCM2708: Add core Device Tree support
Add the bare minimum needed to boot BCM2708 from a Device Tree.

Signed-off-by: Noralf Tronnes <notro@tronnes.org>

BCM2708: DT: change 'axi' nodename to 'soc'

Change DT node named 'axi' to 'soc' so it matches ARCH_BCM2835.
The VC4 bootloader fills in certain properties in the 'axi' subtree,
but since this is part of an upstreaming effort, the name is changed.

Signed-off-by: Noralf Tronnes notro@tronnes.org

BCM2708_DT: Correct length of the peripheral space

Use dts-dirs feature for overlays.

The kernel makefiles have a dts-dirs target that is for vendor subdirectories.

Using this fixes the install_dtbs target, which previously did not install the overlays.

BCM270X_DT: configure I2S DMA channels

Signed-off-by: Matthias Reichl <hias@horus.com>

BCM270X_DT: switch to bcm2835-i2s

I2S soundcard drivers with proper devicetree support (i.e. not linking
to the cpu_dai/platform via name but to cpu/platform via of_node)
will work out of the box without any modifications.

When the kernel is compiled without devicetree support the platform
code will instantiate the bcm2708-i2s driver and I2S soundcard drivers
will link to it via name, as before.

Signed-off-by: Matthias Reichl <hias@horus.com>

SDIO-overlay: add poll_once-boolean parameter

Add paramter to toggle sdio-device-polling
done every second or once at boot-time.

Signed-off-by: Patrick Boettcher <patrick.boettcher@posteo.de>

BCM270X_DT: Make mmc overlay compatible with current firmware

The original DT overlay logic followed a merge-then-patch procedure,
i.e. parameters are applied to the loaded overlay before the overlay
is merged into the base DTB. This sequence has been changed to
patch-then-merge, in order to support parameterised node names, and
to protect against bad overlays. As a result, overrides (parameters)
must only target labels in the overlay, but the overlay can obviously target nodes in the base DTB.

mmc-overlay.dts (that switches back to the original mmc sdcard
driver) is the only overlay violating that rule, and this patch
fixes it.

bcm270x_dt: Use the sdhost MMC controller by default

The "mmc" overlay reverts to using the other controller.

squash: Add cprman to dt

BCM270X_DT: Use clk_core for I2C interfaces

BCM270X_DT: Use bcm283x.dtsi, bcm2835.dtsi and bcm2836.dtsi

The mainline Device Tree files are quite close to downstream now.
Let's use bcm283x.dtsi, bcm2835.dtsi and bcm2836.dtsi as base files
for our dts files.

Mainline dts files are based on these files:

          bcm2835-rpi.dtsi
  bcm2835.dtsi    bcm2836.dtsi
          bcm283x.dtsi

Current downstream are based on these:

  bcm2708.dtsi    bcm2709.dtsi    bcm2710.dtsi
             bcm2708_common.dtsi

This patch introduces this dependency:

  bcm2708.dtsi    bcm2709.dtsi
          bcm2708-rpi.dtsi
          bcm270x.dtsi
  bcm2835.dtsi    bcm2836.dtsi
          bcm283x.dtsi

And:
          bcm2710.dtsi
          bcm2708-rpi.dtsi
          bcm270x.dtsi
          bcm283x.dtsi

bcm270x.dtsi contains the downstream bcm283x.dtsi diff.
bcm2708-rpi.dtsi is the downstream version of bcm2835-rpi.dtsi.

Other changes:
- The led node has moved from /soc/leds to /leds. This is not a problem
  since the label is used to reference it.
- The clk_osc reg property changes from 6 to 3.
- The gpu nodes has their interrupt property set in the base file.
- the clocks label does not point to the /clocks node anymore, but
  points to the cprman node. This is not a problem since the overlays
  that use the clock node refer to it directly: target-path = "/clocks";
- some nodes now have 2 labels since mainline and downstream differs in
  this respect: cprman/clocks, spi0/spi, gpu/vc4.
- some nodes doesn't have an explicit status = "okay" since they're not
  disabled in the base file: watchdog and random.
- gpiomem doesn't need an explicit status = "okay".
- bcm2708-rpi-cm.dts got the hpd-gpios property from bcm2708_common.dtsi,
  it's now set directly in that file.
- bcm2709-rpi-2-b.dts has the timer node moved from /soc/timer to /timer.
- Removed clock-frequency property on the bcm{2709,2710}.dtsi timer nodes.

Signed-off-by: Noralf Trønnes <noralf@tronnes.org>

BCM270X_DT: Use raspberrypi-power to turn on USB power

Use the raspberrypi-power driver to turn on USB power.

Signed-off-by: Noralf Trønnes <noralf@tronnes.org>

BCM270X_DT: Add a .dtbo target, use for overlays

Change the filenames and extensions to keep the pre-DDT style of
overlay (<name>-overlay.dtb) distinct from new ones that use a
different style of local fixups (<name>.dtbo), and to match other
platforms.

The RPi firmware uses the DDTK trailer atom to choose which type of
overlay to use for each kernel.

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>

BCM270X_DT: Don't generate "linux,phandle" props

The EPAPR standard says to use "phandle" properties to store phandles,
rather than the deprecated "linux,phandle" version. By default, dtc
generates both, but adding "-H epapr" causes it to only generate
"phandle"s, saving some space and clutter.

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>

BCM270X_DT: Add overlay for enc28j60 on SPI2

Works on SPI2 for compute module

BCM270X_DT: Add midi-uart0 overlay

MIDI requires 31.25kbaud, a baudrate unsupported by Linux. The
midi-uart0 overlay configures uart0 (ttyAMA0) to use a fake clock
so that requesting 38.4kbaud actually gets 31.25kbaud.

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>

BCM270X_DT: Add i2c-sensor overlay

The i2c-sensor overlay is a container for various pressure and
temperature sensors, currently bmp085 and bmp280. The standalone
bmp085_i2c-sensor overlay is now deprecated.

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>

BCM270X_DT: overlays/*-overlay.dtb -> overlays/*.dtbo (#1752)

We now create overlays as .dtbo files.

build: support for .dtbo files for dtb overlays

Kernel 4.4.6+ on RaspberryPi support .dtbo files for overlays, instead of .dtb.
Patch the kernel, which has faulty rules to generate .dtbo the way yocto does

Signed-off-by: Herve Jourdain <herve.jourdain@neuf.fr>
Signed-off-by: Khem Raj <raj.khem@gmail.com>

BCM270X: Drop position requirement for CMA in VC4 overlay.

No longer necessary since 2aefcd5761,
and will probably let peeople that want to choose a larger CMA
allocation (particularly on pi0/1).

Signed-off-by: Eric Anholt <eric@anholt.net>

BCM270X_DT: RPi Device Tree tidy

Use the upstream sdhost node, add thermal-zones, and factor out some
common elements.

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>

kbuild: Silence unhelpful DTC warnings

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>

BCM270X_DT: DT build rules no longer arch-specific

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:49 +01:00
Phil Elwell
8a64d36852 scripts: Add mkknlimg and knlinfo scripts from tools repo
The Raspberry Pi firmware looks for a trailer on the kernel image to
determine whether it was compiled with Device Tree support enabled.
If the firmware finds a kernel without this trailer, or which has a
trailer indicating that it isn't DT-capable, it disables DT support
and reverts to using ATAGs.

The mkknlimg utility adds that trailer, having first analysed the
image to look for signs of DT support and the kernel version string.

knlinfo displays the contents of the trailer in the given kernel image.

scripts/mkknlimg: Add support for ARCH_BCM2835

Add a new trailer field indicating whether this is an ARCH_BCM2835
build, as opposed to MACH_BCM2708/9. If the loader finds this flag
is set it changes the default base dtb file name from bcm270x...
to bcm283y...

Also update knlinfo to show the status of the field.

scripts/mkknlimg: Improve ARCH_BCM2835 detection

The board support code contains sufficient strings to be able to
distinguish 2708 vs. 2835 builds, so remove the check for
bcm2835-pm-wdt which could exist in either.

Also, since the canned configuration is no longer built in (it's
a module), remove the config string checking.

See: https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/issues/1157

scripts: Multi-platform support for mkknlimg and knlinfo

The firmware uses tags in the kernel trailer to choose which dtb file
to load. Current firmware loads bcm2835-*.dtb if the '283x' tag is true,
otherwise it loads bcm270*.dtb. This scheme breaks if an image supports
multiple platforms.

This patch adds '270X' and '283X' tags to indicate support for RPi and
upstream platforms, respectively. '283x' (note lower case 'x') is left
for old firmware, and is only set if the image only supports upstream
builds.

scripts/mkknlimg: Append a trailer for all input

Now that the firmware assumes an unsigned kernel is DT-capable, it is
helpful to be able to mark a kernel as being non-DT-capable.

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>

scripts/knlinfo: Decode DDTK atom

Show the DDTK atom as being a boolean.

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>

mkknlimg: Retain downstream-kernel detection

With the death of ARCH_BCM2708 and ARCH_BCM2709, a new way is needed to
determine if this is a "downstream" build that wants the firmware to
load a bcm27xx .dtb. The vc_cma driver is used downstream but not
upstream, making vc_cma_init a suitable predicate symbol.

mkknlimg: Find some more downstream-only strings

See: https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/issues/1920

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>

scripts: Update mkknlimg, just in case

With the removal of the vc_cma driver, mkknlimg lost an indication that
the user had built a downstream kernel. Update the script, adding a few
more key strings, in case it is still being used.

Note that mkknlimg is now deprecated, except to tag kernels as upstream
(283x), and thus requiring upstream DTBs.

See: https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/issues/2239

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:49 +01:00
Noralf Trønnes
e6452be341 firmware: bcm2835: Support ARCH_BCM270x
Support booting without Device Tree.
Turn on USB power.
Load driver early because of lacking support for deferred probing
in many drivers.

Signed-off-by: Noralf Trønnes <noralf@tronnes.org>

firmware: bcm2835: Don't turn on USB power

The raspberrypi-power driver is now used to turn on USB power.

This partly reverts commit:
firmware: bcm2835: Support ARCH_BCM270x

Signed-off-by: Noralf Trønnes <noralf@tronnes.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:49 +01:00
Noralf Trønnes
f1a0d92609 char: broadcom: Add vcio module
Add module for accessing the mailbox property channel through
/dev/vcio. Was previously in bcm2708-vcio.

Signed-off-by: Noralf Trønnes <noralf@tronnes.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:49 +01:00
popcornmix
4267d004c4 Add Chris Boot's i2c driver
i2c-bcm2708: fixed baudrate

Fixed issue where the wrong CDIV value was set for baudrates below 3815 Hz (for 250MHz bus clock).
In that case the computed CDIV value was more than 0xffff. However the CDIV register width is only 16 bits.
This resulted in incorrect setting of CDIV and higher baudrate than intended.
Example: 3500Hz -> CDIV=0x11704 -> CDIV(16bit)=0x1704 -> 42430Hz
After correction: 3500Hz -> CDIV=0x11704 -> CDIV(16bit)=0xffff -> 3815Hz
The correct baudrate is shown in the log after the cdiv > 0xffff correction.

Perform I2C combined transactions when possible

Perform I2C combined transactions whenever possible, within the
restrictions of the Broadcomm Serial Controller.

Disable DONE interrupt during TA poll

Prevent interrupt from being triggered if poll is missed and transfer
starts and finishes.

i2c: Make combined transactions optional and disabled by default

i2c: bcm2708: add device tree support

Add DT support to driver and add to .dtsi file.
Setup pins in .dts file.
i2c is disabled by default.

Signed-off-by: Noralf Tronnes <notro@tronnes.org>

bcm2708: don't register i2c controllers when using DT

The devices for the i2c controllers are in the Device Tree.
Only register devices when not using DT.

Signed-off-by: Noralf Tronnes <notro@tronnes.org>

I2C: Only register the I2C device for the current board revision

i2c_bcm2708: Fix clock reference counting

Fix grabbing lock from atomic context in i2c driver

2 main changes:
- check for timeouts in the bcm2708_bsc_setup function as indicated by this comment:
      /* poll for transfer start bit (should only take 1-20 polls) */
  This implies that the setup function can now fail so account for this everywhere it's called
- Removed the clk_get_rate call from inside the setup function as it locks a mutex and that's not ok since we call it from under a spin lock.

i2c-bcm2708: When using DT, leave the GPIO setup to pinctrl

i2c-bcm2708: Increase timeouts to allow larger transfers

Use the timeout value provided by the I2C_TIMEOUT ioctl when waiting
for completion. The default timeout is 1 second.

See: https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/issues/260

i2c-bcm2708/BCM270X_DT: Add support for I2C2

The third I2C bus (I2C2) is normally reserved for HDMI use. Careless
use of this bus can break an attached display - use with caution.

It is recommended to disable accesses by VideoCore by setting
hdmi_ignore_edid=1 or hdmi_edid_file=1 in config.txt.

The interface is disabled by default - enable using the
i2c2_iknowwhatimdoing DT parameter.

bcm2708-spi: Don't use static pin configuration with DT

Also remove superfluous error checking - the SPI framework ensures the
validity of the chip_select value.

i2c-bcm2708: Remove non-DT support

Signed-off-by: Noralf Trønnes <noralf@tronnes.org>

Set the BSC_CLKT clock streching timeout to 35ms as per SMBus specs.

Fixes i2c_bcm2708: Write to FIFO correctly - v2 (#1574)

* i2c: fix i2c_bcm2708: Clear FIFO before sending data

Make sure FIFO gets cleared before trying to send
data in case of a repeated start (COMBINED=Y).

* i2c: fix i2c_bcm2708: Only write to FIFO when not full

Check if FIFO can accept data before writing.
To avoid a peripheral read on the last iteration of a loop,
both bcm2708_bsc_fifo_fill and ~drain are changed as well.
2019-09-17 11:19:48 +01:00
popcornmix
5c30e2eb32 Add cpufreq driver
Signed-off-by: popcornmix <popcornmix@gmail.com>

bcm2835-cpufreq: Change licence to GPLv2

Signed-off-by: Eben Upton <eben.upton@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Dom Cobley <dom@raspberrypi.com>
2019-09-17 11:19:48 +01:00
popcornmix
2f13bd7001 Revert "Add SMI NAND driver"
This reverts commit b1521a1f77c32e0754edf41064f8eac574380634.
2019-09-17 11:19:48 +01:00
Luke Wren
bd22f71dfe Add SMI NAND driver
Signed-off-by: Luke Wren <wren6991@gmail.com>
2019-09-17 11:19:48 +01:00
Martin Sperl
e2975886b2 MISC: bcm2835: smi: use clock manager and fix reload issues
Use clock manager instead of self-made clockmanager.

Also fix some error paths that showd up during development
(especially missing release of dma resources on rmmod)

Signed-off-by: Martin Sperl <kernel@martin.sperl.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:48 +01:00
Luke Wren
ca5f2d36af Add SMI driver
Signed-off-by: Luke Wren <wren6991@gmail.com>
2019-09-17 11:19:48 +01:00
Luke Wren
b14192f81b Add /dev/gpiomem device for rootless user GPIO access
Signed-off-by: Luke Wren <luke@raspberrypi.org>

bcm2835-gpiomem: Fix for ARCH_BCM2835 builds

Build on ARCH_BCM2835, and fail to probe if no IO resource.

See: https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/issues/1154
2019-09-17 11:19:48 +01:00
Tim Gover
c61c713a58 vcsm: VideoCore shared memory service for BCM2835
Add experimental support for the VideoCore shared memory service.
This allows user processes to allocate memory from VideoCore's
GPU relocatable heap and mmap the buffers. Additionally, the memory
handles can passed to other VideoCore services such as MMAL, OpenMax
and DispmanX

TODO
* This driver was originally released for BCM28155 which has a different
  cache architecture to BCM2835. Consequently, in this release only
  uncached mappings are supported. However, there's no fundamental
  reason which cached mappings cannot be support or BCM2835
* More refactoring is required to remove the typedefs.
* Re-enable the some of the commented out debug-fs statistics which were
  disabled when migrating code from proc-fs.
* There's a lot of code to support sharing of VCSM in order to support
  Android. This could probably done more cleanly or perhaps just
  removed.

Signed-off-by: Tim Gover <timgover@gmail.com>

config: Disable VC_SM for now to fix hang with cutdown kernel

vcsm: Use boolean as it cannot be built as module

On building the bcm_vc_sm as a module we get the following error:

v7_dma_flush_range and do_munmap are undefined in vc-sm.ko.

Fix by making it not an option to build as module

vcsm: Add ioctl for custom cache flushing

vc-sm: Move headers out of arch directory

Signed-off-by: Noralf Trønnes <noralf@tronnes.org>

vcsm: Treat EBUSY as success rather than SIGBUS

Currently if two cores access the same page concurrently one will return VM_FAULT_NOPAGE
and the other VM_FAULT_SIGBUS crashing the user code.

Also report when mapping fails.

Signed-off-by: popcornmix <popcornmix@gmail.com>

vcsm: Provide new ioctl to clean/invalidate a 2D block

vcsm: Convert to loading via device tree.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>

VCSM: New option to import a DMABUF for VPU use

Takes a dmabuf, and then calls over to the VPU to wrap
it into a suitable handle.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>

vcsm: fix multi-platform build

vcsm: add macros for cache functions

vcsm: use dma APIs for cache functions

* Will handle multi-platform builds

vcsm: Fix up macros to avoid breaking numbers used by existing apps

vcsm: Define cache operation constants in user header

Without this change, users have to use raw values (1, 2, 3) to specify
cache operation.

Signed-off-by: Sugizaki Yukimasa <i.can.speak.c.and.basic@gmail.com>

vcsm: Support for finding user/vc handle in memory pool

vmcs_sm_{usr,vc}_handle_from_pid_and_address() were failing to find
handle if specified user pointer is not exactly the one that the memory
locking call returned even if the pointer is in range of map/resource.
So fixed the functions to match the range.

Signed-off-by: Sugizaki Yukimasa <i.can.speak.c.and.basic@gmail.com>

vcsm: Unify cache manipulating functions

Signed-off-by: Sugizaki Yukimasa <i.can.speak.c.and.basic@gmail.com>

vcsm: Fix obscure conditions

Signed-off-by: Sugizaki Yukimasa <i.can.speak.c.and.basic@gmail.com>

vcsm: Fix memory leaking on clean_invalid2 ioctl handler

Signed-off-by: Sugizaki Yukimasa <i.can.speak.c.and.basic@gmail.com>

vcsm: Describe the use of cache operation constants

Signed-off-by: Sugizaki Yukimasa <i.can.speak.c.and.basic@gmail.com>

vcsm: Fix obscure conditions again

Signed-off-by: Sugizaki Yukimasa <i.can.speak.c.and.basic@gmail.com>

vcsm: Add no-op cache operation constant

Signed-off-by: Sugizaki Yukimasa <i.can.speak.c.and.basic@gmail.com>

vcsm: Revert to do page-table-walk-based cache manipulating on some ioctl calls

On FLUSH, INVALID, CLEAN_INVALID ioctl calls, cache operations based on
page table walk were used in case that the buffer of the cache is not
pinned.  So reverted to do page-table-based cache manipulating.

Signed-off-by: Sugizaki Yukimasa <i.can.speak.c.and.basic@gmail.com>

vcsm: Define cache operation constants in user header

Without this change, users have to use raw values (1, 2, 3) to specify
cache operation.

Signed-off-by: Sugizaki Yukimasa <i.can.speak.c.and.basic@gmail.com>

vcsm: Updates for changed vchiq interface

vcsm: Fix an NULL dereference in the import_dmabuf error path

resource was dereferenced even though it was NULL.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>

vcsm: Use struct service_creation

vcsm: Fix makefile include on out-of-tree builds

The vc_sm module tries to include the 'fs' directory from the
$(srctree). $(srctree) is already provided by the build system, and
causes the include path to be duplicated.

With -Werror this fails to compile.

Remove the unnecessary variable.

Signed-off-by: Kieran Bingham <kieran.bingham@ideasonboard.com>

vcsm: Remove set but unused variable

The 'success' variable is set by the call to vchi_service_close() but never checked.
Remove it, keeping the call in place.

Signed-off-by: Kieran Bingham <kieran.bingham@ideasonboard.com>

vcsm: Reduce scope of local functions

The functions:

  vc_vchi_sm_send_msg
  vc_sm_ioctl_alloc
  vc_sm_ioctl_alloc_share
  vc_sm_ioctl_import_dmabuf

Are declared without a prototype. They are not used outside of this
module, thus - convert them to static functions.

Signed-off-by: Kieran Bingham <kieran.bingham@ideasonboard.com>
2019-09-17 11:19:48 +01:00
popcornmix
cd866377db vc_mem: Add vc_mem driver for querying firmware memory addresses
Signed-off-by: popcornmix <popcornmix@gmail.com>

BCM270x: Move vc_mem

Make the vc_mem module available for ARCH_BCM2835 by moving it.

Signed-off-by: Noralf Trønnes <noralf@tronnes.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:48 +01:00
Phil Elwell
d7a881187e Adding bcm2835-sdhost driver, and an overlay to enable it
BCM2835 has two SD card interfaces. This driver uses the other one.

bcm2835-sdhost: Error handling fix, and code clarification

bcm2835-sdhost: Adding overclocking option

Allow a different clock speed to be substitued for a requested 50MHz.
This option is exposed using the "overclock_50" DT parameter.
Note that the sdhost interface is restricted to integer divisions of
core_freq, and the highest sensible option for a core_freq of 250MHz
is 84 (250/3 = 83.3MHz), the next being 125 (250/2) which is much too
high.

Use at your own risk.

bcm2835-sdhost: Round up the overclock, so 62 works for 62.5Mhz

Also only warn once for each overclock setting.

bcm2835-sdhost: Improve error handling and recovery

1) Expose the hw_reset method to the MMC framework, removing many
   internal calls by the driver.

2) Reduce overclock setting on error.

3) Increase timeout to cope with high capacity cards.

4) Add properties and parameters to control pio_limit and debug.

5) Reduce messages at probe time.

bcm2835-sdhost: Further improve overclock back-off

bcm2835-sdhost: Clear HBLC for PIO mode

Also update pio_limit default in overlay README.

bcm2835-sdhost: Add the ERASE capability

See: https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/issues/1076

bcm2835-sdhost: Ignore CRC7 for MMC CMD1

It seems that the sdhost interface returns CRC7 errors for CMD1,
which is the MMC-specific SEND_OP_COND. Returning these errors to
the MMC layer causes a downward spiral, but ignoring them seems
to be harmless.

bcm2835-mmc/sdhost: Remove ARCH_BCM2835 differences

The bcm2835-mmc driver (and -sdhost driver that copied from it)
contains code to handle SDIO interrupts in a threaded interrupt
handler rather than waking the MMC framework thread. The change
follows a patch from Russell King that adds the facility as the
preferred way of working.

However, the new code path is only present in ARCH_BCM2835
builds, which I have taken to be a way of testing the waters
rather than making the change across the board; I can't see
any technical reason why it wouldn't be enabled for MACH_BCM270X
builds. So this patch standardises on the ARCH_BCM2835 code,
removing the old code paths.

bcm2835-sdhost: Don't log timeout errors unless debug=1

The MMC card-discovery process generates timeouts. This is
expected behaviour, so reporting it to the user serves no purpose.
Suppress the reporting of timeout errors unless the debug flag
is on.

bcm2835-sdhost: Add workaround for odd behaviour on some cards

For reasons not understood, the sdhost driver fails when reading
sectors very near the end of some SD cards. The problem could
be related to the similar issue that reading the final sector
of any card as part of a multiple read never completes, and the
workaround is an extension of the mechanism introduced to solve
that problem which ensures those sectors are always read singly.

bcm2835-sdhost: Major revision

This is a significant revision of the bcm2835-sdhost driver. It
improves on the original in a number of ways:

1) Through the use of CMD23 for reads it appears to avoid problems
   reading some sectors on certain high speed cards.
2) Better atomicity to prevent crashes.
3) Higher performance.
4) Activity logging included, for easier diagnosis in the event
   of a problem.

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>

bcm2835-sdhost: Restore ATOMIC flag to PIO sg mapping

Allocation problems have been seen in a wireless driver, and
this is the only change which might have been responsible.

SQUASH: bcm2835-sdhost: Only claim one DMA channel

With both MMC controllers enabled there are few DMA channels left. The
bcm2835-sdhost driver only uses DMA in one direction at a time, so it
doesn't need to claim two channels.

See: https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/issues/1327

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>

bcm2835-sdhost: Workaround for "slow" sectors

Some cards have been seen to cause timeouts after certain sectors are
read. This workaround enforces a minimum delay between the stop after
reading one of those sectors and a subsequent data command.

Using CMD23 (SET_BLOCK_COUNT) avoids this problem, so good cards will
not be penalised by this workaround.

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>

bcm2835-sdhost: Firmware manages the clock divisor

The bcm2835-sdhost driver hands control of the CDIV clock divisor
register to matching firmware, allowing it to adjust to a changing
core clock. This removes the need to use the performance governor or
to enable io_is_busy on the on-demand governor in order to get the
best SD performance.

N.B. As SD clocks must be an integer divisor of the core clock, it is
possible that the SD clock for "turbo" mode can be different (even
lower) than "normal" mode.

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>

bcm2835-sdhost: Reset the clock in task context

Since reprogramming the clock can now involve a round-trip to the
firmware it must not be done at atomic context, and a tasklet
is not a task.

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>

bcm2835-sdhost: Don't exit cmd wait loop on error

The FAIL flag can be set in the CMD register before command processing
is complete, leading to spurious "failed to complete" errors. This has
the effect of promoting harmless CRC7 errors during CMD1 processing
into errors that can delay and even prevent booting.

Also:
1) Convert the last KERN_ERROR message in the register dumping to
   KERN_INFO.
2) Remove an unnecessary reset call from  bcm2835_sdhost_add_host.

See: https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/pull/1492

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>

bcm2835-sdhost: mmc_card_blockaddr fix

Get the definition of mmc_card_blockaddr from drivers/mmc/core/card.h.

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>

bcm2835-sdhost: New timer API

mmc: bcm2835-sdhost: Support underclocking

Support underclocking of the SD bus in two ways:
1. using the max-frequency DT property (which currently has no DT
   parameter), and
2. using the exiting sd_overclock parameter.

The two methods differ slightly - in the former the MMC subsystem is
aware of the underclocking, while in the latter it isn't - but the
end results should be the same.

See: https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/issues/2350

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>

mmc: bcm2835-sdhost: Add include

highmem.h (needed for kmap_atomic) is pulled in by one of the other
include files, but only with some CONFIG settings. Make the inclusion
explicit to cater for cases where the CONFIG setting is absent.

See: https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/issues/2366

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>

mmc/bcm2835-sdhost: Recover from MMC_SEND_EXT_CSD

If the user issues an "mmc extcsd read", the SD controller receives
what it thinks is a SEND_IF_COND command with an unexpected data block.
The resulting operations leave the FSM stuck in READWAIT, a state which
persists until the MMC framework resets the controller, by which point
the root filesystem is likely to have been unmounted.

A less heavyweight solution is to detect the condition and nudge the
FSM by asserting the (self-clearing) FORCE_DATA_MODE bit.

N.B. This workaround was essentially discovered by accident and without
a full understanding the inner workings of the controller, so it is
fortunate that the "fix" only modifies error paths.

See: https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/issues/2728

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>

mmc: bcm2835-sdhost: Fix warnings on arm64

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>

bcm2835-sdhost: Allow for sg entries that cross pages

The dma_complete handling code calculates a virtual address for a page
then adds an offset, but if the offset is more than a page and HIGHMEM
is in use then the summed address could be in an unmapped (or just
incorrect) page.

The upstream SDHOST driver allows for this possibility - copy the code
that does so.

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:48 +01:00
gellert
b19858d151 MMC: added alternative MMC driver
mmc: Disable CMD23 transfers on all cards

Pending wire-level investigation of these types of transfers
and associated errors on bcm2835-mmc, disable for now. Fallback of
CMD18/CMD25 transfers will be used automatically by the MMC layer.

Reported/Tested-by: Gellert Weisz <gellert@raspberrypi.org>

mmc: bcm2835-mmc: enable DT support for all architectures

Both ARCH_BCM2835 and ARCH_BCM270x are built with OF now.
Enable Device Tree support for all architectures.

Signed-off-by: Noralf Trønnes <noralf@tronnes.org>

mmc: bcm2835-mmc: fix probe error handling

Probe error handling is broken in several places.
Simplify error handling by using device managed functions.
Replace pr_{err,info} with dev_{err,info}.

Signed-off-by: Noralf Trønnes <noralf@tronnes.org>

bcm2835-mmc: Add locks when accessing sdhost registers

bcm2835-mmc: Add range of debug options for slowing things down

bcm2835-mmc: Add option to disable some delays

bcm2835-mmc: Add option to disable MMC_QUIRK_BLK_NO_CMD23

bcm2835-mmc: Default to disabling MMC_QUIRK_BLK_NO_CMD23

bcm2835-mmc: Adding overclocking option

Allow a different clock speed to be substitued for a requested 50MHz.
This option is exposed using the "overclock_50" DT parameter.
Note that the mmc interface is restricted to EVEN integer divisions of
250MHz, and the highest sensible option is 63 (250/4 = 62.5), the
next being 125 (250/2) which is much too high.

Use at your own risk.

bcm2835-mmc: Round up the overclock, so 62 works for 62.5Mhz

Also only warn once for each overclock setting.

mmc: bcm2835-mmc: Make available on ARCH_BCM2835

Make the bcm2835-mmc driver available for use on ARCH_BCM2835.

Signed-off-by: Noralf Trønnes <noralf@tronnes.org>

BCM270x_DT: add bcm2835-mmc entry

Add Device Tree entry for bcm2835-mmc.
In non-DT mode, don't add the device in the board file.

Signed-off-by: Noralf Trønnes <noralf@tronnes.org>

bcm2835-mmc: Don't overwrite MMC capabilities from DT

bcm2835-mmc: Don't override bus width capabilities from devicetree

Take out the force setting of the MMC_CAP_4_BIT_DATA host capability
so that the result read from devicetree via mmc_of_parse() is
preserved.

bcm2835-mmc: Only claim one DMA channel

With both MMC controllers enabled there are few DMA channels left. The
bcm2835-mmc driver only uses DMA in one direction at a time, so it
doesn't need to claim two channels.

See: https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/issues/1327

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>

bcm2835-mmc: New timer API

mmc: bcm2835-mmc: Support underclocking

Support underclocking of the SD bus using the max-frequency DT property
(which currently has no DT parameter). The sd_overclock parameter
already provides another way to achieve the same thing which should be
equivalent in end result, but it is a bug not to support max-frequency
as well.

See: https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/issues/2350

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>

mmc/bcm2835: Recover from MMC_SEND_EXT_CSD

If the user issues an "mmc extcsd read", the SD controller receives
what it thinks is a SEND_IF_COND command with an unexpected data block.
The resulting operations leave the FSM stuck in READWAIT, a state which
persists until the MMC framework resets the controller, by which point
the root filesystem is likely to have been unmounted.

A less heavyweight solution is to detect the condition and nudge the
FSM by asserting the (self-clearing) FORCE_DATA_MODE bit.

N.B. This workaround was essentially discovered by accident and without
a full understanding the inner workings of the controller, so it is
fortunate that the "fix" only modifies error paths.

See: https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/issues/2728

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>

bcm2835-mmc: Fix DMA channel leak

The BCM2835 MMC host driver requests a DMA channel on probe but neglects
to release the channel in the probe error path and on driver unbind.

I'm seeing this happen on every boot of the Compute Module 3: On first
driver probe, DMA channel 2 is allocated and then leaked with a "could
not get clk, deferring probe" message. On second driver probe, channel 4
is allocated.

Fix it.

Signed-off-by: Lukas Wunner <lukas@wunner.de>
Cc: Frank Pavlic <f.pavlic@kunbus.de>

bcm2835-mmc: Fix struct mmc_host leak on probe

The BCM2835 MMC host driver requests the bus address of the host's
register map on probe.  If that fails, the driver leaks the struct
mmc_host allocated earlier.

Fix it.

Signed-off-by: Lukas Wunner <lukas@wunner.de>
Cc: Frank Pavlic <f.pavlic@kunbus.de>

bcm2835-mmc: Fix duplicate free_irq() on remove

The BCM2835 MMC host driver requests its interrupt as a device-managed
resource, so the interrupt is automatically freed after the driver is
unbound.

However on driver unbind, bcm2835_mmc_remove() frees the interrupt
explicitly to avoid invocation of the interrupt handler after driver
structures have been torn down.

The interrupt is thus freed twice, leading to a WARN splat in
__free_irq().  Fix by not requesting the interrupt as a device-managed
resource.

Signed-off-by: Lukas Wunner <lukas@wunner.de>
Cc: Frank Pavlic <f.pavlic@kunbus.de>

bcm2835-mmc: Handle mmc_add_host() errors

The BCM2835 MMC host driver calls mmc_add_host() but doesn't check its
return value.  Errors occurring in that function are therefore not
handled.  Fix it.

Signed-off-by: Lukas Wunner <lukas@wunner.de>
Cc: Frank Pavlic <f.pavlic@kunbus.de>

bcm2835-mmc: Deduplicate reset of driver data on remove

The BCM2835 MMC host driver sets the device's driver data pointer to
NULL on ->remove() even though the driver core subsequently does the
same in __device_release_driver().  Drop the duplicate assignment.

Signed-off-by: Lukas Wunner <lukas@wunner.de>
Cc: Frank Pavlic <f.pavlic@kunbus.de>
2019-09-17 11:19:48 +01:00
Florian Meier
e294409342 dmaengine: Add support for BCM2708
Add support for DMA controller of BCM2708 as used in the Raspberry Pi.
Currently it only supports cyclic DMA.

Signed-off-by: Florian Meier <florian.meier@koalo.de>

dmaengine: expand functionality by supporting scatter/gather transfers sdhci-bcm2708 and dma.c: fix for LITE channels

DMA: fix cyclic LITE length overflow bug

dmaengine: bcm2708: Remove chancnt affectations

Mirror bcm2835-dma.c commit 9eba5536a7:
chancnt is already filled by dma_async_device_register, which uses the channel
list to know how much channels there is.

Since it's already filled, we can safely remove it from the drivers' probe
function.

Signed-off-by: Noralf Trønnes <noralf@tronnes.org>

dmaengine: bcm2708: overwrite dreq only if it is not set

dreq is set when the DMA channel is fetched from Device Tree.
slave_id is set using dmaengine_slave_config().
Only overwrite dreq with slave_id if it is not set.

dreq/slave_id in the cyclic DMA case is not touched, because I don't
have hardware to test with.

Signed-off-by: Noralf Trønnes <noralf@tronnes.org>

dmaengine: bcm2708: do device registration in the board file

Don't register the device in the driver. Do it in the board file.

Signed-off-by: Noralf Trønnes <noralf@tronnes.org>

dmaengine: bcm2708: don't restrict DT support to ARCH_BCM2835

Both ARCH_BCM2835 and ARCH_BCM270x are built with OF now.
Add Device Tree support to the non ARCH_BCM2835 case.
Use the same driver name regardless of architecture.

Signed-off-by: Noralf Trønnes <noralf@tronnes.org>

BCM270x_DT: add bcm2835-dma entry

Add Device Tree entry for bcm2835-dma.
The entry doesn't contain any resources since they are handled
by the arch/arm/mach-bcm270x/dma.c driver.
In non-DT mode, don't add the device in the board file.

Signed-off-by: Noralf Trønnes <noralf@tronnes.org>

bcm2708-dmaengine: Add debug options

BCM270x: Add memory and irq resources to dmaengine device and DT

Prepare for merging of the legacy DMA API arch driver dma.c
with bcm2708-dmaengine by adding memory and irq resources both
to platform file device and Device Tree node.
Don't use BCM_DMAMAN_DRIVER_NAME so we don't have to include mach/dma.h

Signed-off-by: Noralf Trønnes <noralf@tronnes.org>

dmaengine: bcm2708: Merge with arch dma.c driver and disable dma.c

Merge the legacy DMA API driver with bcm2708-dmaengine.
This is done so we can use bcm2708_fb on ARCH_BCM2835 (mailbox
driver is also needed).

Changes to the dma.c code:
- Use BIT() macro.
- Cutdown some comments to one line.
- Add mutex to vc_dmaman and use this, since the dev lock is locked
  during probing of the engine part.
- Add global g_dmaman variable since drvdata is used by the engine part.
- Restructure for readability:
  vc_dmaman_chan_alloc()
  vc_dmaman_chan_free()
  bcm_dma_chan_free()
- Restructure bcm_dma_chan_alloc() to simplify error handling.
- Use device irq resources instead of hardcoded bcm_dma_irqs table.
- Remove dev_dmaman_register() and code it directly.
- Remove dev_dmaman_deregister() and code it directly.
- Simplify bcm_dmaman_probe() using devm_* functions.
- Get dmachans from DT if available.
- Keep 'dma.dmachans' module argument name for backwards compatibility.

Make it available on ARCH_BCM2835 as well.

Signed-off-by: Noralf Trønnes <noralf@tronnes.org>

dmaengine: bcm2708: set residue_granularity field

bcm2708-dmaengine supports residue reporting at burst level
but didn't report this via the residue_granularity field.

Without this field set properly we get playback issues with I2S cards.

dmaengine: bcm2708-dmaengine: Fix memory leak when stopping a running transfer

bcm2708-dmaengine: Use more DMA channels (but not 12)

1) Only the bcm2708_fb drivers uses the legacy DMA API, and
it requires a BULK-capable channel, so all other types
(FAST, NORMAL and LITE) can be made available to the regular
DMA API.

2) DMA channels 11-14 share an interrupt. The driver can't
handle this, so don't use channels 12-14 (12 was used, probably
because it appears to have an interrupt, but in reality that
interrupt is for activity on ANY channel). This may explain
a lockup encountered when running out of DMA channels.

The combined effect of this patch is to leave 7 DMA channels
available + channel 0 for bcm2708_fb via the legacy API.

See: https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/issues/1110
     https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/issues/1108

dmaengine: bcm2708: Make legacy API available for bcm2835-dma

bcm2708_fb uses the legacy DMA API, so in order to start using
bcm2835-dma, bcm2835-dma has to support the legacy API. Make this
possible by exporting bcm_dmaman_probe() and bcm_dmaman_remove().

Signed-off-by: Noralf Trønnes <noralf@tronnes.org>

dmaengine: bcm2708: Change DT compatible string

Both bcm2835-dma and bcm2708-dmaengine have the same compatible string.
So change compatible to "brcm,bcm2708-dma".

Signed-off-by: Noralf Trønnes <noralf@tronnes.org>

dmaengine: bcm2708: Remove driver but keep legacy API

Dropping non-DT support means we don't need this driver,
but we still need the legacy DMA API.

Signed-off-by: Noralf Trønnes <noralf@tronnes.org>

bcm2708-dmaengine - Fix arm64 portability/build issues

dma-bcm2708: Fix module compilation of CONFIG_DMA_BCM2708

bcm2708-dmaengine.c defines functions like bcm_dma_start which are
defined as well in dma-bcm2708.h as inline versions when
CONFIG_DMA_BCM2708 is not defined. This works fine when
CONFIG_DMA_BCM2708 is built in, but when it is selected as module build
fails with redefinition errors because in the build system when
CONFIG_DMA_BCM2708 is selected as module, the macro becomes
CONFIG_DMA_BCM2708_MODULE.

This patch makes the header use CONFIG_DMA_BCM2708_MODULE too when
available.

Fixes https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/issues/2056

Signed-off-by: Andrei Gherzan <andrei@gherzan.com>
2019-09-17 11:19:48 +01:00
Harm Hanemaaijer
e23ccc64ce Speed up console framebuffer imageblit function
Especially on platforms with a slower CPU but a relatively high
framebuffer fill bandwidth, like current ARM devices, the existing
console monochrome imageblit function used to draw console text is
suboptimal for common pixel depths such as 16bpp and 32bpp. The existing
code is quite general and can deal with several pixel depths. By creating
special case functions for 16bpp and 32bpp, by far the most common pixel
formats used on modern systems, a significant speed-up is attained
which can be readily felt on ARM-based devices like the Raspberry Pi
and the Allwinner platform, but should help any platform using the
fb layer.

The special case functions allow constant folding, eliminating a number
of instructions including divide operations, and allow the use of an
unrolled loop, eliminating instructions with a variable shift size,
reducing source memory access instructions, and eliminating excessive
branching. These unrolled loops also allow much better code optimization
by the C compiler. The code that selects which optimized variant is used
is also simplified, eliminating integer divide instructions.

The speed-up, measured by timing 'cat file.txt' in the console, varies
between 40% and 70%, when testing on the Raspberry Pi and Allwinner
ARM-based platforms, depending on font size and the pixel depth, with
the greater benefit for 32bpp.

Signed-off-by: Harm Hanemaaijer <fgenfb@yahoo.com>
2019-09-17 11:19:47 +01:00
Siarhei Siamashka
6430d8468b fbdev: add FBIOCOPYAREA ioctl
Based on the patch authored by Ali Gholami Rudi at
    https://lkml.org/lkml/2009/7/13/153

Provide an ioctl for userspace applications, but only if this operation
is hardware accelerated (otherwide it does not make any sense).

Signed-off-by: Siarhei Siamashka <siarhei.siamashka@gmail.com>

bcm2708_fb: Add ioctl for reading gpu memory through dma

video: bcm2708_fb: Add compat_ioctl support.

When using a 64 bit kernel with 32 bit userspace we need
compat ioctl handling for FBIODMACOPY as one of the
parameters is a pointer.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:47 +01:00
popcornmix
26e14d0592 bcm2708 framebuffer driver
Signed-off-by: popcornmix <popcornmix@gmail.com>

bcm2708_fb : Implement blanking support using the mailbox property interface

bcm2708_fb: Add pan and vsync controls

bcm2708_fb: DMA acceleration for fb_copyarea

Based on http://www.raspberrypi.org/phpBB3/viewtopic.php?p=62425#p62425
Also used Simon's dmaer_master module as a reference for tweaking DMA
settings for better performance.

For now busylooping only. IRQ support might be added later.
With non-overclocked Raspberry Pi, the performance is ~360 MB/s
for simple copy or ~260 MB/s for two-pass copy (used when dragging
windows to the right).

In the case of using DMA channel 0, the performance improves
to ~440 MB/s.

For comparison, VFP optimized CPU copy can only do ~114 MB/s in
the same conditions (hindered by reading uncached source buffer).

Signed-off-by: Siarhei Siamashka <siarhei.siamashka@gmail.com>

bcm2708_fb: report number of dma copies

Add a counter (exported via debugfs) reporting the
number of dma copies that the framebuffer driver
has done, in order to help evaluate different
optimization strategies.

Signed-off-by: Luke Diamand <luked@broadcom.com>

bcm2708_fb: use IRQ for DMA copies

The copyarea ioctl() uses DMA to speed things along. This
was busy-waiting for completion. This change supports using
an interrupt instead for larger transfers. For small
transfers, busy-waiting is still likely to be faster.

Signed-off-by: Luke Diamand <luke@diamand.org>

bcm2708: Make ioctl logging quieter

video: fbdev: bcm2708_fb: Don't panic on error

No need to panic the kernel if the video driver fails.
Just print a message and return an error.

Signed-off-by: Noralf Trønnes <noralf@tronnes.org>

fbdev: bcm2708_fb: Add ARCH_BCM2835 support

Add Device Tree support.
Pass the device to dma_alloc_coherent() in order to get the
correct bus address on ARCH_BCM2835.
Use the new DMA legacy API header file.
Including <mach/platform.h> is not necessary.

Signed-off-by: Noralf Trønnes <noralf@tronnes.org>

BCM270x_DT: Add bcm2708-fb device

Add bcm2708-fb to Device Tree and don't add the
platform device when booting in DT mode.

Signed-off-by: Noralf Trønnes <noralf@tronnes.org>

Cleanup of bcm2708_fb file to kernel coding standards

Some minor change to function - remove a use of
in_atomic, plus replacing various debug messages
that manually specify the function name with
("%s",.__func__)

Signed-off-by: James Hughes <james.hughes@raspberrypi.org>

video: bcm2708_fb: Try allocating on the ARM and passing to VPU

Currently the VPU allocates the contiguous buffer for the
framebuffer.
Try an alternate path first where we use dma_alloc_coherent
and pass the buffer to the VPU. Should the VPU firmware not
support that path, then free the buffer and revert to the
old behaviour of using the VPU allocation.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:47 +01:00
popcornmix
678be9f7f4 Add dwc_otg driver
Signed-off-by: popcornmix <popcornmix@gmail.com>

usb: dwc: fix lockdep false positive

Signed-off-by: Kari Suvanto <karis79@gmail.com>

usb: dwc: fix inconsistent lock state

Signed-off-by: Kari Suvanto <karis79@gmail.com>

Add FIQ patch to dwc_otg driver. Enable with dwc_otg.fiq_fix_enable=1. Should give about 10% more ARM performance.
Thanks to Gordon and Costas

Avoid dynamic memory allocation for channel lock in USB driver. Thanks ddv2005.

Add NAK holdoff scheme. Enabled by default, disable with dwc_otg.nak_holdoff_enable=0. Thanks gsh

Make sure we wait for the reset to finish

dwc_otg: fix bug in dwc_otg_hcd.c resulting in silent kernel
	 memory corruption, escalating to OOPS under high USB load.

dwc_otg: Fix unsafe access of QTD during URB enqueue

In dwc_otg_hcd_urb_enqueue during qtd creation, it was possible that the
transaction could complete almost immediately after the qtd was assigned
to a host channel during URB enqueue, which meant the qtd pointer was no
longer valid having been completed and removed. Usually, this resulted in
an OOPS during URB submission. By predetermining whether transactions
need to be queued or not, this unsafe pointer access is avoided.

This bug was only evident on the Pi model A where a device was attached
that had no periodic endpoints (e.g. USB pendrive or some wlan devices).

dwc_otg: Fix incorrect URB allocation error handling

If the memory allocation for a dwc_otg_urb failed, the kernel would OOPS
because for some reason a member of the *unallocated* struct was set to
zero. Error handling changed to fail correctly.

dwc_otg: fix potential use-after-free case in interrupt handler

If a transaction had previously aborted, certain interrupts are
enabled to track error counts and reset where necessary. On IN
endpoints the host generates an ACK interrupt near-simultaneously
with completion of transfer. In the case where this transfer had
previously had an error, this results in a use-after-free on
the QTD memory space with a 1-byte length being overwritten to
0x00.

dwc_otg: add handling of SPLIT transaction data toggle errors

Previously a data toggle error on packets from a USB1.1 device behind
a TT would result in the Pi locking up as the driver never handled
the associated interrupt. Patch adds basic retry mechanism and
interrupt acknowledgement to cater for either a chance toggle error or
for devices that have a broken initial toggle state (FT8U232/FT232BM).

dwc_otg: implement tasklet for returning URBs to usbcore hcd layer

The dwc_otg driver interrupt handler for transfer completion will spend
a very long time with interrupts disabled when a URB is completed -
this is because usb_hcd_giveback_urb is called from within the handler
which for a USB device driver with complicated processing (e.g. webcam)
will take an exorbitant amount of time to complete. This results in
missed completion interrupts for other USB packets which lead to them
being dropped due to microframe overruns.

This patch splits returning the URB to the usb hcd layer into a
high-priority tasklet. This will have most benefit for isochronous IN
transfers but will also have incidental benefit where multiple periodic
devices are active at once.

dwc_otg: fix NAK holdoff and allow on split transactions only

This corrects a bug where if a single active non-periodic endpoint
had at least one transaction in its qh, on frnum == MAX_FRNUM the qh
would get skipped and never get queued again. This would result in
a silent device until error detection (automatic or otherwise) would
either reset the device or flush and requeue the URBs.

Additionally the NAK holdoff was enabled for all transactions - this
would potentially stall a HS endpoint for 1ms if a previous error state
enabled this interrupt and the next response was a NAK. Fix so that
only split transactions get held off.

dwc_otg: Call usb_hcd_unlink_urb_from_ep with lock held in completion handler

usb_hcd_unlink_urb_from_ep must be called with the HCD lock held.  Calling it
asynchronously in the tasklet was not safe (regression in
c4564d4a1a).

This change unlinks it from the endpoint prior to queueing it for handling in
the tasklet, and also adds a check to ensure the urb is OK to be unlinked
before doing so.

NULL pointer dereference kernel oopses had been observed in usb_hcd_giveback_urb
when a USB device was unplugged/replugged during data transfer.  This effect
was reproduced using automated USB port power control, hundreds of replug
events were performed during active transfers to confirm that the problem was
eliminated.

USB fix using a FIQ to implement split transactions

This commit adds a FIQ implementaion that schedules
the split transactions using a FIQ so we don't get
held off by the interrupt latency of Linux

dwc_otg: fix device attributes and avoid kernel warnings on boot

dcw_otg: avoid logging function that can cause panics

See: https://github.com/raspberrypi/firmware/issues/21
Thanks to cleverca22 for fix

dwc_otg: mask correct interrupts after transaction error recovery

The dwc_otg driver will unmask certain interrupts on a transaction
that previously halted in the error state in order to reset the
QTD error count. The various fine-grained interrupt handlers do not
consider that other interrupts besides themselves were unmasked.

By disabling the two other interrupts only ever enabled in DMA mode
for this purpose, we can avoid unnecessary function calls in the
IRQ handler. This will also prevent an unneccesary FIQ interrupt
from being generated if the FIQ is enabled.

dwc_otg: fiq: prevent FIQ thrash and incorrect state passing to IRQ

In the case of a transaction to a device that had previously aborted
due to an error, several interrupts are enabled to reset the error
count when a device responds. This has the side-effect of making the
FIQ thrash because the hardware will generate multiple instances of
a NAK on an IN bulk/interrupt endpoint and multiple instances of ACK
on an OUT bulk/interrupt endpoint. Make the FIQ mask and clear the
associated interrupts.

Additionally, on non-split transactions make sure that only unmasked
interrupts are cleared. This caused a hard-to-trigger but serious
race condition when you had the combination of an endpoint awaiting
error recovery and a transaction completed on an endpoint - due to
the sequencing and timing of interrupts generated by the dwc_otg core,
it was possible to confuse the IRQ handler.

Fix function tracing

dwc_otg: whitespace cleanup in dwc_otg_urb_enqueue

dwc_otg: prevent OOPSes during device disconnects

The dwc_otg_urb_enqueue function is thread-unsafe. In particular the
access of urb->hcpriv, usb_hcd_link_urb_to_ep, dwc_otg_urb->qtd and
friends does not occur within a critical section and so if a device
was unplugged during activity there was a high chance that the
usbcore hub_thread would try to disable the endpoint with partially-
formed entries in the URB queue. This would result in BUG() or null
pointer dereferences.

Fix so that access of urb->hcpriv, enqueuing to the hardware and
adding to usbcore endpoint URB lists is contained within a single
critical section.

dwc_otg: prevent BUG() in TT allocation if hub address is > 16

A fixed-size array is used to track TT allocation. This was
previously set to 16 which caused a crash because
dwc_otg_hcd_allocate_port would read past the end of the array.

This was hit if a hub was plugged in which enumerated as addr > 16,
due to previous device resets or unplugs.

Also add #ifdef FIQ_DEBUG around hcd->hub_port_alloc[], which grows
to a large size if 128 hub addresses are supported. This field is
for debug only for tracking which frame an allocate happened in.

dwc_otg: make channel halts with unknown state less damaging

If the IRQ received a channel halt interrupt through the FIQ
with no other bits set, the IRQ would not release the host
channel and never complete the URB.

Add catchall handling to treat as a transaction error and retry.

dwc_otg: fiq_split: use TTs with more granularity

This fixes certain issues with split transaction scheduling.

- Isochronous multi-packet OUT transactions now hog the TT until
  they are completed - this prevents hubs aborting transactions
  if they get a periodic start-split out-of-order
- Don't perform TT allocation on non-periodic endpoints - this
  allows simultaneous use of the TT's bulk/control and periodic
  transaction buffers

This commit will mainly affect USB audio playback.

dwc_otg: fix potential sleep while atomic during urb enqueue

Fixes a regression introduced with eb1b482a. Kmalloc called from
dwc_otg_hcd_qtd_add / dwc_otg_hcd_qtd_create did not always have
the GPF_ATOMIC flag set. Force this flag when inside the larger
critical section.

dwc_otg: make fiq_split_enable imply fiq_fix_enable

Failing to set up the FIQ correctly would result in
"IRQ 32: nobody cared" errors in dmesg.

dwc_otg: prevent crashes on host port disconnects

Fix several issues resulting in crashes or inconsistent state
if a Model A root port was disconnected.

- Clean up queue heads properly in kill_urbs_in_qh_list by
  removing the empty QHs from the schedule lists
- Set the halt status properly to prevent IRQ handlers from
  using freed memory
- Add fiq_split related cleanup for saved registers
- Make microframe scheduling reclaim host channels if
  active during a disconnect
- Abort URBs with -ESHUTDOWN status response, informing
  device drivers so they respond in a more correct fashion
  and don't try to resubmit URBs
- Prevent IRQ handlers from attempting to handle channel
  interrupts if the associated URB was dequeued (and the
  driver state was cleared)

dwc_otg: prevent leaking URBs during enqueue

A dwc_otg_urb would get leaked if the HCD enqueue function
failed for any reason. Free the URB at the appropriate points.

dwc_otg: Enable NAK holdoff for control split transactions

Certain low-speed devices take a very long time to complete a
data or status stage of a control transaction, producing NAK
responses until they complete internal processing - the USB2.0
spec limit is up to 500mS. This causes the same type of interrupt
storm as seen with USB-serial dongles prior to c8edb238.

In certain circumstances, usually while booting, this interrupt
storm could cause SD card timeouts.

dwc_otg: Fix for occasional lockup on boot when doing a USB reset

dwc_otg: Don't issue traffic to LS devices in FS mode

Issuing low-speed packets when the root port is in full-speed mode
causes the root port to stop responding. Explicitly fail when
enqueuing URBs to a LS endpoint on a FS bus.

Fix ARM architecture issue with local_irq_restore()

If local_fiq_enable() is called before a local_irq_restore(flags) where
the flags variable has the F bit set, the FIQ will be erroneously disabled.

Fixup arch_local_irq_restore to avoid trampling the F bit in CPSR.

Also fix some of the hacks previously implemented for previous dwc_otg
incarnations.

dwc_otg: fiq_fsm: Base commit for driver rewrite

This commit removes the previous FIQ fixes entirely and adds fiq_fsm.

This rewrite features much more complete support for split transactions
and takes into account several OTG hardware bugs. High-speed
isochronous transactions are also capable of being performed by fiq_fsm.

All driver options have been removed and replaced with:
  - dwc_otg.fiq_enable (bool)
  - dwc_otg.fiq_fsm_enable (bool)
  - dwc_otg.fiq_fsm_mask (bitmask)
  - dwc_otg.nak_holdoff (unsigned int)

Defaults are specified such that fiq_fsm behaves similarly to the
previously implemented FIQ fixes.

fiq_fsm: Push error recovery into the FIQ when fiq_fsm is used

If the transfer associated with a QTD failed due to a bus error, the HCD
would retry the transfer up to 3 times (implementing the USB2.0
three-strikes retry in software).

Due to the masking mechanism used by fiq_fsm, it is only possible to pass
a single interrupt through to the HCD per-transfer.

In this instance host channels would fall off the radar because the error
reset would function, but the subsequent channel halt would be lost.

Push the error count reset into the FIQ handler.

fiq_fsm: Implement timeout mechanism

For full-speed endpoints with a large packet size, interrupt latency
runs the risk of the FIQ starting a transaction too late in a full-speed
frame. If the device is still transmitting data when EOF2 for the
downstream frame occurs, the hub will disable the port. This change is
not reflected in the hub status endpoint and the device becomes
unresponsive.

Prevent high-bandwidth transactions from being started too late in a
frame. The mechanism is not guaranteed: a combination of bit stuffing
and hub latency may still result in a device overrunning.

fiq_fsm: fix bounce buffer utilisation for Isochronous OUT

Multi-packet isochronous OUT transactions were subject to a few bounday
bugs. Fix them.

Audio playback is now much more robust: however, an issue stands with
devices that have adaptive sinks - ALSA plays samples too fast.

dwc_otg: Return full-speed frame numbers in HS mode

The frame counter increments on every *microframe* in high-speed mode.
Most device drivers expect this number to be in full-speed frames - this
caused considerable confusion to e.g. snd_usb_audio which uses the
frame counter to estimate the number of samples played.

fiq_fsm: save PID on completion of interrupt OUT transfers

Also add edge case handling for interrupt transports.

Note that for periodic split IN, data toggles are unimplemented in the
OTG host hardware - it unconditionally accepts any PID.

fiq_fsm: add missing case for fiq_fsm_tt_in_use()

Certain combinations of bitrate and endpoint activity could
result in a periodic transaction erroneously getting started
while the previous Isochronous OUT was still active.

fiq_fsm: clear hcintmsk for aborted transactions

Prevents the FIQ from erroneously handling interrupts
on a timed out channel.

fiq_fsm: enable by default

fiq_fsm: fix dequeues for non-periodic split transactions

If a dequeue happened between the SSPLIT and CSPLIT phases of the
transaction, the HCD would never receive an interrupt.

fiq_fsm: Disable by default

fiq_fsm: Handle HC babble errors

The HCTSIZ transfer size field raises a babble interrupt if
the counter wraps. Handle the resulting interrupt in this case.

dwc_otg: fix interrupt registration for fiq_enable=0

Additionally make the module parameter conditional for wherever
hcd->fiq_state is touched.

fiq_fsm: Enable by default

dwc_otg: Fix various issues with root port and transaction errors

Process the host port interrupts correctly (and don't trample them).
Root port hotplug now functional again.

Fix a few thinkos with the transaction error passthrough for fiq_fsm.

fiq_fsm: Implement hack for Split Interrupt transactions

Hubs aren't too picky about which endpoint we send Control type split
transactions to. By treating Interrupt transfers as Control, it is
possible to use the non-periodic queue in the OTG core as well as the
non-periodic FIFOs in the hub itself. This massively reduces the
microframe exclusivity/contention that periodic split transactions
otherwise have to enforce.

It goes without saying that this is a fairly egregious USB specification
violation, but it works.

Original idea by Hans Petter Selasky @ FreeBSD.org.

dwc_otg: FIQ support on SMP. Set up FIQ stack and handler on Core 0 only.

dwc_otg: introduce fiq_fsm_spin(un|)lock()

SMP safety for the FIQ relies on register read-modify write cycles being
completed in the correct order. Several places in the DWC code modify
registers also touched by the FIQ. Protect these by a bare-bones lock
mechanism.

This also makes it possible to run the FIQ and IRQ handlers on different
cores.

fiq_fsm: fix build on bcm2708 and bcm2709 platforms

dwc_otg: put some barriers back where they should be for UP

bcm2709/dwc_otg: Setup FIQ on core 1 if >1 core active

dwc_otg: fixup read-modify-write in critical paths

Be more careful about read-modify-write on registers that the FIQ
also touches.

Guard fiq_fsm_spin_lock with fiq_enable check

fiq_fsm: Falling out of the state machine isn't fatal

This edge case can be hit if the port is disabled while the FIQ is
in the middle of a transaction. Make the effects less severe.

Also get rid of the useless return value.

squash: dwc_otg: Allow to build without SMP

usb: core: make overcurrent messages more prominent

Hub overcurrent messages are more serious than "debug". Increase loglevel.

usb: dwc_otg: Don't use dma_to_virt()

Commit 6ce0d20 changes dma_to_virt() which breaks this driver.
Open code the old dma_to_virt() implementation to work around this.

Limit the use of __bus_to_virt() to cases where transfer_buffer_length
is set and transfer_buffer is not set. This is done to increase the
chance that this driver will also work on ARCH_BCM2835.

transfer_buffer should not be NULL if the length is set, but the
comment in the code indicates that there are situations where this
might happen. drivers/usb/isp1760/isp1760-hcd.c also has a similar
comment pointing to a possible: 'usb storage / SCSI bug'.

Signed-off-by: Noralf Trønnes <noralf@tronnes.org>

dwc_otg: Fix crash when fiq_enable=0

dwc_otg: fiq_fsm: Make high-speed isochronous strided transfers work properly

Certain low-bandwidth high-speed USB devices (specialist audio devices,
compressed-frame webcams) have packet intervals > 1 microframe.

Stride these transfers in the FIQ by using the start-of-frame interrupt
to restart the channel at the right time.

dwc_otg: Force host mode to fix incorrect compute module boards

dwc_otg: Add ARCH_BCM2835 support

Signed-off-by: Noralf Trønnes <noralf@tronnes.org>

dwc_otg: Simplify FIQ irq number code

Dropping ATAGS means we can simplify the FIQ irq number code.
Also add error checking on the returned irq number.

Signed-off-by: Noralf Trønnes <noralf@tronnes.org>

dwc_otg: Remove duplicate gadget probe/unregister function

dwc_otg: Properly set the HFIR

Douglas Anderson reported:

According to the most up to date version of the dwc2 databook, the FRINT
field of the HFIR register should be programmed to:
* 125 us * (PHY clock freq for HS) - 1
* 1000 us * (PHY clock freq for FS/LS) - 1

This is opposed to older versions of the doc that claimed it should be:
* 125 us * (PHY clock freq for HS)
* 1000 us * (PHY clock freq for FS/LS)

and reported lower timing jitter on a USB analyser

dcw_otg: trim xfer length when buffer larger than allocated size is received

dwc_otg: Don't free qh align buffers in atomic context

dwc_otg: Enable the hack for Split Interrupt transactions by default

dwc_otg.fiq_fsm_mask=0xF has long been a suggestion for users with audio stutters or other USB bandwidth issues.
So far we are aware of many success stories but no failure caused by this setting.
Make it a default to learn more.

See: https://www.raspberrypi.org/forums/viewtopic.php?f=28&t=70437

Signed-off-by: popcornmix <popcornmix@gmail.com>

dwc_otg: Use kzalloc when suitable

dwc_otg: Pass struct device to dma_alloc*()

This makes it possible to get the bus address from Device Tree.

Signed-off-by: Noralf Trønnes <noralf@tronnes.org>

dwc_otg: fix summarize urb->actual_length for isochronous transfers

Kernel does not copy input data of ISO transfers to userspace
if actual_length is set only in ISO transfers and not summarized
in urb->actual_length. Fixes raspberrypi/linux#903

fiq_fsm: Use correct states when starting isoc OUT transfers

In fiq_fsm_start_next_periodic() if an isochronous OUT transfer
was selected, no regard was given as to whether this was a single-packet
transfer or a multi-packet staged transfer.

For single-packet transfers, this had the effect of repeatedly sending
OUT packets with bogus data and lengths.

Eventually if the channel was repeatedly enabled enough times, this
would lock up the OTG core and no further bus transfers would happen.

Set the FSM state up properly if we select a single-packet transfer.

Fixes https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/issues/1842

dwc_otg: make nak_holdoff work as intended with empty queues

If URBs reading from non-periodic split endpoints were dequeued and
the last transfer from the endpoint was a NAK handshake, the resulting
qh->nak_frame value was stale which would result in unnecessarily long
polling intervals for the first subsequent transfer with a fresh URB.

Fixup qh->nak_frame in dwc_otg_hcd_urb_dequeue and also guard against
a case where a single URB is submitted to the endpoint, a NAK was
received on the transfer immediately prior to receiving data and the
device subsequently resubmits another URB past the qh->nak_frame interval.

Fixes https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/issues/1709

dwc_otg: fix split transaction data toggle handling around dequeues

See https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/issues/1709

Fix several issues regarding endpoint state when URBs are dequeued
- If the HCD is disconnected, flush FIQ-enabled channels properly
- Save the data toggle state for bulk endpoints if the last transfer
  from an endpoint where URBs were dequeued returned a data packet
- Reset hc->start_pkt_count properly in assign_and_init_hc()

dwc_otg: fix several potential crash sources

On root port disconnect events, the host driver state is cleared and
in-progress host channels are forcibly stopped. This doesn't play
well with the FIQ running in the background, so:
- Guard the disconnect callback with both the host spinlock and FIQ
  spinlock
- Move qtd dereference in dwc_otg_handle_hc_fsm() after the early-out
  so we don't dereference a qtd that has gone away
- Turn catch-all BUG()s in dwc_otg_handle_hc_fsm() into warnings.

dwc_otg: delete hcd->channel_lock

The lock serves no purpose as it is only held while the HCD spinlock
is already being held.

dwc_otg: remove unnecessary dma-mode channel halts on disconnect interrupt

Host channels are already halted in kill_urbs_in_qh_list() with the
subsequent interrupt processing behaving as if the URB was dequeued
via HCD callback.

There's no need to clobber the host channel registers a second time
as this exposes races between the driver and host channel resulting
in hcd->free_hc_list becoming corrupted.

dwcotg: Allow to build without FIQ on ARM64

Signed-off-by: popcornmix <popcornmix@gmail.com>

dwc_otg: make periodic scheduling behave properly for FS buses

If the root port is in full-speed mode, transfer times at 12mbit/s
would be calculated but matched against high-speed quotas.

Reinitialise hcd->frame_usecs[i] on each port enable event so that
full-speed bandwidth can be tracked sensibly.

Also, don't bother using the FIQ for transfers when in full-speed
mode - at the slower bus speed, interrupt frequency is reduced by
an order of magnitude.

Related issue: https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/issues/2020

dwc_otg: fiq_fsm: Make isochronous compatibility checks work properly

Get rid of the spammy printk and local pointer mangling.
Also, there is a nominal benefit for using fiq_fsm for isochronous
transfers in FS mode (~1.1k IRQs per second vs 2.1k IRQs per second)
so remove the root port speed check.

dwc_otg: add module parameter int_ep_interval_min

Add a module parameter (defaulting to ignored) that clamps the polling rate
of high-speed Interrupt endpoints to a minimum microframe interval.

The parameter is modifiable at runtime as it is used when activating new
endpoints (such as on device connect).

dwc_otg: fiq_fsm: Add non-periodic TT exclusivity constraints

Certain hub types do not discriminate between pipe direction (IN or OUT)
when considering non-periodic transfers. Therefore these hubs get confused
if multiple transfers are issued in different directions with the same
device address and endpoint number.

Constrain queuing non-periodic split transactions so they are performed
serially in such cases.

Related: https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/issues/2024

dwc_otg: Fixup change to DRIVER_ATTR interface

dwc_otg: Fix compilation warnings

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>

USB_DWCOTG: Disable building dwc_otg as a module (#2265)

When dwc_otg is built as a module, build will fail with the following
error:

ERROR: "DWC_TASK_HI_SCHEDULE" [drivers/usb/host/dwc_otg/dwc_otg.ko] undefined!
scripts/Makefile.modpost:91: recipe for target '__modpost' failed
make[1]: *** [__modpost] Error 1
Makefile:1199: recipe for target 'modules' failed
make: *** [modules] Error 2

Even if the error is solved by including the missing
DWC_TASK_HI_SCHEDULE function, the kernel will panic when loading
dwc_otg.

As a workaround, simply prevent user from building dwc_otg as a module
as the current kernel does not support it.

See: https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/issues/2258

Signed-off-by: Malik Olivier Boussejra <malik@boussejra.com>

dwc_otg: New timer API

dwc_otg: Fix removed ACCESS_ONCE->READ_ONCE

dwc_otg: don't unconditionally force host mode in dwc_otg_cil_init()

Add the ability to disable force_host_mode for those that want to use
dwc_otg in both device and host modes.

dwc_otg: Fix a regression when dequeueing isochronous transfers

In 282bed95 (dwc_otg: make nak_holdoff work as intended with empty queues)
the dequeue mechanism was changed to leave FIQ-enabled transfers to run
to completion - to avoid leaving hub TT buffers with stale packets lying
around.

This broke FIQ-accelerated isochronous transfers, as this then meant that
dozens of transfers were performed after the dequeue function returned.

Restore the state machine fence for isochronous transfers.

fiq_fsm: rewind DMA pointer for OUT transactions that fail (#2288)

See: https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/issues/2140

dwc_otg: add smp_mb() to prevent driver state corruption on boot

Occasional crashes have been seen where the FIQ code dereferences
invalid/random pointers immediately after being set up, leading to
panic on boot.

The crash occurs as the FIQ code races against hcd_init_fiq() and
the hcd_init_fiq() code races against the outstanding memory stores
from dwc_otg_hcd_init(). Use explicit barriers after touching
driver state.

usb: dwc_otg: fix memory corruption in dwc_otg driver

[Upstream commit 51b1b64917]

The move from the staging tree to the main tree exposed a
longstanding memory corruption bug in the dwc2 driver. The
reordering of the driver initialization caused the dwc2 driver
to corrupt the initialization data of the sdhci driver on the
Raspberry Pi platform, which made the bug show up.

The error is in calling to_usb_device(hsotg->dev), since ->dev
is not a member of struct usb_device. The easiest fix is to
just remove the offending code, since it is not really needed.

Thanks to Stephen Warren for tracking down the cause of this.

Reported-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul Zimmerman <paulz@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
[lukas: port from upstream dwc2 to out-of-tree dwc_otg driver]
Signed-off-by: Lukas Wunner <lukas@wunner.de>

usb: dwb_otg: Fix unreachable switch statement warning

This warning appears with GCC 7.3.0 from toolchains.bootlin.com:

../drivers/usb/host/dwc_otg/dwc_otg_fiq_fsm.c: In function ‘fiq_fsm_update_hs_isoc’:
../drivers/usb/host/dwc_otg/dwc_otg_fiq_fsm.c:595:61: warning: statement will never be executed [-Wswitch-unreachable]
   st->hctsiz_copy.b.xfersize = nrpackets * st->hcchar_copy.b.mps;
                                            ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~^~~~

Signed-off-by: Nathan Chancellor <natechancellor@gmail.com>

dwc_otg: fiq_fsm: fix incorrect DMA register offset calculation

Rationalise the offset and update all call sites.

Fixes https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/issues/2408

dwc_otg: fix bug with port_addr assignment for single-TT hubs

See https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/issues/2734

The "Hub Port" field in the split transaction packet was always set
to 1 for single-TT hubs. The majority of single-TT hub products
apparently ignore this field and broadcast to all downstream enabled
ports, which masked the issue. A subset of hub devices apparently
need the port number to be exact or split transactions will fail.

usb: dwc_otg: Clean up build warnings on 64bit kernels

No functional changes. Almost all are changes to logging lines.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>

usb: dwc_otg: Use dma allocation for mphi dummy_send buffer

The FIQ driver used a kzalloc'ed buffer for dummy_send,
passing a kernel virtual address to the hardware block.
The buffer is only ever used for a dummy read, so it
should be harmless, but there is the chance that it will
cause exceptions.

Use a dma allocation so that we have a genuine bus address,
and read from that.
Free the allocation when done for good measure.

Signed-off-by: Dave Stevenson <dave.stevenson@raspberrypi.org>

dwc_otg: only do_split when we actually need to do a split

The previous test would fail if the root port was in fullspeed mode
and there was a hub between the FS device and the root port. While
the transfer worked, the schedule mangling performed for high-speed
split transfers would break leading to an 8ms polling interval.

dwc_otg: fix locking around dequeueing and killing URBs

kill_urbs_in_qh_list() is practically only ever called with the fiq lock
already held, so don't spinlock twice in the case where we need to cancel
an isochronous transfer.

Also fix up a case where the global interrupt register could be read with
the fiq lock not held.

Fixes the deadlock seen in https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/issues/2907

ARM64/DWC_OTG: Port dwc_otg driver to ARM64

In ARM64, the FIQ mechanism used by this driver is not current
implemented.   As a workaround, reqular IRQ is used instead
of FIQ.

In a separate change, the IRQ-CPU mapping is round robined
on ARM64 to increase concurrency and allow multiple interrupts
to be serviced at a time.  This reduces the need for FIQ.

Tests Run:

This mechanism is most likely to break when multiple USB devices
are attached at the same time.  So the system was tested under
stress.

Devices:

1. USB Speakers playing back a FLAC audio through VLC
   at 96KHz.(Higher then typically, but supported on my speakers).

2. sftp transferring large files through the buildin ethernet
   connection which is connected through USB.

3. Keyboard and mouse attached and being used.

Although I do occasionally hear some glitches, the music seems to
play quite well.

Signed-off-by: Michael Zoran <mzoran@crowfest.net>

usb: dwc_otg: Clean up interrupt claiming code

The FIQ/IRQ interrupt number identification code is scattered through
the dwc_otg driver. Rationalise it, simplifying the code and solving
an existing issue.

See: https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/issues/2612

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>

dwc_otg: Choose appropriate IRQ handover strategy

2711 has no MPHI peripheral, but the ARM Control block can fake
interrupts. Use the size of the DTB "mphi" reg block to determine
which is required.

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>

usb: host: dwc_otg: fix compiling in separate directory

The dwc_otg Makefile does not respect the O=path argument correctly:
include paths in CFLAGS are given relatively to object path, not source
path. Compiling in a separate directory yields #include errors.

Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
2019-09-17 11:19:47 +01:00
popcornmix
24e2599fec Main bcm2708/bcm2709 linux port
Signed-off-by: popcornmix <popcornmix@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Noralf Trønnes <noralf@tronnes.org>

bcm2709: Drop platform smp and timer init code

irq-bcm2836 handles this through these functions:
bcm2835_init_local_timer_frequency()
bcm2836_arm_irqchip_smp_init()

Signed-off-by: Noralf Trønnes <noralf@tronnes.org>

bcm270x: Use watchdog for reboot/poweroff

The watchdog driver already has support for reboot/poweroff.
Make use of this and remove the code from the platform files.

Signed-off-by: Noralf Trønnes <noralf@tronnes.org>

board_bcm2835: Remove coherent dma pool increase - API has gone
2019-09-17 11:19:47 +01:00
notro
957893fb56 pinctrl-bcm2835: Set base to 0 give expected gpio numbering
Signed-off-by: Noralf Tronnes <notro@tronnes.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:47 +01:00
Phil Elwell
698284259b amba_pl011: Add cts-event-workaround DT property
The BCM2835 PL011 implementation seems to have a bug that can lead to a
transmission lockup if CTS changes frequently. A workaround was added to
the driver with a vendor-specific flag to enable it, but this flag is
currently not set for ARM implementations.

Add a "cts-event-workaround" property to Pi DTBs and use the presence
of that property to force the flag to be enabled in the driver.

See: https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/issues/1280

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:47 +01:00
Phil Elwell
ea7648cf35 amba_pl011: Insert mb() for correct FIFO handling
The pl011 register accessor functions use the _relaxed versions of the
standard readl() and writel() functions, meaning that there are no
automatic memory barriers. When polling a FIFO status register to check
for fullness, it is necessary to ensure that any outstanding writes have
completed; otherwise the flags are effectively stale, making it possible
that the next write is to a full FIFO.

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:47 +01:00
Phil Elwell
992d0334c2 amba_pl011: Round input clock up
The UART clock is initialised to be as close to the requested
frequency as possible without exceeding it. Now that there is a
clock manager that returns the actual frequencies, an expected
48MHz clock is reported as 47999625. If the requested baudrate
== requested clock/16, there is no headroom and the slight
reduction in actual clock rate results in failure.

Detect cases where it looks like a "round" clock was chosen and
adjust the reported clock to match that "round" value. As the
code comment says:

/*
 * If increasing a clock by less than 0.1% changes it
 * from ..999.. to ..000.., round up.
 */

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:47 +01:00
Phil Elwell
554aeabdfe amba_pl011: Don't use DT aliases for numbering
The pl011 driver looks for DT aliases of the form "serial<n>",
and if found uses <n> as the device ID. This can cause
/dev/ttyAMA0 to become /dev/ttyAMA1, which is confusing if the
other serial port is provided by the 8250 driver which doesn't
use the same logic.
2019-09-17 11:19:47 +01:00
Phil Elwell
06b3d2fa12 lan78xx: Enable LEDs and auto-negotiation
For applications of the LAN78xx that don't have valid programmed
EEPROMs or OTPs, enabling both LEDs and auto-negotiation by default
seems reasonable.

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:47 +01:00
Phil Elwell
b3f65dff69 irqchip: irq-bcm2836: Remove regmap and syscon use
The syscon node defines a register range that duplicates that used by
the local_intc node on bcm2836/7. Since irq-bcm2835 and irq-bcm2836 are
built in and always present together (both drivers are enabled by
CONFIG_ARCH_BCM2835), it is possible to replace the syscon usage with a
global variable that simplifies the code. Doing so does lose the
locking provided by regmap, but as only one side is using the regmap
interface (irq-bcm2835 uses readl and write) there is no loss of
atomicity.

See: https://github.com/raspberrypi/firmware/issues/926

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:46 +01:00
Phil Elwell
385f85e36d ASoC: Add prompt for ICS43432 codec
Without a prompt string, a config setting can't be included in a
defconfig. Give CONFIG_SND_SOC_ICS43432 a prompt so that Pi soundcards
can use the driver.

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:46 +01:00
Eric Anholt
0942e223e8 mm: Remove the PFN busy warning
See commit dae803e165 -- the warning is
expected sometimes when using CMA.  However, that commit still spams
my kernel log with these warnings.

Signed-off-by: Eric Anholt <eric@anholt.net>
2019-09-17 11:19:46 +01:00
Noralf Trønnes
afa6ed3239 i2c: bcm2835: Add debug support
This adds a debug module parameter to aid in debugging transfer issues
by printing info to the kernel log. When enabled, status values are
collected in the interrupt routine and msg info in
bcm2835_i2c_start_transfer(). This is done in a way that tries to avoid
affecting timing. Having printk in the isr can mask issues.

debug values (additive):
1: Print info on error
2: Print info on all transfers
3: Print messages before transfer is started

The value can be changed at runtime:
/sys/module/i2c_bcm2835/parameters/debug

Example output, debug=3:
[  747.114448] bcm2835_i2c_xfer: msg(1/2) write addr=0x54, len=2 flags= [i2c1]
[  747.114463] bcm2835_i2c_xfer: msg(2/2) read addr=0x54, len=32 flags= [i2c1]
[  747.117809] start_transfer: msg(1/2) write addr=0x54, len=2 flags= [i2c1]
[  747.117825] isr: remain=2, status=0x30000055 : TA TXW TXD TXE  [i2c1]
[  747.117839] start_transfer: msg(2/2) read addr=0x54, len=32 flags= [i2c1]
[  747.117849] isr: remain=32, status=0xd0000039 : TA RXR TXD RXD  [i2c1]
[  747.117861] isr: remain=20, status=0xd0000039 : TA RXR TXD RXD  [i2c1]
[  747.117870] isr: remain=8, status=0x32 : DONE TXD RXD  [i2c1]

Signed-off-by: Noralf Trønnes <noralf@tronnes.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:46 +01:00
Claggy3
c51d3c77e8 Update vfpmodule.c
Christopher Alexander Tobias Schulze - May 2, 2015, 11:57 a.m.
This patch fixes a problem with VFP state save and restore related
to exception handling (panic with message "BUG: unsupported FP
instruction in kernel mode") present on VFP11 floating point units
(as used with ARM1176JZF-S CPUs, e.g. on first generation Raspberry
Pi boards). This patch was developed and discussed on

   https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/issues/859

A precondition to see the crashes is that floating point exception
traps are enabled. In this case, the VFP11 might determine that a FPU
operation needs to trap at a point in time when it is not possible to
signal this to the ARM11 core any more. The VFP11 will then set the
FPEXC.EX bit and store the trapped opcode in FPINST. (In some cases,
a second opcode might have been accepted by the VFP11 before the
exception was detected and could be reported to the ARM11 - in this
case, the VFP11 also sets FPEXC.FP2V and stores the second opcode in
FPINST2.)

If FPEXC.EX is set, the VFP11 will "bounce" the next FPU opcode issued
by the ARM11 CPU, which will be seen by the ARM11 as an undefined opcode
trap. The VFP support code examines the FPEXC.EX and FPEXC.FP2V bits
to decide what actions to take, i.e., whether to emulate the opcodes
found in FPINST and FPINST2, and whether to retry the bounced instruction.

If a user space application has left the VFP11 in this "pending trap"
state, the next FPU opcode issued to the VFP11 might actually be the
VSTMIA operation vfp_save_state() uses to store the FPU registers
to memory (in our test cases, when building the signal stack frame).
In this case, the kernel crashes as described above.

This patch fixes the problem by making sure that vfp_save_state() is
always entered with FPEXC.EX cleared. (The current value of FPEXC has
already been saved, so this does not corrupt the context. Clearing
FPEXC.EX has no effects on FPINST or FPINST2. Also note that many
callers already modify FPEXC by setting FPEXC.EN before invoking
vfp_save_state().)

This patch also addresses a second problem related to FPEXC.EX: After
returning from signal handling, the kernel reloads the VFP context
from the user mode stack. However, the current code explicitly clears
both FPEXC.EX and FPEXC.FP2V during reload. As VFP11 requires these
bits to be preserved, this patch disables clearing them for VFP
implementations belonging to architecture 1. There should be no
negative side effects: the user can set both bits by executing FPU
opcodes anyway, and while user code may now place arbitrary values
into FPINST and FPINST2 (e.g., non-VFP ARM opcodes) the VFP support
code knows which instructions can be emulated, and rejects other
opcodes with "unhandled bounce" messages, so there should be no
security impact from allowing reloading FPEXC.EX and FPEXC.FP2V.

Signed-off-by: Christopher Alexander Tobias Schulze <cat.schulze@alice-dsl.net>
2019-09-17 11:19:46 +01:00
Phil Elwell
2135d0aefb sound: Demote deferral errors to INFO level
At present there is no mechanism to specify driver load order,
which can lead to deferrals and repeated retries until successful.
Since this situation is expected, reduce the dmesg level to
INFO and mention that the operation will be retried.

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:46 +01:00
Eric Anholt
005d1d0984 clk: bcm2835: Mark GPIO clocks enabled at boot as critical.
These divide off of PLLD_PER and are used for the ethernet and wifi
PHYs source PLLs.  Neither of them is currently represented by a phy
device that would grab the clock for us.

This keeps other drivers from killing the networking PHYs when they
disable their own clocks and trigger PLLD_PER's refcount going to 0.

v2: Skip marking as critical if they aren't on at boot.

Signed-off-by: Eric Anholt <eric@anholt.net>
2019-09-17 11:19:46 +01:00
Phil Elwell
e0c321afbb clk-bcm2835: Read max core clock from firmware
The VPU is responsible for managing the core clock, usually under
direction from the bcm2835-cpufreq driver but not via the clk-bcm2835
driver. Since the core frequency can change without warning, it is
safer to report the maximum clock rate to users of the core clock -
I2C, SPI and the mini UART - to err on the safe side when calculating
clock divisors.

If the DT node for the clock driver includes a reference to the
firmware node, use the firmware API to query the maximum core clock
instead of reading the divider registers.

Prior to this patch, a "100KHz" I2C bus was sometimes clocked at about
160KHz. In particular, switching to the 4.9 kernel was likely to break
SenseHAT usage on a Pi3.

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:46 +01:00
Phil Elwell
15cddad023 clk-bcm2835: Add claim-clocks property
The claim-clocks property can be used to prevent PLLs and dividers
from being marked as critical. It contains a vector of clock IDs,
as defined by dt-bindings/clock/bcm2835.h.

Use this mechanism to claim PLLD_DSI0, PLLD_DSI1, PLLH_AUX and
PLLH_PIX for the vc4_kms_v3d driver.

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:46 +01:00
Phil Elwell
d68b20efda clk-bcm2835: Mark used PLLs and dividers CRITICAL
The VPU configures and relies on several PLLs and dividers. Mark all
enabled dividers and their PLLs as CRITICAL to prevent the kernel from
switching them off.

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:46 +01:00
popcornmix
8c489dd6e4 bcm2835-rng: Avoid initialising if already enabled
Avoids the 0x40000 cycles of warmup again if firmware has already used it
2019-09-17 11:19:46 +01:00
Martin Sperl
671165b951 Register the clocks early during the boot process, so that special/critical clocks can get enabled early on in the boot process avoiding the risk of disabling a clock, pll_divider or pll when a claiming driver fails to install propperly - maybe it needs to defer.
Signed-off-by: Martin Sperl <kernel@martin.sperl.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:46 +01:00
popcornmix
7cea52c36f bcm: Make RASPBERRYPI_POWER depend on PM 2019-09-17 11:19:45 +01:00
popcornmix
2aa3a6ca53 reboot: Use power off rather than busy spinning when halt is requested 2019-09-17 11:19:45 +01:00
Noralf Trønnes
14ee958a6f watchdog: bcm2835: Support setting reboot partition
The Raspberry Pi firmware looks at the RSTS register to know which
partition to boot from. The reboot syscall command
LINUX_REBOOT_CMD_RESTART2 supports passing in a string argument.

Add support for passing in a partition number 0..63 to boot from.
Partition 63 is a special partiton indicating halt.
If the partition doesn't exist, the firmware falls back to partition 0.

Signed-off-by: Noralf Trønnes <noralf@tronnes.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:45 +01:00
Phil Elwell
e7562e99bb rtc: Add SPI alias for pcf2123 driver
Without this alias, Device Tree won't cause the driver
to be loaded.

See: https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/pull/1510
2019-09-17 11:19:45 +01:00
popcornmix
81bbae5ce6 firmware: Updated mailbox header 2019-09-17 11:19:45 +01:00
Noralf Trønnes
3aaac6af94 dmaengine: bcm2835: Load driver early and support legacy API
Load driver early since at least bcm2708_fb doesn't support deferred
probing and even if it did, we don't want the video driver deferred.
Support the legacy DMA API which is needed by bcm2708_fb.
Don't mask out channel 2.

Signed-off-by: Noralf Trønnes <noralf@tronnes.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:45 +01:00
Phil Elwell
3011ad696f spi: spidev: Completely disable the spidev warning
An alternative strategy would be to use "rpi,spidev" instead, but that
would require many Raspberry Pi Device Tree changes.

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:45 +01:00
Noralf Trønnes
add79076e6 irqchip: irq-bcm2835: Add 2836 FIQ support
Signed-off-by: Noralf Trønnes <noralf@tronnes.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:45 +01:00
Noralf Trønnes
e4b3284ac2 irqchip: bcm2835: Add FIQ support
Add a duplicate irq range with an offset on the hwirq's so the
driver can detect that enable_fiq() is used.
Tested with downstream dwc_otg USB controller driver.

Signed-off-by: Noralf Trønnes <noralf@tronnes.org>
Reviewed-by: Eric Anholt <eric@anholt.net>
Acked-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:45 +01:00
Phil Elwell
daa832a4ec irq-bcm2836: Avoid "Invalid trigger warning"
Initialise the level for each IRQ to avoid a warning from the
arm arch timer code.

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:45 +01:00
Phil Elwell
0038c29f43 irq-bcm2836: Prevent spurious interrupts, and trap them early
The old arch-specific IRQ macros included a dsb to ensure the
write to clear the mailbox interrupt completed before returning
from the interrupt. The BCM2836 irqchip driver needs the same
precaution to avoid spurious interrupts.

Spurious interrupts are still possible for other reasons,
though, so trap them early.
2019-09-17 11:19:45 +01:00
Phil Elwell
1dcccaa7ae Protect __release_resource against resources without parents
Without this patch, removing a device tree overlay can crash here.

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:45 +01:00
popcornmix
6faff3ee51 Allow mac address to be set in smsc95xx
Signed-off-by: popcornmix <popcornmix@gmail.com>
2019-09-17 11:19:44 +01:00
Sam Nazarko
a95b6ee1de smsc95xx: Experimental: Enable turbo_mode and packetsize=2560 by default
See: http://forum.kodi.tv/showthread.php?tid=285288
2019-09-17 11:19:44 +01:00
Steve Glendinning
81682c23ea smsx95xx: fix crimes against truesize
smsc95xx is adjusting truesize when it shouldn't, and following a recent patch from Eric this is now triggering warnings.

This patch stops smsc95xx from changing truesize.

Signed-off-by: Steve Glendinning <steve.glendinning@smsc.com>
2019-09-17 11:19:44 +01:00
Phil Elwell
101e05de92 Revert "rtc: pcf8523: properly handle oscillator stop bit"
This reverts commit ede44c908d.

See: https://github.com/raspberrypi/firmware/issues/1065

Signed-off-by: Phil Elwell <phil@raspberrypi.org>
2019-09-17 11:19:44 +01:00
Dan Pasanen
f090e330b1 arm: partially revert 702b94bff3
* Re-expose some dmi APIs for use in VCSM
2019-09-17 11:19:44 +01:00
16430 changed files with 407996 additions and 894963 deletions

3
.gitignore vendored
View File

@@ -33,9 +33,9 @@
*.lzo
*.mod
*.mod.c
*.ns_deps
*.o
*.o.*
*.order
*.patch
*.s
*.so
@@ -47,7 +47,6 @@
*.xz
Module.symvers
modules.builtin
modules.order
#
# Top-level generic files

View File

@@ -47,8 +47,6 @@ Boris Brezillon <bbrezillon@kernel.org> <b.brezillon.dev@gmail.com>
Boris Brezillon <bbrezillon@kernel.org> <b.brezillon@overkiz.com>
Brian Avery <b.avery@hp.com>
Brian King <brking@us.ibm.com>
Chao Yu <chao@kernel.org> <chao2.yu@samsung.com>
Chao Yu <chao@kernel.org> <yuchao0@huawei.com>
Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Christophe Ricard <christophe.ricard@gmail.com>
Corey Minyard <minyard@acm.org>
@@ -65,7 +63,6 @@ Dengcheng Zhu <dzhu@wavecomp.com> <dengcheng.zhu@mips.com>
Dengcheng Zhu <dzhu@wavecomp.com> <dengcheng.zhu@imgtec.com>
Dengcheng Zhu <dzhu@wavecomp.com> <dczhu@mips.com>
Dengcheng Zhu <dzhu@wavecomp.com> <dengcheng.zhu@gmail.com>
<dev.kurt@vandijck-laurijssen.be> <kurt.van.dijck@eia.be>
Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
Dmitry Safonov <0x7f454c46@gmail.com> <dsafonov@virtuozzo.com>
Dmitry Safonov <0x7f454c46@gmail.com> <d.safonov@partner.samsung.com>
@@ -83,8 +80,6 @@ Frank Rowand <frowand.list@gmail.com> <frowand@mvista.com>
Frank Rowand <frowand.list@gmail.com> <frank.rowand@am.sony.com>
Frank Rowand <frowand.list@gmail.com> <frank.rowand@sonymobile.com>
Frank Zago <fzago@systemfabricworks.com>
Gao Xiang <xiang@kernel.org> <gaoxiang25@huawei.com>
Gao Xiang <xiang@kernel.org> <hsiangkao@aol.com>
Greg Kroah-Hartman <greg@echidna.(none)>
Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Greg Kroah-Hartman <greg@kroah.com>
@@ -95,9 +90,6 @@ Henrik Kretzschmar <henne@nachtwindheim.de>
Henrik Rydberg <rydberg@bitmath.org>
Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Jacob Shin <Jacob.Shin@amd.com>
Jaegeuk Kim <jaegeuk@kernel.org> <jaegeuk@google.com>
Jaegeuk Kim <jaegeuk@kernel.org> <jaegeuk@motorola.com>
Jaegeuk Kim <jaegeuk@kernel.org> <jaegeuk.kim@samsung.com>
James Bottomley <jejb@mulgrave.(none)>
James Bottomley <jejb@titanic.il.steeleye.com>
James E Wilson <wilson@specifix.com>
@@ -108,10 +100,6 @@ Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@ziepe.ca> <jgg@mellanox.com>
Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@ziepe.ca> <jgunthorpe@obsidianresearch.com>
Javi Merino <javi.merino@kernel.org> <javi.merino@arm.com>
<javier@osg.samsung.com> <javier.martinez@collabora.co.uk>
Jayachandran C <c.jayachandran@gmail.com> <jayachandranc@netlogicmicro.com>
Jayachandran C <c.jayachandran@gmail.com> <jchandra@broadcom.com>
Jayachandran C <c.jayachandran@gmail.com> <jchandra@digeo.com>
Jayachandran C <c.jayachandran@gmail.com> <jnair@caviumnetworks.com>
Jean Tourrilhes <jt@hpl.hp.com>
<jean-philippe@linaro.org> <jean-philippe.brucker@arm.com>
Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pretzel.yyz.us>
@@ -190,18 +178,11 @@ Morten Welinder <welinder@darter.rentec.com>
Morten Welinder <welinder@troll.com>
Mythri P K <mythripk@ti.com>
Nguyen Anh Quynh <aquynh@gmail.com>
Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@microchip.com> <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Nicolas Pitre <nico@fluxnic.net> <nicolas.pitre@linaro.org>
Nicolas Pitre <nico@fluxnic.net> <nico@linaro.org>
Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de> <bug-track@fisher-privat.net>
Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de> <external.Oleksij.Rempel@de.bosch.com>
Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de> <fixed-term.Oleksij.Rempel@de.bosch.com>
Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de> <o.rempel@pengutronix.de>
Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de> <ore@pengutronix.de>
Paolo 'Blaisorblade' Giarrusso <blaisorblade@yahoo.it>
Patrick Mochel <mochel@digitalimplant.org>
Paul Burton <paulburton@kernel.org> <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
Paul Burton <paulburton@kernel.org> <paul.burton@mips.com>
Paul Burton <paul.burton@mips.com> <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
Peter A Jonsson <pj@ludd.ltu.se>
Peter Oruba <peter@oruba.de>
Peter Oruba <peter.oruba@amd.com>
@@ -209,7 +190,11 @@ Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@gmail.com> <pratyush.anand@st.com>
Praveen BP <praveenbp@ti.com>
Punit Agrawal <punitagrawal@gmail.com> <punit.agrawal@arm.com>
Qais Yousef <qsyousef@gmail.com> <qais.yousef@imgtec.com>
Quentin Perret <qperret@qperret.net> <quentin.perret@arm.com>
Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de> <bug-track@fisher-privat.net>
Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de> <external.Oleksij.Rempel@de.bosch.com>
Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de> <fixed-term.Oleksij.Rempel@de.bosch.com>
Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de> <o.rempel@pengutronix.de>
Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de> <ore@pengutronix.de>
Rajesh Shah <rajesh.shah@intel.com>
Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Ralf Wildenhues <Ralf.Wildenhues@gmx.de>
@@ -234,7 +219,6 @@ Shuah Khan <shuah@kernel.org> <shuahkhan@gmail.com>
Shuah Khan <shuah@kernel.org> <shuah.khan@hp.com>
Shuah Khan <shuah@kernel.org> <shuahkh@osg.samsung.com>
Shuah Khan <shuah@kernel.org> <shuah.kh@samsung.com>
Simon Arlott <simon@octiron.net> <simon@fire.lp0.eu>
Simon Kelley <simon@thekelleys.org.uk>
Stéphane Witzmann <stephane.witzmann@ubpmes.univ-bpclermont.fr>
Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@osdl.org>
@@ -245,7 +229,6 @@ Sumit Semwal <sumit.semwal@ti.com>
Tejun Heo <htejun@gmail.com>
Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Thomas Pedersen <twp@codeaurora.org>
Todor Tomov <todor.too@gmail.com> <todor.tomov@linaro.org>
Tony Luck <tony.luck@intel.com>
TripleX Chung <xxx.phy@gmail.com> <zhongyu@18mail.cn>
TripleX Chung <xxx.phy@gmail.com> <triplex@zh-kernel.org>

View File

@@ -751,7 +751,7 @@ S: Santa Cruz, California
S: USA
N: Luis Correia
E: luisfcorreia@gmail.com
E: lfcorreia@users.sf.net
D: Ralink rt2x00 WLAN driver
S: Belas, Portugal
@@ -1637,10 +1637,6 @@ S: Panoramastrasse 18
S: D-69126 Heidelberg
S: Germany
N: Simon Horman
M: horms@verge.net.au
D: Renesas ARM/ARM64 SoC maintainer
N: Christopher Horn
E: chorn@warwick.net
D: Miscellaneous sysctl hacks

View File

@@ -6,6 +6,6 @@ Description: Bus scanning interval, microseconds component.
control systems are attached/generate presence for as short as
100 ms - hence the tens-to-hundreds milliseconds scan intervals
are required.
see Documentation/w1/w1-generic.rst for detailed information.
see Documentation/w1/w1.generic for detailed information.
Users: any user space application which wants to know bus scanning
interval

View File

@@ -29,13 +29,13 @@ Description: This file shows the system fans direction:
The files are read only.
What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/cpld3_version
What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/jtag_enable
Date: November 2018
KernelVersion: 5.0
Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimpmellanox.com>
Description: These files show with which CPLD versions have been burned
on LED or Gearbox board.
on LED board.
The files are read only.
@@ -121,15 +121,6 @@ Description: These files show the system reset cause, as following: ComEx
The files are read only.
What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/cpld4_version
Date: November 2018
KernelVersion: 5.0
Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimpmellanox.com>
Description: These files show with which CPLD versions have been burned
on LED board.
The files are read only.
Date: June 2019
KernelVersion: 5.3
Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimpmellanox.com>

View File

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/.../pio
Date: May 2012
Contact: Markus Franke <franm@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Description: read/write the contents of the two PIO's of the DS28E04-100
see Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_ds28e04.rst for detailed information
see Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_ds28e04 for detailed information
Users: any user space application which wants to communicate with DS28E04-100
@@ -11,5 +11,5 @@ What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/.../eeprom
Date: May 2012
Contact: Markus Franke <franm@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Description: read/write the contents of the EEPROM memory of the DS28E04-100
see Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_ds28e04.rst for detailed information
see Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_ds28e04 for detailed information
Users: any user space application which wants to communicate with DS28E04-100

View File

@@ -2,5 +2,5 @@ What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/.../w1_seq
Date: Apr 2015
Contact: Matt Campbell <mattrcampbell@gmail.com>
Description: Support for the DS28EA00 chain sequence function
see Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_therm.rst for detailed information
see Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_therm for detailed information
Users: any user space application which wants to communicate with DS28EA00

View File

@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/comp_core[01]/regs
Date: Nov 2018
Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
Description: Dump of compression cores related debug registers.
Only available for PF.
What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/decomp_core[0-5]/regs
Date: Nov 2018
Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
Description: Dump of decompression cores related debug registers.
Only available for PF.
What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/clear_enable
Date: Nov 2018
Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
Description: Compression/decompression core debug registers read clear
control. 1 means enable register read clear, otherwise 0.
Writing to this file has no functional effect, only enable or
disable counters clear after reading of these registers.
Only available for PF.
What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/current_qm
Date: Nov 2018
Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
Description: One ZIP controller has one PF and multiple VFs, each function
has a QM. Select the QM which below qm refers to.
Only available for PF.
What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/qm_regs
Date: Nov 2018
Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
Description: Dump of QM related debug registers.
Available for PF and VF in host. VF in guest currently only
has one debug register.
What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/current_q
Date: Nov 2018
Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
Description: One QM may contain multiple queues. Select specific queue to
show its debug registers in above qm_regs.
Only available for PF.
What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/clear_enable
Date: Nov 2018
Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
Description: QM debug registers(qm_regs) read clear control. 1 means enable
register read clear, otherwise 0.
Writing to this file has no functional effect, only enable or
disable counters clear after reading of these registers.
Only available for PF.

View File

@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
What: /sys/kernel/debug/moxtet/input
Date: March 2019
KernelVersion: 5.3
Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Description: (R) Read input from the shift registers, in hexadecimal.
Returns N+1 bytes, where N is the number of Moxtet connected
modules. The first byte is from the CPU board itself.
Example: 101214
10: CPU board with SD card
12: 2 = PCIe module, 1 = IRQ not active
14: 4 = Peridot module, 1 = IRQ not active
What: /sys/kernel/debug/moxtet/output
Date: March 2019
KernelVersion: 5.3
Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Description: (RW) Read last written value to the shift registers, in
hexadecimal, or write values to the shift registers, also
in hexadecimal.
Example: 0102
01: 01 was last written, or is to be written, to the
first module's shift register
02: the same for second module

View File

@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Description: The /dev/kmsg character device node provides userspace access
The logged line can be prefixed with a <N> syslog prefix, which
carries the syslog priority and facility. The single decimal
prefix number is composed of the 3 lowest bits being the syslog
priority and the next 8 bits the syslog facility number.
priority and the higher bits the syslog facility number.
If no prefix is given, the priority number is the default kernel
log priority and the facility number is set to LOG_USER (1). It
@@ -90,12 +90,13 @@ Description: The /dev/kmsg character device node provides userspace access
+sound:card0 - subsystem:devname
The flags field carries '-' by default. A 'c' indicates a
fragment of a line. Note, that these hints about continuation
lines are not necessarily correct, and the stream could be
interleaved with unrelated messages, but merging the lines in
the output usually produces better human readable results. A
similar logic is used internally when messages are printed to
the console, /proc/kmsg or the syslog() syscall.
fragment of a line. All following fragments are flagged with
'+'. Note, that these hints about continuation lines are not
necessarily correct, and the stream could be interleaved with
unrelated messages, but merging the lines in the output
usually produces better human readable results. A similar
logic is used internally when messages are printed to the
console, /proc/kmsg or the syslog() syscall.
By default, kernel tries to avoid fragments by concatenating
when it can and fragments are rare; however, when extended

View File

@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ Description:
euid:= decimal value
fowner:= decimal value
lsm: are LSM specific
option: appraise_type:= [imasig] [imasig|modsig]
option: appraise_type:= [imasig]
template:= name of a defined IMA template type
(eg, ima-ng). Only valid when action is "measure".
pcr:= decimal value
@@ -105,7 +105,3 @@ Description:
measure func=KEXEC_KERNEL_CHECK pcr=4
measure func=KEXEC_INITRAMFS_CHECK pcr=5
Example of appraise rule allowing modsig appended signatures:
appraise func=KEXEC_KERNEL_CHECK appraise_type=imasig|modsig

View File

@@ -1566,8 +1566,7 @@ What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentrationX_voc_raw
KernelVersion: 4.3
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
Description:
Raw (unscaled no offset etc.) reading of a substance. Units
after application of scale and offset are percents.
Raw (unscaled no offset etc.) percentage reading of a substance.
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_resistance_raw
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_resistanceX_raw

View File

@@ -13,4 +13,4 @@ Description:
error on writing
If DFSDM input is SPI Slave:
Reading returns value previously set.
Writing value before starting conversions.
Writing value before starting conversions.

View File

@@ -91,6 +91,29 @@ Description:
When counting down the counter start from preset value
and fire event when reach 0.
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_count_quadrature_mode_available
KernelVersion: 4.12
Contact: benjamin.gaignard@st.com
Description:
Reading returns the list possible quadrature modes.
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_count0_quadrature_mode
KernelVersion: 4.12
Contact: benjamin.gaignard@st.com
Description:
Configure the device counter quadrature modes:
channel_A:
Encoder A input servers as the count input and B as
the UP/DOWN direction control input.
channel_B:
Encoder B input serves as the count input and A as
the UP/DOWN direction control input.
quadrature:
Encoder A and B inputs are mixed to get direction
and count with a scale of 0.25.
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_count_enable_mode_available
KernelVersion: 4.12
Contact: benjamin.gaignard@st.com

View File

@@ -12,8 +12,7 @@ Description: (RW) Configure MSC operating mode:
- "single", for contiguous buffer mode (high-order alloc);
- "multi", for multiblock mode;
- "ExI", for DCI handler mode;
- "debug", for debug mode;
- any of the currently loaded buffer sinks.
- "debug", for debug mode.
If operating mode changes, existing buffer is deallocated,
provided there are no active users and tracing is not enabled,
otherwise the write will fail.

View File

@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ KernelVersion: 3.10
Contact: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
linux-mei@linux.intel.com
Description: Stores the same MODALIAS value emitted by uevent
Format: mei:<mei device name>:<device uuid>:<protocol version>
Format: mei:<mei device name>:<device uuid>:
What: /sys/bus/mei/devices/.../name
Date: May 2015

View File

@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
What: /sys/bus/moxtet/devices/moxtet-<name>.<addr>/module_description
Date: March 2019
KernelVersion: 5.3
Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Description: (R) Moxtet module description. Format: string
What: /sys/bus/moxtet/devices/moxtet-<name>.<addr>/module_id
Date: March 2019
KernelVersion: 5.3
Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Description: (R) Moxtet module ID. Format: %x
What: /sys/bus/moxtet/devices/moxtet-<name>.<addr>/module_name
Date: March 2019
KernelVersion: 5.3
Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Description: (R) Moxtet module name. Format: string

View File

@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/scale
Date: July 2019
KernelVersion: 5.4
Contact: Daniel Thompson <daniel.thompson@linaro.org>
Description:
Description of the scale of the brightness curve.
The human eye senses brightness approximately logarithmically,
hence linear changes in brightness are perceived as being
non-linear. To achieve a linear perception of brightness changes
controls like sliders need to apply a logarithmic mapping for
backlights with a linear brightness curve.
Possible values of the attribute are:
unknown
The scale of the brightness curve is unknown.
linear
The brightness changes linearly with each step. Brightness
controls should apply a logarithmic mapping for a linear
perception.
non-linear
The brightness changes non-linearly with each step. Brightness
controls should use a linear mapping for a linear perception.

View File

@@ -7,13 +7,6 @@ Description:
The name of devfreq object denoted as ... is same as the
name of device using devfreq.
What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../name
Date: November 2019
Contact: Chanwoo Choi <cw00.choi@samsung.com>
Description:
The /sys/class/devfreq/.../name shows the name of device
of the corresponding devfreq object.
What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../governor
Date: September 2011
Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>

View File

@@ -48,13 +48,3 @@ Description: Remote processor state
Writing "stop" will attempt to halt the remote processor and
return it to the "offline" state.
What: /sys/class/remoteproc/.../name
Date: August 2019
KernelVersion: 5.4
Contact: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Description: Remote processor name
Reports the name of the remote processor. This can be used by
userspace in exactly identifying a remote processor and ease
up the usage in modifying the 'firmware' or 'state' files.

View File

@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
What: /sys/class/wakeup/
Date: June 2019
Contact: Tri Vo <trong@android.com>
Description:
The /sys/class/wakeup/ directory contains pointers to all
wakeup sources in the kernel at that moment in time.
What: /sys/class/wakeup/.../name
Date: June 2019
Contact: Tri Vo <trong@android.com>
Description:
This file contains the name of the wakeup source.
What: /sys/class/wakeup/.../active_count
Date: June 2019
Contact: Tri Vo <trong@android.com>
Description:
This file contains the number of times the wakeup source was
activated.
What: /sys/class/wakeup/.../event_count
Date: June 2019
Contact: Tri Vo <trong@android.com>
Description:
This file contains the number of signaled wakeup events
associated with the wakeup source.
What: /sys/class/wakeup/.../wakeup_count
Date: June 2019
Contact: Tri Vo <trong@android.com>
Description:
This file contains the number of times the wakeup source might
abort suspend.
What: /sys/class/wakeup/.../expire_count
Date: June 2019
Contact: Tri Vo <trong@android.com>
Description:
This file contains the number of times the wakeup source's
timeout has expired.
What: /sys/class/wakeup/.../active_time_ms
Date: June 2019
Contact: Tri Vo <trong@android.com>
Description:
This file contains the amount of time the wakeup source has
been continuously active, in milliseconds. If the wakeup
source is not active, this file contains '0'.
What: /sys/class/wakeup/.../total_time_ms
Date: June 2019
Contact: Tri Vo <trong@android.com>
Description:
This file contains the total amount of time this wakeup source
has been active, in milliseconds.
What: /sys/class/wakeup/.../max_time_ms
Date: June 2019
Contact: Tri Vo <trong@android.com>
Description:
This file contains the maximum amount of time this wakeup
source has been continuously active, in milliseconds.
What: /sys/class/wakeup/.../last_change_ms
Date: June 2019
Contact: Tri Vo <trong@android.com>
Description:
This file contains the monotonic clock time when the wakeup
source was touched last time, in milliseconds.
What: /sys/class/wakeup/.../prevent_suspend_time_ms
Date: June 2019
Contact: Tri Vo <trong@android.com>
Description:
The file contains the total amount of time this wakeup source
has been preventing autosleep, in milliseconds.

View File

@@ -72,37 +72,3 @@ Description:
It is a read/write file. When read, the currently assigned
pretimeout governor is returned. When written, it sets
the pretimeout governor.
What: /sys/class/watchdog/watchdog1/access_cs0
Date: August 2019
Contact: Ivan Mikhaylov <i.mikhaylov@yadro.com>,
Alexander Amelkin <a.amelkin@yadro.com>
Description:
It is a read/write file. This attribute exists only if the
system has booted from the alternate flash chip due to
expiration of a watchdog timer of AST2400/AST2500 when
alternate boot function was enabled with 'aspeed,alt-boot'
devicetree option for that watchdog or with an appropriate
h/w strapping (for WDT2 only).
At alternate flash the 'access_cs0' sysfs node provides:
ast2400: a way to get access to the primary SPI flash
chip at CS0 after booting from the alternate
chip at CS1.
ast2500: a way to restore the normal address mapping
from (CS0->CS1, CS1->CS0) to (CS0->CS0,
CS1->CS1).
Clearing the boot code selection and timeout counter also
resets to the initial state the chip select line mapping. When
the SoC is in normal mapping state (i.e. booted from CS0),
clearing those bits does nothing for both versions of the SoC.
For alternate boot mode (booted from CS1 due to wdt2
expiration) the behavior differs as described above.
This option can be used with wdt2 (watchdog1) only.
When read, the current status of the boot code selection is
shown. When written with any non-zero value, it clears
the boot code selection and the timeout counter, which results
in chipselect reset for AST2400/AST2500.

View File

@@ -1,128 +0,0 @@
Intel Stratix10 Remote System Update (RSU) device attributes
What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/current_image
Date: August 2019
KernelVersion: 5.4
Contact: Richard Gong <richard.gong@linux.intel.com>
Description:
(RO) the address in flash of currently running image.
What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/fail_image
Date: August 2019
KernelVersion: 5.4
Contact: Richard Gong <richard.gong@linux.intel.com>
Description:
(RO) the address in flash of failed image.
What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/state
Date: August 2019
KernelVersion: 5.4
Contact: Richard Gong <richard.gong@linux.intel.com>
Description:
(RO) the state of RSU system.
The state field has two parts: major error code in
upper 16 bits and minor error code in lower 16 bits.
b[15:0]
Currently used only when major error is 0xF006
(CPU watchdog timeout), in which case the minor
error code is the value reported by CPU to
firmware through the RSU notify command before
the watchdog timeout occurs.
b[31:16]
0xF001 bitstream error
0xF002 hardware access failure
0xF003 bitstream corruption
0xF004 internal error
0xF005 device error
0xF006 CPU watchdog timeout
0xF007 internal unknown error
What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/version
Date: August 2019
KernelVersion: 5.4
Contact: Richard Gong <richard.gong@linux.intel.com>
Description:
(RO) the version number of RSU firmware. 19.3 or late
version includes information about the firmware which
reported the error.
pre 19.3:
b[31:0]
0x0 version number
19.3 or late:
b[15:0]
0x1 version number
b[31:16]
0x0 no error
0x0DCF Decision CMF error
0x0ACF Application CMF error
What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/error_location
Date: August 2019
KernelVersion: 5.4
Contact: Richard Gong <richard.gong@linux.intel.com>
Description:
(RO) the error offset inside the image that failed.
What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/error_details
Date: August 2019
KernelVersion: 5.4
Contact: Richard Gong <richard.gong@linux.intel.com>
Description:
(RO) error code.
What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/retry_counter
Date: August 2019
KernelVersion: 5.4
Contact: Richard Gong <richard.gong@linux.intel.com>
Description:
(RO) the current image's retry counter, which is used by
user to know how many times the images is still allowed
to reload itself before giving up and starting RSU
fail-over flow.
What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/reboot_image
Date: August 2019
KernelVersion: 5.4
Contact: Richard Gong <richard.gong@linux.intel.com>
Description:
(WO) the address in flash of image to be loaded on next
reboot command.
What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/notify
Date: August 2019
KernelVersion: 5.4
Contact: Richard Gong <richard.gong@linux.intel.com>
Description:
(WO) client to notify firmware with different actions.
b[15:0]
inform firmware the current software execution
stage.
0 the first stage bootloader didn't run or
didn't reach the point of launching second
stage bootloader.
1 failed in second bootloader or didn't get
to the point of launching the operating
system.
2 both first and second stage bootloader ran
and the operating system launch was
attempted.
b[16]
1 firmware to reset current image retry
counter.
0 no action.
b[17]
1 firmware to clear RSU log
0 no action.
b[18]
this is negative logic
1 no action
0 firmware record the notify code defined
in b[15:0].

View File

@@ -260,12 +260,3 @@ Description:
This attribute has no effect on system-wide suspend/resume and
hibernation.
What: /sys/devices/.../power/runtime_status
Date: April 2010
Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
Description:
The /sys/devices/.../power/runtime_status attribute contains
the current runtime PM status of the device, which may be
"suspended", "suspending", "resuming", "active", "error" (fatal
error), or "unsupported" (runtime PM is disabled).

View File

@@ -26,13 +26,6 @@ Description:
Read-only attribute common to all SoCs. Contains SoC family name
(e.g. DB8500).
What: /sys/devices/socX/serial_number
Date: January 2019
contact: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Description:
Read-only attribute supported by most SoCs. Contains the SoC's
serial number, if available.
What: /sys/devices/socX/soc_id
Date: January 2012
contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org>

View File

@@ -486,9 +486,6 @@ What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities
/sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/spec_store_bypass
/sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/l1tf
/sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/mds
/sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/srbds
/sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/tsx_async_abort
/sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/itlb_multihit
Date: January 2018
Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
Description: Information about CPU vulnerabilities
@@ -565,13 +562,3 @@ Description: Umwait control
or C0.2 state. The time is an unsigned 32-bit number.
Note that a value of zero means there is no limit.
Low order two bits must be zero.
What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/svm
Date: August 2019
Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
Linux for PowerPC mailing list <linuxppc-dev@ozlabs.org>
Description: Secure Virtual Machine
If 1, it means the system is using the Protected Execution
Facility in POWER9 and newer processors. i.e., it is a Secure
Virtual Machine.

View File

@@ -57,7 +57,6 @@ KernelVersion: 5.1
Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
Description: Allows the user to set the maximum clock frequency for MME, TPC
and IC when the power management profile is set to "automatic".
This property is valid only for the Goya ASIC family
What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/ic_clk
Date: Jan 2019
@@ -128,8 +127,8 @@ Description: Power management profile. Values are "auto", "manual". In "auto"
the max clock frequency to a low value when there are no user
processes that are opened on the device's file. In "manual"
mode, the user sets the maximum clock frequency by writing to
ic_clk, mme_clk and tpc_clk. This property is valid only for
the Goya ASIC family
ic_clk, mme_clk and tpc_clk
What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/preboot_btl_ver
Date: Jan 2019
@@ -187,4 +186,11 @@ What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/uboot_ver
Date: Jan 2019
KernelVersion: 5.1
Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
Description: Version of the u-boot running on the device's CPU
Description: Version of the u-boot running on the device's CPU
What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/write_open_cnt
Date: Jan 2019
KernelVersion: 5.1
Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
Description: Displays the total number of user processes that are currently
opened on the device's file

View File

@@ -1,116 +0,0 @@
What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/.../alarms
Date: May 2020
Contact: Akira Shimahara <akira215corp@gmail.com>
Description:
(RW) read or write TH and TL (Temperature High an Low) alarms.
Values shall be space separated and in the device range
(typical -55 degC to 125 degC), if not values will be trimmed
to device min/max capabilities. Values are integer as they are
stored in a 8bit register in the device. Lowest value is
automatically put to TL. Once set, alarms could be search at
master level, refer to Documentation/w1/w1_generic.rst for
detailed information
Users: any user space application which wants to communicate with
w1_term device
What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/.../eeprom
Date: May 2020
Contact: Akira Shimahara <akira215corp@gmail.com>
Description:
(WO) writing that file will either trigger a save of the
device data to its embedded EEPROM, either restore data
embedded in device EEPROM. Be aware that devices support
limited EEPROM writing cycles (typical 50k)
* 'save': save device RAM to EEPROM
* 'restore': restore EEPROM data in device RAM
Users: any user space application which wants to communicate with
w1_term device
What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/.../ext_power
Date: May 2020
Contact: Akira Shimahara <akira215corp@gmail.com>
Description:
(RO) return the power status by asking the device
* '0': device parasite powered
* '1': device externally powered
* '-xx': xx is kernel error when reading power status
Users: any user space application which wants to communicate with
w1_term device
What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/.../resolution
Date: May 2020
Contact: Akira Shimahara <akira215corp@gmail.com>
Description:
(RW) get or set the device resolution (on supported devices,
if not, this entry is not present). Note that the resolution
will be changed only in device RAM, so it will be cleared when
power is lost. Trigger a 'save' to EEPROM command to keep
values after power-on. Read or write are :
* '9..12': device resolution in bit
or resolution to set in bit
* '-xx': xx is kernel error when reading the resolution
* Anything else: do nothing
Users: any user space application which wants to communicate with
w1_term device
What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/.../temperature
Date: May 2020
Contact: Akira Shimahara <akira215corp@gmail.com>
Description:
(RO) return the temperature in 1/1000 degC.
* If a bulk read has been triggered, it will directly
return the temperature computed when the bulk read
occurred, if available. If not yet available, nothing
is returned (a debug kernel message is sent), you
should retry later on.
* If no bulk read has been triggered, it will trigger
a conversion and send the result. Note that the
conversion duration depend on the resolution (if
device support this feature). It takes 94ms in 9bits
resolution, 750ms for 12bits.
Users: any user space application which wants to communicate with
w1_term device
What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/.../w1_slave
Date: May 2020
Contact: Akira Shimahara <akira215corp@gmail.com>
Description:
(RW) return the temperature in 1/1000 degC.
*read*: return 2 lines with the hexa output data sent on the
bus, return the CRC check and temperature in 1/1000 degC
*write* :
* '0' : save the 2 or 3 bytes to the device EEPROM
(i.e. TH, TL and config register)
* '9..12' : set the device resolution in RAM
(if supported)
* Anything else: do nothing
refer to Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_therm.rst for detailed
information.
Users: any user space application which wants to communicate with
w1_term device
What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/w1_bus_masterXX/therm_bulk_read
Date: May 2020
Contact: Akira Shimahara <akira215corp@gmail.com>
Description:
(RW) trigger a bulk read conversion. read the status
*read*:
* '-1': conversion in progress on at least 1 sensor
* '1' : conversion complete but at least one sensor
value has not been read yet
* '0' : no bulk operation. Reading temperature will
trigger a conversion on each device
*write*: 'trigger': trigger a bulk read on all supporting
devices on the bus
Note that if a bulk read is sent but one sensor is not read
immediately, the next access to temperature on this device
will return the temperature measured at the time of issue
of the bulk read command (not the current temperature).
Users: any user space application which wants to communicate with
w1_term device

View File

@@ -28,11 +28,3 @@ Description: Displays the physical addresses of all EFI Configuration
versions are always printed first, i.e. ACPI20 comes
before ACPI.
Users: dmidecode
What: /sys/firmware/efi/tables/rci2
Date: July 2019
Contact: Narendra K <Narendra.K@dell.com>, linux-bugs@dell.com
Description: Displays the content of the Runtime Configuration Interface
Table version 2 on Dell EMC PowerEdge systems in binary format
Users: It is used by Dell EMC OpenManage Server Administrator tool to
populate BIOS setup page.

View File

@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
What: /sys/firmware/turris-mox-rwtm/board_version
Date: August 2019
KernelVersion: 5.4
Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Description: (R) Board version burned into eFuses of this Turris Mox board.
Format: %i
What: /sys/firmware/turris-mox-rwtm/mac_address*
Date: August 2019
KernelVersion: 5.4
Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Description: (R) MAC addresses burned into eFuses of this Turris Mox board.
Format: %pM
What: /sys/firmware/turris-mox-rwtm/pubkey
Date: August 2019
KernelVersion: 5.4
Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Description: (R) ECDSA public key (in pubkey hex compressed form) computed
as pair to the ECDSA private key burned into eFuses of this
Turris Mox Board.
Format: string
What: /sys/firmware/turris-mox-rwtm/ram_size
Date: August 2019
KernelVersion: 5.4
Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Description: (R) RAM size in MiB of this Turris Mox board as was detected
during manufacturing and burned into eFuses. Can be 512 or 1024.
Format: %i
What: /sys/firmware/turris-mox-rwtm/serial_number
Date: August 2019
KernelVersion: 5.4
Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Description: (R) Serial number burned into eFuses of this Turris Mox device.
Format: %016X

View File

@@ -251,10 +251,3 @@ Description:
If checkpoint=disable, it displays the number of blocks that are unusable.
If checkpoint=enable it displays the enumber of blocks that would be unusable
if checkpoint=disable were to be set.
What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/encoding
Date July 2019
Contact: "Daniel Rosenberg" <drosen@google.com>
Description:
Displays name and version of the encoding set for the filesystem.
If no encoding is set, displays (none)

View File

@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
What: /sys/kernel/btf
Date: Aug 2019
KernelVersion: 5.5
Contact: bpf@vger.kernel.org
Description:
Contains BTF type information and related data for kernel and
kernel modules.
What: /sys/kernel/btf/vmlinux
Date: Aug 2019
KernelVersion: 5.5
Contact: bpf@vger.kernel.org
Description:
Read-only binary attribute exposing kernel's own BTF type
information with description of all internal kernel types. See
Documentation/bpf/btf.rst for detailed description of format
itself.

View File

@@ -429,15 +429,10 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.22
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
Description:
The shrink file is used to reclaim unused slab cache
memory from a cache. Empty per-cpu or partial slabs
are freed and the partial list is sorted so the slabs
with the fewest available objects are used first.
It only accepts a value of "1" on write for shrinking
the cache. Other input values are considered invalid.
Shrinking slab caches might be expensive and can
adversely impact other running applications. So it
should be used with care.
The shrink file is written when memory should be reclaimed from
a cache. Empty partial slabs are freed and the partial list is
sorted so the slabs with the fewest available objects are used
first.
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/slab_size
Date: May 2007

View File

@@ -21,88 +21,3 @@ Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
Description: Read-only. It returns Bitstream (static FPGA region) meta
data, which includes the synthesis date, seed and other
information of this static FPGA region.
What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/cache_size
Date: August 2019
KernelVersion: 5.4
Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
Description: Read-only. It returns cache size of this FPGA device.
What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/fabric_version
Date: August 2019
KernelVersion: 5.4
Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
Description: Read-only. It returns fabric version of this FPGA device.
Userspace applications need this information to select
best data channels per different fabric design.
What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/socket_id
Date: August 2019
KernelVersion: 5.4
Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
Description: Read-only. It returns socket_id to indicate which socket
this FPGA belongs to, only valid for integrated solution.
User only needs this information, in case standard numa node
can't provide correct information.
What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/errors/pcie0_errors
Date: August 2019
KernelVersion: 5.4
Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
Description: Read-Write. Read this file for errors detected on pcie0 link.
Write this file to clear errors logged in pcie0_errors. Write
fails with -EINVAL if input parsing fails or input error code
doesn't match.
What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/errors/pcie1_errors
Date: August 2019
KernelVersion: 5.4
Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
Description: Read-Write. Read this file for errors detected on pcie1 link.
Write this file to clear errors logged in pcie1_errors. Write
fails with -EINVAL if input parsing fails or input error code
doesn't match.
What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/errors/nonfatal_errors
Date: August 2019
KernelVersion: 5.4
Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
Description: Read-only. It returns non-fatal errors detected.
What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/errors/catfatal_errors
Date: August 2019
KernelVersion: 5.4
Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
Description: Read-only. It returns catastrophic and fatal errors detected.
What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/errors/inject_errors
Date: August 2019
KernelVersion: 5.4
Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
Description: Read-Write. Read this file to check errors injected. Write this
file to inject errors for testing purpose. Write fails with
-EINVAL if input parsing fails or input inject error code isn't
supported.
What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/errors/fme_errors
Date: August 2019
KernelVersion: 5.4
Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
Description: Read-Write. Read this file to get errors detected on FME.
Write this file to clear errors logged in fme_errors. Write
fials with -EINVAL if input parsing fails or input error code
doesn't match.
What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/errors/first_error
Date: August 2019
KernelVersion: 5.4
Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
Description: Read-only. Read this file to get the first error detected by
hardware.
What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/errors/next_error
Date: August 2019
KernelVersion: 5.4
Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
Description: Read-only. Read this file to get the second error detected by
hardware.

View File

@@ -14,88 +14,3 @@ Description: Read-only. User can program different PR bitstreams to FPGA
Accelerator Function Unit (AFU) for different functions. It
returns uuid which could be used to identify which PR bitstream
is programmed in this AFU.
What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-port.0/power_state
Date: August 2019
KernelVersion: 5.4
Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
Description: Read-only. It reports the APx (AFU Power) state, different APx
means different throttling level. When reading this file, it
returns "0" - Normal / "1" - AP1 / "2" - AP2 / "6" - AP6.
What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-port.0/ap1_event
Date: August 2019
KernelVersion: 5.4
Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
Description: Read-write. Read this file for AP1 (AFU Power State 1) event.
It's used to indicate transient AP1 state. Write 1 to this
file to clear AP1 event.
What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-port.0/ap2_event
Date: August 2019
KernelVersion: 5.4
Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
Description: Read-write. Read this file for AP2 (AFU Power State 2) event.
It's used to indicate transient AP2 state. Write 1 to this
file to clear AP2 event.
What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-port.0/ltr
Date: August 2019
KernelVersion: 5.4
Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
Description: Read-write. Read or set AFU latency tolerance reporting value.
Set ltr to 1 if the AFU can tolerate latency >= 40us or set it
to 0 if it is latency sensitive.
What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-port.0/userclk_freqcmd
Date: August 2019
KernelVersion: 5.4
Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
Description: Write-only. User writes command to this interface to set
userclock to AFU.
What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-port.0/userclk_freqsts
Date: August 2019
KernelVersion: 5.4
Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
Description: Read-only. Read this file to get the status of issued command
to userclck_freqcmd.
What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-port.0/userclk_freqcntrcmd
Date: August 2019
KernelVersion: 5.4
Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
Description: Write-only. User writes command to this interface to set
userclock counter.
What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-port.0/userclk_freqcntrsts
Date: August 2019
KernelVersion: 5.4
Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
Description: Read-only. Read this file to get the status of issued command
to userclck_freqcntrcmd.
What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-port.0/errors/errors
Date: August 2019
KernelVersion: 5.4
Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
Description: Read-Write. Read this file to get errors detected on port and
Accelerated Function Unit (AFU). Write error code to this file
to clear errors. Write fails with -EINVAL if input parsing
fails or input error code doesn't match. Write fails with
-EBUSY or -ETIMEDOUT if error can't be cleared as hardware
in low power state (-EBUSY) or not respoding (-ETIMEDOUT).
What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-port.0/errors/first_error
Date: August 2019
KernelVersion: 5.4
Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
Description: Read-only. Read this file to get the first error detected by
hardware.
What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-port.0/errors/first_malformed_req
Date: August 2019
KernelVersion: 5.4
Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
Description: Read-only. Read this file to get the first malformed request
captured by hardware.

View File

@@ -301,109 +301,3 @@ Description:
Using this sysfs file will override any values that were
set using the kernel command line for disk offset.
What: /sys/power/suspend_stats
Date: July 2019
Contact: Kalesh Singh <kaleshsingh96@gmail.com>
Description:
The /sys/power/suspend_stats directory contains suspend related
statistics.
What: /sys/power/suspend_stats/success
Date: July 2019
Contact: Kalesh Singh <kaleshsingh96@gmail.com>
Description:
The /sys/power/suspend_stats/success file contains the number
of times entering system sleep state succeeded.
What: /sys/power/suspend_stats/fail
Date: July 2019
Contact: Kalesh Singh <kaleshsingh96@gmail.com>
Description:
The /sys/power/suspend_stats/fail file contains the number
of times entering system sleep state failed.
What: /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_freeze
Date: July 2019
Contact: Kalesh Singh <kaleshsingh96@gmail.com>
Description:
The /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_freeze file contains the
number of times freezing processes failed.
What: /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_prepare
Date: July 2019
Contact: Kalesh Singh <kaleshsingh96@gmail.com>
Description:
The /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_prepare file contains the
number of times preparing all non-sysdev devices for
a system PM transition failed.
What: /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_resume
Date: July 2019
Contact: Kalesh Singh <kaleshsingh96@gmail.com>
Description:
The /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_resume file contains the
number of times executing "resume" callbacks of
non-sysdev devices failed.
What: /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_resume_early
Date: July 2019
Contact: Kalesh Singh <kaleshsingh96@gmail.com>
Description:
The /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_resume_early file contains
the number of times executing "early resume" callbacks
of devices failed.
What: /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_resume_noirq
Date: July 2019
Contact: Kalesh Singh <kaleshsingh96@gmail.com>
Description:
The /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_resume_noirq file contains
the number of times executing "noirq resume" callbacks
of devices failed.
What: /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_suspend
Date: July 2019
Contact: Kalesh Singh <kaleshsingh96@gmail.com>
Description:
The /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_suspend file contains
the number of times executing "suspend" callbacks
of all non-sysdev devices failed.
What: /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_suspend_late
Date: July 2019
Contact: Kalesh Singh <kaleshsingh96@gmail.com>
Description:
The /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_suspend_late file contains
the number of times executing "late suspend" callbacks
of all devices failed.
What: /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_suspend_noirq
Date: July 2019
Contact: Kalesh Singh <kaleshsingh96@gmail.com>
Description:
The /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_suspend_noirq file contains
the number of times executing "noirq suspend" callbacks
of all devices failed.
What: /sys/power/suspend_stats/last_failed_dev
Date: July 2019
Contact: Kalesh Singh <kaleshsingh96@gmail.com>
Description:
The /sys/power/suspend_stats/last_failed_dev file contains
the last device for which a suspend/resume callback failed.
What: /sys/power/suspend_stats/last_failed_errno
Date: July 2019
Contact: Kalesh Singh <kaleshsingh96@gmail.com>
Description:
The /sys/power/suspend_stats/last_failed_errno file contains
the errno of the last failed attempt at entering
system sleep state.
What: /sys/power/suspend_stats/last_failed_step
Date: July 2019
Contact: Kalesh Singh <kaleshsingh96@gmail.com>
Description:
The /sys/power/suspend_stats/last_failed_step file contains
the last failed step in the suspend/resume path.

View File

@@ -204,14 +204,6 @@ Returns the maximum size of a mapping for the device. The size parameter
of the mapping functions like dma_map_single(), dma_map_page() and
others should not be larger than the returned value.
::
unsigned long
dma_get_merge_boundary(struct device *dev);
Returns the DMA merge boundary. If the device cannot merge any the DMA address
segments, the function returns 0.
Part Id - Streaming DMA mappings
--------------------------------
@@ -603,6 +595,17 @@ For reasons of efficiency, most platforms choose to track the declared
region only at the granularity of a page. For smaller allocations,
you should use the dma_pool() API.
::
void
dma_release_declared_memory(struct device *dev)
Remove the memory region previously declared from the system. This
API performs *no* in-use checking for this region and will return
unconditionally having removed all the required structures. It is the
driver's job to ensure that no parts of this memory region are
currently in use.
Part III - Debug drivers use of the DMA-API
-------------------------------------------

View File

@@ -421,6 +421,7 @@ That is, the recovery API only requires that:
- drivers/net/ixgbe
- drivers/net/cxgb3
- drivers/net/s2io.c
- drivers/net/qlge
The End
-------

View File

@@ -2129,8 +2129,6 @@ Some of the relevant points of interest are as follows:
<li> <a href="#Hotplug CPU">Hotplug CPU</a>.
<li> <a href="#Scheduler and RCU">Scheduler and RCU</a>.
<li> <a href="#Tracing and RCU">Tracing and RCU</a>.
<li> <a href="#Accesses to User Memory and RCU">
Accesses to User Memory and RCU</a>.
<li> <a href="#Energy Efficiency">Energy Efficiency</a>.
<li> <a href="#Scheduling-Clock Interrupts and RCU">
Scheduling-Clock Interrupts and RCU</a>.
@@ -2514,7 +2512,7 @@ disabled across the entire RCU read-side critical section.
<p>
It is possible to use tracing on RCU code, but tracing itself
uses RCU.
For this reason, <tt>rcu_dereference_raw_check()</tt>
For this reason, <tt>rcu_dereference_raw_notrace()</tt>
is provided for use by tracing, which avoids the destructive
recursion that could otherwise ensue.
This API is also used by virtualization in some architectures,
@@ -2523,75 +2521,6 @@ cannot be used.
The tracing folks both located the requirement and provided the
needed fix, so this surprise requirement was relatively painless.
<h3><a name="Accesses to User Memory and RCU">
Accesses to User Memory and RCU</a></h3>
<p>
The kernel needs to access user-space memory, for example, to access
data referenced by system-call parameters.
The <tt>get_user()</tt> macro does this job.
<p>
However, user-space memory might well be paged out, which means
that <tt>get_user()</tt> might well page-fault and thus block while
waiting for the resulting I/O to complete.
It would be a very bad thing for the compiler to reorder
a <tt>get_user()</tt> invocation into an RCU read-side critical
section.
For example, suppose that the source code looked like this:
<blockquote>
<pre>
1 rcu_read_lock();
2 p = rcu_dereference(gp);
3 v = p-&gt;value;
4 rcu_read_unlock();
5 get_user(user_v, user_p);
6 do_something_with(v, user_v);
</pre>
</blockquote>
<p>
The compiler must not be permitted to transform this source code into
the following:
<blockquote>
<pre>
1 rcu_read_lock();
2 p = rcu_dereference(gp);
3 get_user(user_v, user_p); // BUG: POSSIBLE PAGE FAULT!!!
4 v = p-&gt;value;
5 rcu_read_unlock();
6 do_something_with(v, user_v);
</pre>
</blockquote>
<p>
If the compiler did make this transformation in a
<tt>CONFIG_PREEMPT=n</tt> kernel build, and if <tt>get_user()</tt> did
page fault, the result would be a quiescent state in the middle
of an RCU read-side critical section.
This misplaced quiescent state could result in line&nbsp;4 being
a use-after-free access, which could be bad for your kernel's
actuarial statistics.
Similar examples can be constructed with the call to <tt>get_user()</tt>
preceding the <tt>rcu_read_lock()</tt>.
<p>
Unfortunately, <tt>get_user()</tt> doesn't have any particular
ordering properties, and in some architectures the underlying <tt>asm</tt>
isn't even marked <tt>volatile</tt>.
And even if it was marked <tt>volatile</tt>, the above access to
<tt>p-&gt;value</tt> is not volatile, so the compiler would not have any
reason to keep those two accesses in order.
<p>
Therefore, the Linux-kernel definitions of <tt>rcu_read_lock()</tt>
and <tt>rcu_read_unlock()</tt> must act as compiler barriers,
at least for outermost instances of <tt>rcu_read_lock()</tt> and
<tt>rcu_read_unlock()</tt> within a nested set of RCU read-side critical
sections.
<h3><a name="Energy Efficiency">Energy Efficiency</a></h3>
<p>

View File

@@ -57,12 +57,6 @@ o A CPU-bound real-time task in a CONFIG_PREEMPT_RT kernel that
CONFIG_PREEMPT_RCU case, you might see stall-warning
messages.
You can use the rcutree.kthread_prio kernel boot parameter to
increase the scheduling priority of RCU's kthreads, which can
help avoid this problem. However, please note that doing this
can increase your system's context-switch rate and thus degrade
performance.
o A periodic interrupt whose handler takes longer than the time
interval between successive pairs of interrupts. This can
prevent RCU's kthreads and softirq handlers from running.

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
Describing and referring to LEDs in ACPI
Individual LEDs are described by hierarchical data extension [6] nodes under the
device node, the LED driver chip. The "reg" property in the LED specific nodes
tells the numerical ID of each individual LED output to which the LEDs are
connected. [3] The hierarchical data nodes are named "led@X", where X is the
number of the LED output.
Referring to LEDs in Device tree is documented in [4], in "flash-leds" property
documentation. In short, LEDs are directly referred to by using phandles.
While Device tree allows referring to any node in the tree[1], in ACPI
references are limited to device nodes only [2]. For this reason using the same
mechanism on ACPI is not possible. A mechanism to refer to non-device ACPI nodes
is documented in [7].
ACPI allows (as does DT) using integer arguments after the reference. A
combination of the LED driver device reference and an integer argument,
referring to the "reg" property of the relevant LED, is used to identify
individual LEDs. The value of the "reg" property is a contract between the
firmware and software, it uniquely identifies the LED driver outputs.
Under the LED driver device, The first hierarchical data extension package list
entry shall contain the string "led@" followed by the number of the LED,
followed by the referred object name. That object shall be named "LED" followed
by the number of the LED.
An ASL example of a camera sensor device and a LED driver device for two LEDs.
Objects not relevant for LEDs or the references to them have been omitted.
Device (LED)
{
Name (_DSD, Package () {
ToUUID("dbb8e3e6-5886-4ba6-8795-1319f52a966b"),
Package () {
Package () { "led@0", LED0 },
Package () { "led@1", LED1 },
}
})
Name (LED0, Package () {
ToUUID("daffd814-6eba-4d8c-8a91-bc9bbf4aa301"),
Package () {
Package () { "reg", 0 },
Package () { "flash-max-microamp", 1000000 },
Package () { "flash-timeout-us", 200000 },
Package () { "led-max-microamp", 100000 },
Package () { "label", "white:flash" },
}
})
Name (LED1, Package () {
ToUUID("daffd814-6eba-4d8c-8a91-bc9bbf4aa301"),
Package () {
Package () { "reg", 1 },
Package () { "led-max-microamp", 10000 },
Package () { "label", "red:indicator" },
}
})
}
Device (SEN)
{
Name (_DSD, Package () {
ToUUID("daffd814-6eba-4d8c-8a91-bc9bbf4aa301"),
Package () {
Package () {
"flash-leds",
Package () { ^LED, "led@0", ^LED, "led@1" },
}
}
})
}
where
LED LED driver device
LED0 First LED
LED1 Second LED
SEN Camera sensor device (or another device the LED is
related to)
[1] Device tree. <URL:http://www.devicetree.org>, referenced 2019-02-21.
[2] Advanced Configuration and Power Interface Specification.
<URL:https://uefi.org/sites/default/files/resources/ACPI_6_3_final_Jan30.pdf>,
referenced 2019-02-21.
[3] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt
[4] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt
[5] Device Properties UUID For _DSD.
<URL:http://www.uefi.org/sites/default/files/resources/_DSD-device-properties-UUID.pdf>,
referenced 2019-02-21.
[6] Hierarchical Data Extension UUID For _DSD.
<URL:http://www.uefi.org/sites/default/files/resources/_DSD-hierarchical-data-extension-UUID-v1.1.pdf>,
referenced 2019-02-21.
[7] Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/dsd/data-node-references.rst

View File

@@ -1,98 +0,0 @@
===================================
cfag12864b LCD Driver Documentation
===================================
:License: GPLv2
:Author & Maintainer: Miguel Ojeda Sandonis
:Date: 2006-10-27
.. INDEX
1. DRIVER INFORMATION
2. DEVICE INFORMATION
3. WIRING
4. USERSPACE PROGRAMMING
1. Driver Information
---------------------
This driver supports a cfag12864b LCD.
2. Device Information
---------------------
:Manufacturer: Crystalfontz
:Device Name: Crystalfontz 12864b LCD Series
:Device Code: cfag12864b
:Webpage: http://www.crystalfontz.com
:Device Webpage: http://www.crystalfontz.com/products/12864b/
:Type: LCD (Liquid Crystal Display)
:Width: 128
:Height: 64
:Colors: 2 (B/N)
:Controller: ks0108
:Controllers: 2
:Pages: 8 each controller
:Addresses: 64 each page
:Data size: 1 byte each address
:Memory size: 2 * 8 * 64 * 1 = 1024 bytes = 1 Kbyte
3. Wiring
---------
The cfag12864b LCD Series don't have official wiring.
The common wiring is done to the parallel port as shown::
Parallel Port cfag12864b
Name Pin# Pin# Name
Strobe ( 1)------------------------------(17) Enable
Data 0 ( 2)------------------------------( 4) Data 0
Data 1 ( 3)------------------------------( 5) Data 1
Data 2 ( 4)------------------------------( 6) Data 2
Data 3 ( 5)------------------------------( 7) Data 3
Data 4 ( 6)------------------------------( 8) Data 4
Data 5 ( 7)------------------------------( 9) Data 5
Data 6 ( 8)------------------------------(10) Data 6
Data 7 ( 9)------------------------------(11) Data 7
(10) [+5v]---( 1) Vdd
(11) [GND]---( 2) Ground
(12) [+5v]---(14) Reset
(13) [GND]---(15) Read / Write
Line (14)------------------------------(13) Controller Select 1
(15)
Init (16)------------------------------(12) Controller Select 2
Select (17)------------------------------(16) Data / Instruction
Ground (18)---[GND] [+5v]---(19) LED +
Ground (19)---[GND]
Ground (20)---[GND] E A Values:
Ground (21)---[GND] [GND]---[P1]---(18) Vee - R = Resistor = 22 ohm
Ground (22)---[GND] | - P1 = Preset = 10 Kohm
Ground (23)---[GND] ---- S ------( 3) V0 - P2 = Preset = 1 Kohm
Ground (24)---[GND] | |
Ground (25)---[GND] [GND]---[P2]---[R]---(20) LED -
4. Userspace Programming
------------------------
The cfag12864bfb describes a framebuffer device (/dev/fbX).
It has a size of 1024 bytes = 1 Kbyte.
Each bit represents one pixel. If the bit is high, the pixel will
turn on. If the pixel is low, the pixel will turn off.
You can use the framebuffer as a file: fopen, fwrite, fclose...
Although the LCD won't get updated until the next refresh time arrives.
Also, you can mmap the framebuffer: open & mmap, munmap & close...
which is the best option for most uses.
Check samples/auxdisplay/cfag12864b-example.c
for a real working userspace complete program with usage examples.

View File

@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
=========================
Auxiliary Display Support
=========================
.. toctree::
:maxdepth: 1
ks0108.rst
cfag12864b.rst
.. only:: subproject and html
Indices
=======
* :ref:`genindex`

View File

@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
==========================================
ks0108 LCD Controller Driver Documentation
==========================================
:License: GPLv2
:Author & Maintainer: Miguel Ojeda Sandonis
:Date: 2006-10-27
.. INDEX
1. DRIVER INFORMATION
2. DEVICE INFORMATION
3. WIRING
1. Driver Information
---------------------
This driver supports the ks0108 LCD controller.
2. Device Information
---------------------
:Manufacturer: Samsung
:Device Name: KS0108 LCD Controller
:Device Code: ks0108
:Webpage: -
:Device Webpage: -
:Type: LCD Controller (Liquid Crystal Display Controller)
:Width: 64
:Height: 64
:Colors: 2 (B/N)
:Pages: 8
:Addresses: 64 each page
:Data size: 1 byte each address
:Memory size: 8 * 64 * 1 = 512 bytes
3. Wiring
---------
The driver supports data parallel port wiring.
If you aren't building LCD related hardware, you should check
your LCD specific wiring information in the same folder.
For example, check Documentation/admin-guide/auxdisplay/cfag12864b.rst

View File

@@ -130,6 +130,12 @@ Proportional weight policy files
dev weight
8:16 300
- blkio.leaf_weight[_device]
- Equivalents of blkio.weight[_device] for the purpose of
deciding how much weight tasks in the given cgroup has while
competing with the cgroup's child cgroups. For details,
please refer to Documentation/block/cfq-iosched.txt.
- blkio.time
- disk time allocated to cgroup per device in milliseconds. First
two fields specify the major and minor number of the device and

View File

@@ -85,10 +85,8 @@ Brief summary of control files.
memory.oom_control set/show oom controls.
memory.numa_stat show the number of memory usage per numa
node
memory.kmem.limit_in_bytes set/show hard limit for kernel memory
This knob is deprecated and shouldn't be
used. It is planned that this be removed in
the foreseeable future.
memory.kmem.usage_in_bytes show current kernel memory allocation
memory.kmem.failcnt show the number of kernel memory usage
hits limits

View File

@@ -615,8 +615,8 @@ on an IO device and is an example of this type.
Protections
-----------
A cgroup is protected upto the configured amount of the resource
as long as the usages of all its ancestors are under their
A cgroup is protected to be allocated upto the configured amount of
the resource if the usages of all its ancestors are under their
protected levels. Protections can be hard guarantees or best effort
soft boundaries. Protections can also be over-committed in which case
only upto the amount available to the parent is protected among
@@ -951,13 +951,6 @@ controller implements weight and absolute bandwidth limit models for
normal scheduling policy and absolute bandwidth allocation model for
realtime scheduling policy.
In all the above models, cycles distribution is defined only on a temporal
base and it does not account for the frequency at which tasks are executed.
The (optional) utilization clamping support allows to hint the schedutil
cpufreq governor about the minimum desired frequency which should always be
provided by a CPU, as well as the maximum desired frequency, which should not
be exceeded by a CPU.
WARNING: cgroup2 doesn't yet support control of realtime processes and
the cpu controller can only be enabled when all RT processes are in
the root cgroup. Be aware that system management software may already
@@ -1023,33 +1016,6 @@ All time durations are in microseconds.
Shows pressure stall information for CPU. See
Documentation/accounting/psi.rst for details.
cpu.uclamp.min
A read-write single value file which exists on non-root cgroups.
The default is "0", i.e. no utilization boosting.
The requested minimum utilization (protection) as a percentage
rational number, e.g. 12.34 for 12.34%.
This interface allows reading and setting minimum utilization clamp
values similar to the sched_setattr(2). This minimum utilization
value is used to clamp the task specific minimum utilization clamp.
The requested minimum utilization (protection) is always capped by
the current value for the maximum utilization (limit), i.e.
`cpu.uclamp.max`.
cpu.uclamp.max
A read-write single value file which exists on non-root cgroups.
The default is "max". i.e. no utilization capping
The requested maximum utilization (limit) as a percentage rational
number, e.g. 98.76 for 98.76%.
This interface allows reading and setting maximum utilization clamp
values similar to the sched_setattr(2). This maximum utilization
value is used to clamp the task specific maximum utilization clamp.
Memory
------
@@ -1096,10 +1062,7 @@ PAGE_SIZE multiple when read back.
is within its effective min boundary, the cgroup's memory
won't be reclaimed under any conditions. If there is no
unprotected reclaimable memory available, OOM killer
is invoked. Above the effective min boundary (or
effective low boundary if it is higher), pages are reclaimed
proportionally to the overage, reducing reclaim pressure for
smaller overages.
is invoked.
Effective min boundary is limited by memory.min values of
all ancestor cgroups. If there is memory.min overcommitment
@@ -1121,10 +1084,7 @@ PAGE_SIZE multiple when read back.
Best-effort memory protection. If the memory usage of a
cgroup is within its effective low boundary, the cgroup's
memory won't be reclaimed unless memory can be reclaimed
from unprotected cgroups. Above the effective low boundary (or
effective min boundary if it is higher), pages are reclaimed
proportionally to the overage, reducing reclaim pressure for
smaller overages.
from unprotected cgroups.
Effective low boundary is limited by memory.low values of
all ancestor cgroups. If there is memory.low overcommitment
@@ -1475,103 +1435,6 @@ IO Interface Files
8:16 rbytes=1459200 wbytes=314773504 rios=192 wios=353 dbytes=0 dios=0
8:0 rbytes=90430464 wbytes=299008000 rios=8950 wios=1252 dbytes=50331648 dios=3021
io.cost.qos
A read-write nested-keyed file with exists only on the root
cgroup.
This file configures the Quality of Service of the IO cost
model based controller (CONFIG_BLK_CGROUP_IOCOST) which
currently implements "io.weight" proportional control. Lines
are keyed by $MAJ:$MIN device numbers and not ordered. The
line for a given device is populated on the first write for
the device on "io.cost.qos" or "io.cost.model". The following
nested keys are defined.
====== =====================================
enable Weight-based control enable
ctrl "auto" or "user"
rpct Read latency percentile [0, 100]
rlat Read latency threshold
wpct Write latency percentile [0, 100]
wlat Write latency threshold
min Minimum scaling percentage [1, 10000]
max Maximum scaling percentage [1, 10000]
====== =====================================
The controller is disabled by default and can be enabled by
setting "enable" to 1. "rpct" and "wpct" parameters default
to zero and the controller uses internal device saturation
state to adjust the overall IO rate between "min" and "max".
When a better control quality is needed, latency QoS
parameters can be configured. For example::
8:16 enable=1 ctrl=auto rpct=95.00 rlat=75000 wpct=95.00 wlat=150000 min=50.00 max=150.0
shows that on sdb, the controller is enabled, will consider
the device saturated if the 95th percentile of read completion
latencies is above 75ms or write 150ms, and adjust the overall
IO issue rate between 50% and 150% accordingly.
The lower the saturation point, the better the latency QoS at
the cost of aggregate bandwidth. The narrower the allowed
adjustment range between "min" and "max", the more conformant
to the cost model the IO behavior. Note that the IO issue
base rate may be far off from 100% and setting "min" and "max"
blindly can lead to a significant loss of device capacity or
control quality. "min" and "max" are useful for regulating
devices which show wide temporary behavior changes - e.g. a
ssd which accepts writes at the line speed for a while and
then completely stalls for multiple seconds.
When "ctrl" is "auto", the parameters are controlled by the
kernel and may change automatically. Setting "ctrl" to "user"
or setting any of the percentile and latency parameters puts
it into "user" mode and disables the automatic changes. The
automatic mode can be restored by setting "ctrl" to "auto".
io.cost.model
A read-write nested-keyed file with exists only on the root
cgroup.
This file configures the cost model of the IO cost model based
controller (CONFIG_BLK_CGROUP_IOCOST) which currently
implements "io.weight" proportional control. Lines are keyed
by $MAJ:$MIN device numbers and not ordered. The line for a
given device is populated on the first write for the device on
"io.cost.qos" or "io.cost.model". The following nested keys
are defined.
===== ================================
ctrl "auto" or "user"
model The cost model in use - "linear"
===== ================================
When "ctrl" is "auto", the kernel may change all parameters
dynamically. When "ctrl" is set to "user" or any other
parameters are written to, "ctrl" become "user" and the
automatic changes are disabled.
When "model" is "linear", the following model parameters are
defined.
============= ========================================
[r|w]bps The maximum sequential IO throughput
[r|w]seqiops The maximum 4k sequential IOs per second
[r|w]randiops The maximum 4k random IOs per second
============= ========================================
From the above, the builtin linear model determines the base
costs of a sequential and random IO and the cost coefficient
for the IO size. While simple, this model can cover most
common device classes acceptably.
The IO cost model isn't expected to be accurate in absolute
sense and is scaled to the device behavior dynamically.
If needed, tools/cgroup/iocost_coef_gen.py can be used to
generate device-specific coefficients.
io.weight
A read-write flat-keyed file which exists on non-root cgroups.
The default is "default 100".
@@ -2488,10 +2351,8 @@ system performance due to overreclaim, to the point where the feature
becomes self-defeating.
The memory.low boundary on the other hand is a top-down allocated
reserve. A cgroup enjoys reclaim protection when it's within its
effective low, which makes delegation of subtrees possible. It also
enjoys having reclaim pressure proportional to its overage when
above its effective low.
reserve. A cgroup enjoys reclaim protection when it's within its low,
which makes delegation of subtrees possible.
The original high boundary, the hard limit, is defined as a strict
limit that can not budge, even if the OOM killer has to be called.

View File

@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
=======
Authors
=======
Original Author
---------------
Steve French (sfrench@samba.org)
The author wishes to express his appreciation and thanks to:
Andrew Tridgell (Samba team) for his early suggestions about smb/cifs VFS
improvements. Thanks to IBM for allowing me time and test resources to pursue
this project, to Jim McDonough from IBM (and the Samba Team) for his help, to
the IBM Linux JFS team for explaining many esoteric Linux filesystem features.
Jeremy Allison of the Samba team has done invaluable work in adding the server
side of the original CIFS Unix extensions and reviewing and implementing
portions of the newer CIFS POSIX extensions into the Samba 3 file server. Thank
Dave Boutcher of IBM Rochester (author of the OS/400 smb/cifs filesystem client)
for proving years ago that very good smb/cifs clients could be done on Unix-like
operating systems. Volker Lendecke, Andrew Tridgell, Urban Widmark, John
Newbigin and others for their work on the Linux smbfs module. Thanks to
the other members of the Storage Network Industry Association CIFS Technical
Workgroup for their work specifying this highly complex protocol and finally
thanks to the Samba team for their technical advice and encouragement.
Patch Contributors
------------------
- Zwane Mwaikambo
- Andi Kleen
- Amrut Joshi
- Shobhit Dayal
- Sergey Vlasov
- Richard Hughes
- Yury Umanets
- Mark Hamzy (for some of the early cifs IPv6 work)
- Domen Puncer
- Jesper Juhl (in particular for lots of whitespace/formatting cleanup)
- Vince Negri and Dave Stahl (for finding an important caching bug)
- Adrian Bunk (kcalloc cleanups)
- Miklos Szeredi
- Kazeon team for various fixes especially for 2.4 version.
- Asser Ferno (Change Notify support)
- Shaggy (Dave Kleikamp) for innumerable small fs suggestions and some good cleanup
- Gunter Kukkukk (testing and suggestions for support of old servers)
- Igor Mammedov (DFS support)
- Jeff Layton (many, many fixes, as well as great work on the cifs Kerberos code)
- Scott Lovenberg
- Pavel Shilovsky (for great work adding SMB2 support, and various SMB3 features)
- Aurelien Aptel (for DFS SMB3 work and some key bug fixes)
- Ronnie Sahlberg (for SMB3 xattr work, bug fixes, and lots of great work on compounding)
- Shirish Pargaonkar (for many ACL patches over the years)
- Sachin Prabhu (many bug fixes, including for reconnect, copy offload and security)
- Paulo Alcantara
- Long Li (some great work on RDMA, SMB Direct)
Test case and Bug Report contributors
-------------------------------------
Thanks to those in the community who have submitted detailed bug reports
and debug of problems they have found: Jochen Dolze, David Blaine,
Rene Scharfe, Martin Josefsson, Alexander Wild, Anthony Liguori,
Lars Muller, Urban Widmark, Massimiliano Ferrero, Howard Owen,
Olaf Kirch, Kieron Briggs, Nick Millington and others. Also special
mention to the Stanford Checker (SWAT) which pointed out many minor
bugs in error paths. Valuable suggestions also have come from Al Viro
and Dave Miller.
And thanks to the IBM LTC and Power test teams and SuSE and Citrix and RedHat testers for finding multiple bugs during excellent stress test runs.

View File

@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
=======
Changes
=======
See https://wiki.samba.org/index.php/LinuxCIFSKernel for summary
information (that may be easier to read than parsing the output of
"git log fs/cifs") about fixes/improvements to CIFS/SMB2/SMB3 support (changes
to cifs.ko module) by kernel version (and cifs internal module version).

View File

@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
====
CIFS
====
.. toctree::
:maxdepth: 2
introduction
usage
todo
changes
authors
.. only:: subproject and html
Indices
=======
* :ref:`genindex`

View File

@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
============
Introduction
============
This is the client VFS module for the SMB3 NAS protocol as well
as for older dialects such as the Common Internet File System (CIFS)
protocol which was the successor to the Server Message Block
(SMB) protocol, the native file sharing mechanism for most early
PC operating systems. New and improved versions of CIFS are now
called SMB2 and SMB3. Use of SMB3 (and later, including SMB3.1.1)
is strongly preferred over using older dialects like CIFS due to
security reaasons. All modern dialects, including the most recent,
SMB3.1.1 are supported by the CIFS VFS module. The SMB3 protocol
is implemented and supported by all major file servers
such as all modern versions of Windows (including Windows 2016
Server), as well as by Samba (which provides excellent
CIFS/SMB2/SMB3 server support and tools for Linux and many other
operating systems). Apple systems also support SMB3 well, as
do most Network Attached Storage vendors, so this network
filesystem client can mount to a wide variety of systems.
It also supports mounting to the cloud (for example
Microsoft Azure), including the necessary security features.
The intent of this module is to provide the most advanced network
file system function for SMB3 compliant servers, including advanced
security features, excellent parallelized high performance i/o, better
POSIX compliance, secure per-user session establishment, encryption,
high performance safe distributed caching (leases/oplocks), optional packet
signing, large files, Unicode support and other internationalization
improvements. Since both Samba server and this filesystem client support
the CIFS Unix extensions (and in the future SMB3 POSIX extensions),
the combination can provide a reasonable alternative to other network and
cluster file systems for fileserving in some Linux to Linux environments,
not just in Linux to Windows (or Linux to Mac) environments.
This filesystem has a mount utility (mount.cifs) and various user space
tools (including smbinfo and setcifsacl) that can be obtained from
https://git.samba.org/?p=cifs-utils.git
or
git://git.samba.org/cifs-utils.git
mount.cifs should be installed in the directory with the other mount helpers.
For more information on the module see the project wiki page at
https://wiki.samba.org/index.php/LinuxCIFS
and
https://wiki.samba.org/index.php/LinuxCIFS_utils

View File

@@ -1,133 +0,0 @@
====
TODO
====
Version 2.14 December 21, 2018
A Partial List of Missing Features
==================================
Contributions are welcome. There are plenty of opportunities
for visible, important contributions to this module. Here
is a partial list of the known problems and missing features:
a) SMB3 (and SMB3.1.1) missing optional features:
- multichannel (started), integration with RDMA
- directory leases (improved metadata caching), started (root dir only)
- T10 copy offload ie "ODX" (copy chunk, and "Duplicate Extents" ioctl
currently the only two server side copy mechanisms supported)
b) improved sparse file support (fiemap and SEEK_HOLE are implemented
but additional features would be supportable by the protocol).
c) Directory entry caching relies on a 1 second timer, rather than
using Directory Leases, currently only the root file handle is cached longer
d) quota support (needs minor kernel change since quota calls
to make it to network filesystems or deviceless filesystems)
e) Additional use cases can be optimized to use "compounding" (e.g.
open/query/close and open/setinfo/close) to reduce the number of
roundtrips to the server and improve performance. Various cases
(stat, statfs, create, unlink, mkdir) already have been improved by
using compounding but more can be done. In addition we could
significantly reduce redundant opens by using deferred close (with
handle caching leases) and better using reference counters on file
handles.
f) Finish inotify support so kde and gnome file list windows
will autorefresh (partially complete by Asser). Needs minor kernel
vfs change to support removing D_NOTIFY on a file.
g) Add GUI tool to configure /proc/fs/cifs settings and for display of
the CIFS statistics (started)
h) implement support for security and trusted categories of xattrs
(requires minor protocol extension) to enable better support for SELINUX
i) Add support for tree connect contexts (see MS-SMB2) a new SMB3.1.1 protocol
feature (may be especially useful for virtualization).
j) Create UID mapping facility so server UIDs can be mapped on a per
mount or a per server basis to client UIDs or nobody if no mapping
exists. Also better integration with winbind for resolving SID owners
k) Add tools to take advantage of more smb3 specific ioctls and features
(passthrough ioctl/fsctl is now implemented in cifs.ko to allow
sending various SMB3 fsctls and query info and set info calls
directly from user space) Add tools to make setting various non-POSIX
metadata attributes easier from tools (e.g. extending what was done
in smb-info tool).
l) encrypted file support
m) improved stats gathering tools (perhaps integration with nfsometer?)
to extend and make easier to use what is currently in /proc/fs/cifs/Stats
n) Add support for claims based ACLs ("DAC")
o) mount helper GUI (to simplify the various configuration options on mount)
p) Add support for witness protocol (perhaps ioctl to cifs.ko from user space
tool listening on witness protocol RPC) to allow for notification of share
move, server failover, and server adapter changes. And also improve other
failover scenarios, e.g. when client knows multiple DFS entries point to
different servers, and the server we are connected to has gone down.
q) Allow mount.cifs to be more verbose in reporting errors with dialect
or unsupported feature errors.
r) updating cifs documentation, and user guide.
s) Addressing bugs found by running a broader set of xfstests in standard
file system xfstest suite.
t) split cifs and smb3 support into separate modules so legacy (and less
secure) CIFS dialect can be disabled in environments that don't need it
and simplify the code.
v) POSIX Extensions for SMB3.1.1 (started, create and mkdir support added
so far).
w) Add support for additional strong encryption types, and additional spnego
authentication mechanisms (see MS-SMB2)
x) Finish support for SMB3.1.1 compression
Known Bugs
==========
See http://bugzilla.samba.org - search on product "CifsVFS" for
current bug list. Also check http://bugzilla.kernel.org (Product = File System, Component = CIFS)
1) existing symbolic links (Windows reparse points) are recognized but
can not be created remotely. They are implemented for Samba and those that
support the CIFS Unix extensions, although earlier versions of Samba
overly restrict the pathnames.
2) follow_link and readdir code does not follow dfs junctions
but recognizes them
Misc testing to do
==================
1) check out max path names and max path name components against various server
types. Try nested symlinks (8 deep). Return max path name in stat -f information
2) Improve xfstest's cifs/smb3 enablement and adapt xfstests where needed to test
cifs/smb3 better
3) Additional performance testing and optimization using iozone and similar -
there are some easy changes that can be done to parallelize sequential writes,
and when signing is disabled to request larger read sizes (larger than
negotiated size) and send larger write sizes to modern servers.
4) More exhaustively test against less common servers
5) Continue to extend the smb3 "buildbot" which does automated xfstesting
against Windows, Samba and Azure currently - to add additional tests and
to allow the buildbot to execute the tests faster. The URL for the
buildbot is: http://smb3-test-rhel-75.southcentralus.cloudapp.azure.com
6) Address various coverity warnings (most are not bugs per-se, but
the more warnings are addressed, the easier it is to spot real
problems that static analyzers will point out in the future).

View File

@@ -1,869 +0,0 @@
=====
Usage
=====
This module supports the SMB3 family of advanced network protocols (as well
as older dialects, originally called "CIFS" or SMB1).
The CIFS VFS module for Linux supports many advanced network filesystem
features such as hierarchical DFS like namespace, hardlinks, locking and more.
It was designed to comply with the SNIA CIFS Technical Reference (which
supersedes the 1992 X/Open SMB Standard) as well as to perform best practice
practical interoperability with Windows 2000, Windows XP, Samba and equivalent
servers. This code was developed in participation with the Protocol Freedom
Information Foundation. CIFS and now SMB3 has now become a defacto
standard for interoperating between Macs and Windows and major NAS appliances.
Please see
MS-SMB2 (for detailed SMB2/SMB3/SMB3.1.1 protocol specification)
http://protocolfreedom.org/ and
http://samba.org/samba/PFIF/
for more details.
For questions or bug reports please contact:
smfrench@gmail.com
See the project page at: https://wiki.samba.org/index.php/LinuxCIFS_utils
Build instructions
==================
For Linux:
1) Download the kernel (e.g. from http://www.kernel.org)
and change directory into the top of the kernel directory tree
(e.g. /usr/src/linux-2.5.73)
2) make menuconfig (or make xconfig)
3) select cifs from within the network filesystem choices
4) save and exit
5) make
Installation instructions
=========================
If you have built the CIFS vfs as module (successfully) simply
type ``make modules_install`` (or if you prefer, manually copy the file to
the modules directory e.g. /lib/modules/2.4.10-4GB/kernel/fs/cifs/cifs.ko).
If you have built the CIFS vfs into the kernel itself, follow the instructions
for your distribution on how to install a new kernel (usually you
would simply type ``make install``).
If you do not have the utility mount.cifs (in the Samba 4.x source tree and on
the CIFS VFS web site) copy it to the same directory in which mount helpers
reside (usually /sbin). Although the helper software is not
required, mount.cifs is recommended. Most distros include a ``cifs-utils``
package that includes this utility so it is recommended to install this.
Note that running the Winbind pam/nss module (logon service) on all of your
Linux clients is useful in mapping Uids and Gids consistently across the
domain to the proper network user. The mount.cifs mount helper can be
found at cifs-utils.git on git.samba.org
If cifs is built as a module, then the size and number of network buffers
and maximum number of simultaneous requests to one server can be configured.
Changing these from their defaults is not recommended. By executing modinfo::
modinfo kernel/fs/cifs/cifs.ko
on kernel/fs/cifs/cifs.ko the list of configuration changes that can be made
at module initialization time (by running insmod cifs.ko) can be seen.
Recommendations
===============
To improve security the SMB2.1 dialect or later (usually will get SMB3) is now
the new default. To use old dialects (e.g. to mount Windows XP) use "vers=1.0"
on mount (or vers=2.0 for Windows Vista). Note that the CIFS (vers=1.0) is
much older and less secure than the default dialect SMB3 which includes
many advanced security features such as downgrade attack detection
and encrypted shares and stronger signing and authentication algorithms.
There are additional mount options that may be helpful for SMB3 to get
improved POSIX behavior (NB: can use vers=3.0 to force only SMB3, never 2.1):
``mfsymlinks`` and ``cifsacl`` and ``idsfromsid``
Allowing User Mounts
====================
To permit users to mount and unmount over directories they own is possible
with the cifs vfs. A way to enable such mounting is to mark the mount.cifs
utility as suid (e.g. ``chmod +s /sbin/mount.cifs``). To enable users to
umount shares they mount requires
1) mount.cifs version 1.4 or later
2) an entry for the share in /etc/fstab indicating that a user may
unmount it e.g.::
//server/usersharename /mnt/username cifs user 0 0
Note that when the mount.cifs utility is run suid (allowing user mounts),
in order to reduce risks, the ``nosuid`` mount flag is passed in on mount to
disallow execution of an suid program mounted on the remote target.
When mount is executed as root, nosuid is not passed in by default,
and execution of suid programs on the remote target would be enabled
by default. This can be changed, as with nfs and other filesystems,
by simply specifying ``nosuid`` among the mount options. For user mounts
though to be able to pass the suid flag to mount requires rebuilding
mount.cifs with the following flag: CIFS_ALLOW_USR_SUID
There is a corresponding manual page for cifs mounting in the Samba 3.0 and
later source tree in docs/manpages/mount.cifs.8
Allowing User Unmounts
======================
To permit users to ummount directories that they have user mounted (see above),
the utility umount.cifs may be used. It may be invoked directly, or if
umount.cifs is placed in /sbin, umount can invoke the cifs umount helper
(at least for most versions of the umount utility) for umount of cifs
mounts, unless umount is invoked with -i (which will avoid invoking a umount
helper). As with mount.cifs, to enable user unmounts umount.cifs must be marked
as suid (e.g. ``chmod +s /sbin/umount.cifs``) or equivalent (some distributions
allow adding entries to a file to the /etc/permissions file to achieve the
equivalent suid effect). For this utility to succeed the target path
must be a cifs mount, and the uid of the current user must match the uid
of the user who mounted the resource.
Also note that the customary way of allowing user mounts and unmounts is
(instead of using mount.cifs and unmount.cifs as suid) to add a line
to the file /etc/fstab for each //server/share you wish to mount, but
this can become unwieldy when potential mount targets include many
or unpredictable UNC names.
Samba Considerations
====================
Most current servers support SMB2.1 and SMB3 which are more secure,
but there are useful protocol extensions for the older less secure CIFS
dialect, so to get the maximum benefit if mounting using the older dialect
(CIFS/SMB1), we recommend using a server that supports the SNIA CIFS
Unix Extensions standard (e.g. almost any version of Samba ie version
2.2.5 or later) but the CIFS vfs works fine with a wide variety of CIFS servers.
Note that uid, gid and file permissions will display default values if you do
not have a server that supports the Unix extensions for CIFS (such as Samba
2.2.5 or later). To enable the Unix CIFS Extensions in the Samba server, add
the line::
unix extensions = yes
to your smb.conf file on the server. Note that the following smb.conf settings
are also useful (on the Samba server) when the majority of clients are Unix or
Linux::
case sensitive = yes
delete readonly = yes
ea support = yes
Note that server ea support is required for supporting xattrs from the Linux
cifs client, and that EA support is present in later versions of Samba (e.g.
3.0.6 and later (also EA support works in all versions of Windows, at least to
shares on NTFS filesystems). Extended Attribute (xattr) support is an optional
feature of most Linux filesystems which may require enabling via
make menuconfig. Client support for extended attributes (user xattr) can be
disabled on a per-mount basis by specifying ``nouser_xattr`` on mount.
The CIFS client can get and set POSIX ACLs (getfacl, setfacl) to Samba servers
version 3.10 and later. Setting POSIX ACLs requires enabling both XATTR and
then POSIX support in the CIFS configuration options when building the cifs
module. POSIX ACL support can be disabled on a per mount basic by specifying
``noacl`` on mount.
Some administrators may want to change Samba's smb.conf ``map archive`` and
``create mask`` parameters from the default. Unless the create mask is changed
newly created files can end up with an unnecessarily restrictive default mode,
which may not be what you want, although if the CIFS Unix extensions are
enabled on the server and client, subsequent setattr calls (e.g. chmod) can
fix the mode. Note that creating special devices (mknod) remotely
may require specifying a mkdev function to Samba if you are not using
Samba 3.0.6 or later. For more information on these see the manual pages
(``man smb.conf``) on the Samba server system. Note that the cifs vfs,
unlike the smbfs vfs, does not read the smb.conf on the client system
(the few optional settings are passed in on mount via -o parameters instead).
Note that Samba 2.2.7 or later includes a fix that allows the CIFS VFS to delete
open files (required for strict POSIX compliance). Windows Servers already
supported this feature. Samba server does not allow symlinks that refer to files
outside of the share, so in Samba versions prior to 3.0.6, most symlinks to
files with absolute paths (ie beginning with slash) such as::
ln -s /mnt/foo bar
would be forbidden. Samba 3.0.6 server or later includes the ability to create
such symlinks safely by converting unsafe symlinks (ie symlinks to server
files that are outside of the share) to a samba specific format on the server
that is ignored by local server applications and non-cifs clients and that will
not be traversed by the Samba server). This is opaque to the Linux client
application using the cifs vfs. Absolute symlinks will work to Samba 3.0.5 or
later, but only for remote clients using the CIFS Unix extensions, and will
be invisbile to Windows clients and typically will not affect local
applications running on the same server as Samba.
Use instructions
================
Once the CIFS VFS support is built into the kernel or installed as a module
(cifs.ko), you can use mount syntax like the following to access Samba or
Mac or Windows servers::
mount -t cifs //9.53.216.11/e$ /mnt -o username=myname,password=mypassword
Before -o the option -v may be specified to make the mount.cifs
mount helper display the mount steps more verbosely.
After -o the following commonly used cifs vfs specific options
are supported::
username=<username>
password=<password>
domain=<domain name>
Other cifs mount options are described below. Use of TCP names (in addition to
ip addresses) is available if the mount helper (mount.cifs) is installed. If
you do not trust the server to which are mounted, or if you do not have
cifs signing enabled (and the physical network is insecure), consider use
of the standard mount options ``noexec`` and ``nosuid`` to reduce the risk of
running an altered binary on your local system (downloaded from a hostile server
or altered by a hostile router).
Although mounting using format corresponding to the CIFS URL specification is
not possible in mount.cifs yet, it is possible to use an alternate format
for the server and sharename (which is somewhat similar to NFS style mount
syntax) instead of the more widely used UNC format (i.e. \\server\share)::
mount -t cifs tcp_name_of_server:share_name /mnt -o user=myname,pass=mypasswd
When using the mount helper mount.cifs, passwords may be specified via alternate
mechanisms, instead of specifying it after -o using the normal ``pass=`` syntax
on the command line:
1) By including it in a credential file. Specify credentials=filename as one
of the mount options. Credential files contain two lines::
username=someuser
password=your_password
2) By specifying the password in the PASSWD environment variable (similarly
the user name can be taken from the USER environment variable).
3) By specifying the password in a file by name via PASSWD_FILE
4) By specifying the password in a file by file descriptor via PASSWD_FD
If no password is provided, mount.cifs will prompt for password entry
Restrictions
============
Servers must support either "pure-TCP" (port 445 TCP/IP CIFS connections) or RFC
1001/1002 support for "Netbios-Over-TCP/IP." This is not likely to be a
problem as most servers support this.
Valid filenames differ between Windows and Linux. Windows typically restricts
filenames which contain certain reserved characters (e.g.the character :
which is used to delimit the beginning of a stream name by Windows), while
Linux allows a slightly wider set of valid characters in filenames. Windows
servers can remap such characters when an explicit mapping is specified in
the Server's registry. Samba starting with version 3.10 will allow such
filenames (ie those which contain valid Linux characters, which normally
would be forbidden for Windows/CIFS semantics) as long as the server is
configured for Unix Extensions (and the client has not disabled
/proc/fs/cifs/LinuxExtensionsEnabled). In addition the mount option
``mapposix`` can be used on CIFS (vers=1.0) to force the mapping of
illegal Windows/NTFS/SMB characters to a remap range (this mount parm
is the default for SMB3). This remap (``mapposix``) range is also
compatible with Mac (and "Services for Mac" on some older Windows).
CIFS VFS Mount Options
======================
A partial list of the supported mount options follows:
username
The user name to use when trying to establish
the CIFS session.
password
The user password. If the mount helper is
installed, the user will be prompted for password
if not supplied.
ip
The ip address of the target server
unc
The target server Universal Network Name (export) to
mount.
domain
Set the SMB/CIFS workgroup name prepended to the
username during CIFS session establishment
forceuid
Set the default uid for inodes to the uid
passed in on mount. For mounts to servers
which do support the CIFS Unix extensions, such as a
properly configured Samba server, the server provides
the uid, gid and mode so this parameter should not be
specified unless the server and clients uid and gid
numbering differ. If the server and client are in the
same domain (e.g. running winbind or nss_ldap) and
the server supports the Unix Extensions then the uid
and gid can be retrieved from the server (and uid
and gid would not have to be specified on the mount.
For servers which do not support the CIFS Unix
extensions, the default uid (and gid) returned on lookup
of existing files will be the uid (gid) of the person
who executed the mount (root, except when mount.cifs
is configured setuid for user mounts) unless the ``uid=``
(gid) mount option is specified. Also note that permission
checks (authorization checks) on accesses to a file occur
at the server, but there are cases in which an administrator
may want to restrict at the client as well. For those
servers which do not report a uid/gid owner
(such as Windows), permissions can also be checked at the
client, and a crude form of client side permission checking
can be enabled by specifying file_mode and dir_mode on
the client. (default)
forcegid
(similar to above but for the groupid instead of uid) (default)
noforceuid
Fill in file owner information (uid) by requesting it from
the server if possible. With this option, the value given in
the uid= option (on mount) will only be used if the server
can not support returning uids on inodes.
noforcegid
(similar to above but for the group owner, gid, instead of uid)
uid
Set the default uid for inodes, and indicate to the
cifs kernel driver which local user mounted. If the server
supports the unix extensions the default uid is
not used to fill in the owner fields of inodes (files)
unless the ``forceuid`` parameter is specified.
gid
Set the default gid for inodes (similar to above).
file_mode
If CIFS Unix extensions are not supported by the server
this overrides the default mode for file inodes.
fsc
Enable local disk caching using FS-Cache (off by default). This
option could be useful to improve performance on a slow link,
heavily loaded server and/or network where reading from the
disk is faster than reading from the server (over the network).
This could also impact scalability positively as the
number of calls to the server are reduced. However, local
caching is not suitable for all workloads for e.g. read-once
type workloads. So, you need to consider carefully your
workload/scenario before using this option. Currently, local
disk caching is functional for CIFS files opened as read-only.
dir_mode
If CIFS Unix extensions are not supported by the server
this overrides the default mode for directory inodes.
port
attempt to contact the server on this tcp port, before
trying the usual ports (port 445, then 139).
iocharset
Codepage used to convert local path names to and from
Unicode. Unicode is used by default for network path
names if the server supports it. If iocharset is
not specified then the nls_default specified
during the local client kernel build will be used.
If server does not support Unicode, this parameter is
unused.
rsize
default read size (usually 16K). The client currently
can not use rsize larger than CIFSMaxBufSize. CIFSMaxBufSize
defaults to 16K and may be changed (from 8K to the maximum
kmalloc size allowed by your kernel) at module install time
for cifs.ko. Setting CIFSMaxBufSize to a very large value
will cause cifs to use more memory and may reduce performance
in some cases. To use rsize greater than 127K (the original
cifs protocol maximum) also requires that the server support
a new Unix Capability flag (for very large read) which some
newer servers (e.g. Samba 3.0.26 or later) do. rsize can be
set from a minimum of 2048 to a maximum of 130048 (127K or
CIFSMaxBufSize, whichever is smaller)
wsize
default write size (default 57344)
maximum wsize currently allowed by CIFS is 57344 (fourteen
4096 byte pages)
actimeo=n
attribute cache timeout in seconds (default 1 second).
After this timeout, the cifs client requests fresh attribute
information from the server. This option allows to tune the
attribute cache timeout to suit the workload needs. Shorter
timeouts mean better the cache coherency, but increased number
of calls to the server. Longer timeouts mean reduced number
of calls to the server at the expense of less stricter cache
coherency checks (i.e. incorrect attribute cache for a short
period of time).
rw
mount the network share read-write (note that the
server may still consider the share read-only)
ro
mount network share read-only
version
used to distinguish different versions of the
mount helper utility (not typically needed)
sep
if first mount option (after the -o), overrides
the comma as the separator between the mount
parms. e.g.::
-o user=myname,password=mypassword,domain=mydom
could be passed instead with period as the separator by::
-o sep=.user=myname.password=mypassword.domain=mydom
this might be useful when comma is contained within username
or password or domain. This option is less important
when the cifs mount helper cifs.mount (version 1.1 or later)
is used.
nosuid
Do not allow remote executables with the suid bit
program to be executed. This is only meaningful for mounts
to servers such as Samba which support the CIFS Unix Extensions.
If you do not trust the servers in your network (your mount
targets) it is recommended that you specify this option for
greater security.
exec
Permit execution of binaries on the mount.
noexec
Do not permit execution of binaries on the mount.
dev
Recognize block devices on the remote mount.
nodev
Do not recognize devices on the remote mount.
suid
Allow remote files on this mountpoint with suid enabled to
be executed (default for mounts when executed as root,
nosuid is default for user mounts).
credentials
Although ignored by the cifs kernel component, it is used by
the mount helper, mount.cifs. When mount.cifs is installed it
opens and reads the credential file specified in order
to obtain the userid and password arguments which are passed to
the cifs vfs.
guest
Although ignored by the kernel component, the mount.cifs
mount helper will not prompt the user for a password
if guest is specified on the mount options. If no
password is specified a null password will be used.
perm
Client does permission checks (vfs_permission check of uid
and gid of the file against the mode and desired operation),
Note that this is in addition to the normal ACL check on the
target machine done by the server software.
Client permission checking is enabled by default.
noperm
Client does not do permission checks. This can expose
files on this mount to access by other users on the local
client system. It is typically only needed when the server
supports the CIFS Unix Extensions but the UIDs/GIDs on the
client and server system do not match closely enough to allow
access by the user doing the mount, but it may be useful with
non CIFS Unix Extension mounts for cases in which the default
mode is specified on the mount but is not to be enforced on the
client (e.g. perhaps when MultiUserMount is enabled)
Note that this does not affect the normal ACL check on the
target machine done by the server software (of the server
ACL against the user name provided at mount time).
serverino
Use server's inode numbers instead of generating automatically
incrementing inode numbers on the client. Although this will
make it easier to spot hardlinked files (as they will have
the same inode numbers) and inode numbers may be persistent,
note that the server does not guarantee that the inode numbers
are unique if multiple server side mounts are exported under a
single share (since inode numbers on the servers might not
be unique if multiple filesystems are mounted under the same
shared higher level directory). Note that some older
(e.g. pre-Windows 2000) do not support returning UniqueIDs
or the CIFS Unix Extensions equivalent and for those
this mount option will have no effect. Exporting cifs mounts
under nfsd requires this mount option on the cifs mount.
This is now the default if server supports the
required network operation.
noserverino
Client generates inode numbers (rather than using the actual one
from the server). These inode numbers will vary after
unmount or reboot which can confuse some applications,
but not all server filesystems support unique inode
numbers.
setuids
If the CIFS Unix extensions are negotiated with the server
the client will attempt to set the effective uid and gid of
the local process on newly created files, directories, and
devices (create, mkdir, mknod). If the CIFS Unix Extensions
are not negotiated, for newly created files and directories
instead of using the default uid and gid specified on
the mount, cache the new file's uid and gid locally which means
that the uid for the file can change when the inode is
reloaded (or the user remounts the share).
nosetuids
The client will not attempt to set the uid and gid on
on newly created files, directories, and devices (create,
mkdir, mknod) which will result in the server setting the
uid and gid to the default (usually the server uid of the
user who mounted the share). Letting the server (rather than
the client) set the uid and gid is the default. If the CIFS
Unix Extensions are not negotiated then the uid and gid for
new files will appear to be the uid (gid) of the mounter or the
uid (gid) parameter specified on the mount.
netbiosname
When mounting to servers via port 139, specifies the RFC1001
source name to use to represent the client netbios machine
name when doing the RFC1001 netbios session initialize.
direct
Do not do inode data caching on files opened on this mount.
This precludes mmapping files on this mount. In some cases
with fast networks and little or no caching benefits on the
client (e.g. when the application is doing large sequential
reads bigger than page size without rereading the same data)
this can provide better performance than the default
behavior which caches reads (readahead) and writes
(writebehind) through the local Linux client pagecache
if oplock (caching token) is granted and held. Note that
direct allows write operations larger than page size
to be sent to the server.
strictcache
Use for switching on strict cache mode. In this mode the
client read from the cache all the time it has Oplock Level II,
otherwise - read from the server. All written data are stored
in the cache, but if the client doesn't have Exclusive Oplock,
it writes the data to the server.
rwpidforward
Forward pid of a process who opened a file to any read or write
operation on that file. This prevent applications like WINE
from failing on read and write if we use mandatory brlock style.
acl
Allow setfacl and getfacl to manage posix ACLs if server
supports them. (default)
noacl
Do not allow setfacl and getfacl calls on this mount
user_xattr
Allow getting and setting user xattrs (those attributes whose
name begins with ``user.`` or ``os2.``) as OS/2 EAs (extended
attributes) to the server. This allows support of the
setfattr and getfattr utilities. (default)
nouser_xattr
Do not allow getfattr/setfattr to get/set/list xattrs
mapchars
Translate six of the seven reserved characters (not backslash)::
*?<>|:
to the remap range (above 0xF000), which also
allows the CIFS client to recognize files created with
such characters by Windows's POSIX emulation. This can
also be useful when mounting to most versions of Samba
(which also forbids creating and opening files
whose names contain any of these seven characters).
This has no effect if the server does not support
Unicode on the wire.
nomapchars
Do not translate any of these seven characters (default).
nocase
Request case insensitive path name matching (case
sensitive is the default if the server supports it).
(mount option ``ignorecase`` is identical to ``nocase``)
posixpaths
If CIFS Unix extensions are supported, attempt to
negotiate posix path name support which allows certain
characters forbidden in typical CIFS filenames, without
requiring remapping. (default)
noposixpaths
If CIFS Unix extensions are supported, do not request
posix path name support (this may cause servers to
reject creatingfile with certain reserved characters).
nounix
Disable the CIFS Unix Extensions for this mount (tree
connection). This is rarely needed, but it may be useful
in order to turn off multiple settings all at once (ie
posix acls, posix locks, posix paths, symlink support
and retrieving uids/gids/mode from the server) or to
work around a bug in server which implement the Unix
Extensions.
nobrl
Do not send byte range lock requests to the server.
This is necessary for certain applications that break
with cifs style mandatory byte range locks (and most
cifs servers do not yet support requesting advisory
byte range locks).
forcemandatorylock
Even if the server supports posix (advisory) byte range
locking, send only mandatory lock requests. For some
(presumably rare) applications, originally coded for
DOS/Windows, which require Windows style mandatory byte range
locking, they may be able to take advantage of this option,
forcing the cifs client to only send mandatory locks
even if the cifs server would support posix advisory locks.
``forcemand`` is accepted as a shorter form of this mount
option.
nostrictsync
If this mount option is set, when an application does an
fsync call then the cifs client does not send an SMB Flush
to the server (to force the server to write all dirty data
for this file immediately to disk), although cifs still sends
all dirty (cached) file data to the server and waits for the
server to respond to the write. Since SMB Flush can be
very slow, and some servers may be reliable enough (to risk
delaying slightly flushing the data to disk on the server),
turning on this option may be useful to improve performance for
applications that fsync too much, at a small risk of server
crash. If this mount option is not set, by default cifs will
send an SMB flush request (and wait for a response) on every
fsync call.
nodfs
Disable DFS (global name space support) even if the
server claims to support it. This can help work around
a problem with parsing of DFS paths with Samba server
versions 3.0.24 and 3.0.25.
remount
remount the share (often used to change from ro to rw mounts
or vice versa)
cifsacl
Report mode bits (e.g. on stat) based on the Windows ACL for
the file. (EXPERIMENTAL)
servern
Specify the server 's netbios name (RFC1001 name) to use
when attempting to setup a session to the server.
This is needed for mounting to some older servers (such
as OS/2 or Windows 98 and Windows ME) since they do not
support a default server name. A server name can be up
to 15 characters long and is usually uppercased.
sfu
When the CIFS Unix Extensions are not negotiated, attempt to
create device files and fifos in a format compatible with
Services for Unix (SFU). In addition retrieve bits 10-12
of the mode via the SETFILEBITS extended attribute (as
SFU does). In the future the bottom 9 bits of the
mode also will be emulated using queries of the security
descriptor (ACL).
mfsymlinks
Enable support for Minshall+French symlinks
(see http://wiki.samba.org/index.php/UNIX_Extensions#Minshall.2BFrench_symlinks)
This option is ignored when specified together with the
'sfu' option. Minshall+French symlinks are used even if
the server supports the CIFS Unix Extensions.
sign
Must use packet signing (helps avoid unwanted data modification
by intermediate systems in the route). Note that signing
does not work with lanman or plaintext authentication.
seal
Must seal (encrypt) all data on this mounted share before
sending on the network. Requires support for Unix Extensions.
Note that this differs from the sign mount option in that it
causes encryption of data sent over this mounted share but other
shares mounted to the same server are unaffected.
locallease
This option is rarely needed. Fcntl F_SETLEASE is
used by some applications such as Samba and NFSv4 server to
check to see whether a file is cacheable. CIFS has no way
to explicitly request a lease, but can check whether a file
is cacheable (oplocked). Unfortunately, even if a file
is not oplocked, it could still be cacheable (ie cifs client
could grant fcntl leases if no other local processes are using
the file) for cases for example such as when the server does not
support oplocks and the user is sure that the only updates to
the file will be from this client. Specifying this mount option
will allow the cifs client to check for leases (only) locally
for files which are not oplocked instead of denying leases
in that case. (EXPERIMENTAL)
sec
Security mode. Allowed values are:
none
attempt to connection as a null user (no name)
krb5
Use Kerberos version 5 authentication
krb5i
Use Kerberos authentication and packet signing
ntlm
Use NTLM password hashing (default)
ntlmi
Use NTLM password hashing with signing (if
/proc/fs/cifs/PacketSigningEnabled on or if
server requires signing also can be the default)
ntlmv2
Use NTLMv2 password hashing
ntlmv2i
Use NTLMv2 password hashing with packet signing
lanman
(if configured in kernel config) use older
lanman hash
hard
Retry file operations if server is not responding
soft
Limit retries to unresponsive servers (usually only
one retry) before returning an error. (default)
The mount.cifs mount helper also accepts a few mount options before -o
including:
=============== ===============================================================
-S take password from stdin (equivalent to setting the environment
variable ``PASSWD_FD=0``
-V print mount.cifs version
-? display simple usage information
=============== ===============================================================
With most 2.6 kernel versions of modutils, the version of the cifs kernel
module can be displayed via modinfo.
Misc /proc/fs/cifs Flags and Debug Info
=======================================
Informational pseudo-files:
======================= =======================================================
DebugData Displays information about active CIFS sessions and
shares, features enabled as well as the cifs.ko
version.
Stats Lists summary resource usage information as well as per
share statistics.
======================= =======================================================
Configuration pseudo-files:
======================= =======================================================
SecurityFlags Flags which control security negotiation and
also packet signing. Authentication (may/must)
flags (e.g. for NTLM and/or NTLMv2) may be combined with
the signing flags. Specifying two different password
hashing mechanisms (as "must use") on the other hand
does not make much sense. Default flags are::
0x07007
(NTLM, NTLMv2 and packet signing allowed). The maximum
allowable flags if you want to allow mounts to servers
using weaker password hashes is 0x37037 (lanman,
plaintext, ntlm, ntlmv2, signing allowed). Some
SecurityFlags require the corresponding menuconfig
options to be enabled (lanman and plaintext require
CONFIG_CIFS_WEAK_PW_HASH for example). Enabling
plaintext authentication currently requires also
enabling lanman authentication in the security flags
because the cifs module only supports sending
laintext passwords using the older lanman dialect
form of the session setup SMB. (e.g. for authentication
using plain text passwords, set the SecurityFlags
to 0x30030)::
may use packet signing 0x00001
must use packet signing 0x01001
may use NTLM (most common password hash) 0x00002
must use NTLM 0x02002
may use NTLMv2 0x00004
must use NTLMv2 0x04004
may use Kerberos security 0x00008
must use Kerberos 0x08008
may use lanman (weak) password hash 0x00010
must use lanman password hash 0x10010
may use plaintext passwords 0x00020
must use plaintext passwords 0x20020
(reserved for future packet encryption) 0x00040
cifsFYI If set to non-zero value, additional debug information
will be logged to the system error log. This field
contains three flags controlling different classes of
debugging entries. The maximum value it can be set
to is 7 which enables all debugging points (default 0).
Some debugging statements are not compiled into the
cifs kernel unless CONFIG_CIFS_DEBUG2 is enabled in the
kernel configuration. cifsFYI may be set to one or
nore of the following flags (7 sets them all)::
+-----------------------------------------------+------+
| log cifs informational messages | 0x01 |
+-----------------------------------------------+------+
| log return codes from cifs entry points | 0x02 |
+-----------------------------------------------+------+
| log slow responses | 0x04 |
| (ie which take longer than 1 second) | |
| | |
| CONFIG_CIFS_STATS2 must be enabled in .config | |
+-----------------------------------------------+------+
traceSMB If set to one, debug information is logged to the
system error log with the start of smb requests
and responses (default 0)
LookupCacheEnable If set to one, inode information is kept cached
for one second improving performance of lookups
(default 1)
LinuxExtensionsEnabled If set to one then the client will attempt to
use the CIFS "UNIX" extensions which are optional
protocol enhancements that allow CIFS servers
to return accurate UID/GID information as well
as support symbolic links. If you use servers
such as Samba that support the CIFS Unix
extensions but do not want to use symbolic link
support and want to map the uid and gid fields
to values supplied at mount (rather than the
actual values, then set this to zero. (default 1)
======================= =======================================================
These experimental features and tracing can be enabled by changing flags in
/proc/fs/cifs (after the cifs module has been installed or built into the
kernel, e.g. insmod cifs). To enable a feature set it to 1 e.g. to enable
tracing to the kernel message log type::
echo 7 > /proc/fs/cifs/cifsFYI
cifsFYI functions as a bit mask. Setting it to 1 enables additional kernel
logging of various informational messages. 2 enables logging of non-zero
SMB return codes while 4 enables logging of requests that take longer
than one second to complete (except for byte range lock requests).
Setting it to 4 requires CONFIG_CIFS_STATS2 to be set in kernel configuration
(.config). Setting it to seven enables all three. Finally, tracing
the start of smb requests and responses can be enabled via::
echo 1 > /proc/fs/cifs/traceSMB
Per share (per client mount) statistics are available in /proc/fs/cifs/Stats.
Additional information is available if CONFIG_CIFS_STATS2 is enabled in the
kernel configuration (.config). The statistics returned include counters which
represent the number of attempted and failed (ie non-zero return code from the
server) SMB3 (or cifs) requests grouped by request type (read, write, close etc.).
Also recorded is the total bytes read and bytes written to the server for
that share. Note that due to client caching effects this can be less than the
number of bytes read and written by the application running on the client.
Statistics can be reset to zero by ``echo 0 > /proc/fs/cifs/Stats`` which may be
useful if comparing performance of two different scenarios.
Also note that ``cat /proc/fs/cifs/DebugData`` will display information about
the active sessions and the shares that are mounted.
Enabling Kerberos (extended security) works but requires version 1.2 or later
of the helper program cifs.upcall to be present and to be configured in the
/etc/request-key.conf file. The cifs.upcall helper program is from the Samba
project(http://www.samba.org). NTLM and NTLMv2 and LANMAN support do not
require this helper. Note that NTLMv2 security (which does not require the
cifs.upcall helper program), instead of using Kerberos, is sufficient for
some use cases.
DFS support allows transparent redirection to shares in an MS-DFS name space.
In addition, DFS support for target shares which are specified as UNC
names which begin with host names (rather than IP addresses) requires
a user space helper (such as cifs.upcall) to be present in order to
translate host names to ip address, and the user space helper must also
be configured in the file /etc/request-key.conf. Samba, Windows servers and
many NAS appliances support DFS as a way of constructing a global name
space to ease network configuration and improve reliability.
To use cifs Kerberos and DFS support, the Linux keyutils package should be
installed and something like the following lines should be added to the
/etc/request-key.conf file::
create cifs.spnego * * /usr/local/sbin/cifs.upcall %k
create dns_resolver * * /usr/local/sbin/cifs.upcall %k
CIFS kernel module parameters
=============================
These module parameters can be specified or modified either during the time of
module loading or during the runtime by using the interface::
/proc/module/cifs/parameters/<param>
i.e.::
echo "value" > /sys/module/cifs/parameters/<param>
================= ==========================================================
1. enable_oplocks Enable or disable oplocks. Oplocks are enabled by default.
[Y/y/1]. To disable use any of [N/n/0].
================= ==========================================================

View File

@@ -1,333 +0,0 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only
========
dm-clone
========
Introduction
============
dm-clone is a device mapper target which produces a one-to-one copy of an
existing, read-only source device into a writable destination device: It
presents a virtual block device which makes all data appear immediately, and
redirects reads and writes accordingly.
The main use case of dm-clone is to clone a potentially remote, high-latency,
read-only, archival-type block device into a writable, fast, primary-type device
for fast, low-latency I/O. The cloned device is visible/mountable immediately
and the copy of the source device to the destination device happens in the
background, in parallel with user I/O.
For example, one could restore an application backup from a read-only copy,
accessible through a network storage protocol (NBD, Fibre Channel, iSCSI, AoE,
etc.), into a local SSD or NVMe device, and start using the device immediately,
without waiting for the restore to complete.
When the cloning completes, the dm-clone table can be removed altogether and be
replaced, e.g., by a linear table, mapping directly to the destination device.
The dm-clone target reuses the metadata library used by the thin-provisioning
target.
Glossary
========
Hydration
The process of filling a region of the destination device with data from
the same region of the source device, i.e., copying the region from the
source to the destination device.
Once a region gets hydrated we redirect all I/O regarding it to the destination
device.
Design
======
Sub-devices
-----------
The target is constructed by passing three devices to it (along with other
parameters detailed later):
1. A source device - the read-only device that gets cloned and source of the
hydration.
2. A destination device - the destination of the hydration, which will become a
clone of the source device.
3. A small metadata device - it records which regions are already valid in the
destination device, i.e., which regions have already been hydrated, or have
been written to directly, via user I/O.
The size of the destination device must be at least equal to the size of the
source device.
Regions
-------
dm-clone divides the source and destination devices in fixed sized regions.
Regions are the unit of hydration, i.e., the minimum amount of data copied from
the source to the destination device.
The region size is configurable when you first create the dm-clone device. The
recommended region size is the same as the file system block size, which usually
is 4KB. The region size must be between 8 sectors (4KB) and 2097152 sectors
(1GB) and a power of two.
Reads and writes from/to hydrated regions are serviced from the destination
device.
A read to a not yet hydrated region is serviced directly from the source device.
A write to a not yet hydrated region will be delayed until the corresponding
region has been hydrated and the hydration of the region starts immediately.
Note that a write request with size equal to region size will skip copying of
the corresponding region from the source device and overwrite the region of the
destination device directly.
Discards
--------
dm-clone interprets a discard request to a range that hasn't been hydrated yet
as a hint to skip hydration of the regions covered by the request, i.e., it
skips copying the region's data from the source to the destination device, and
only updates its metadata.
If the destination device supports discards, then by default dm-clone will pass
down discard requests to it.
Background Hydration
--------------------
dm-clone copies continuously from the source to the destination device, until
all of the device has been copied.
Copying data from the source to the destination device uses bandwidth. The user
can set a throttle to prevent more than a certain amount of copying occurring at
any one time. Moreover, dm-clone takes into account user I/O traffic going to
the devices and pauses the background hydration when there is I/O in-flight.
A message `hydration_threshold <#regions>` can be used to set the maximum number
of regions being copied, the default being 1 region.
dm-clone employs dm-kcopyd for copying portions of the source device to the
destination device. By default, we issue copy requests of size equal to the
region size. A message `hydration_batch_size <#regions>` can be used to tune the
size of these copy requests. Increasing the hydration batch size results in
dm-clone trying to batch together contiguous regions, so we copy the data in
batches of this many regions.
When the hydration of the destination device finishes, a dm event will be sent
to user space.
Updating on-disk metadata
-------------------------
On-disk metadata is committed every time a FLUSH or FUA bio is written. If no
such requests are made then commits will occur every second. This means the
dm-clone device behaves like a physical disk that has a volatile write cache. If
power is lost you may lose some recent writes. The metadata should always be
consistent in spite of any crash.
Target Interface
================
Constructor
-----------
::
clone <metadata dev> <destination dev> <source dev> <region size>
[<#feature args> [<feature arg>]* [<#core args> [<core arg>]*]]
================ ==============================================================
metadata dev Fast device holding the persistent metadata
destination dev The destination device, where the source will be cloned
source dev Read only device containing the data that gets cloned
region size The size of a region in sectors
#feature args Number of feature arguments passed
feature args no_hydration or no_discard_passdown
#core args An even number of arguments corresponding to key/value pairs
passed to dm-clone
core args Key/value pairs passed to dm-clone, e.g. `hydration_threshold
256`
================ ==============================================================
Optional feature arguments are:
==================== =========================================================
no_hydration Create a dm-clone instance with background hydration
disabled
no_discard_passdown Disable passing down discards to the destination device
==================== =========================================================
Optional core arguments are:
================================ ==============================================
hydration_threshold <#regions> Maximum number of regions being copied from
the source to the destination device at any
one time, during background hydration.
hydration_batch_size <#regions> During background hydration, try to batch
together contiguous regions, so we copy data
from the source to the destination device in
batches of this many regions.
================================ ==============================================
Status
------
::
<metadata block size> <#used metadata blocks>/<#total metadata blocks>
<region size> <#hydrated regions>/<#total regions> <#hydrating regions>
<#feature args> <feature args>* <#core args> <core args>*
<clone metadata mode>
======================= =======================================================
metadata block size Fixed block size for each metadata block in sectors
#used metadata blocks Number of metadata blocks used
#total metadata blocks Total number of metadata blocks
region size Configurable region size for the device in sectors
#hydrated regions Number of regions that have finished hydrating
#total regions Total number of regions to hydrate
#hydrating regions Number of regions currently hydrating
#feature args Number of feature arguments to follow
feature args Feature arguments, e.g. `no_hydration`
#core args Even number of core arguments to follow
core args Key/value pairs for tuning the core, e.g.
`hydration_threshold 256`
clone metadata mode ro if read-only, rw if read-write
In serious cases where even a read-only mode is deemed
unsafe no further I/O will be permitted and the status
will just contain the string 'Fail'. If the metadata
mode changes, a dm event will be sent to user space.
======================= =======================================================
Messages
--------
`disable_hydration`
Disable the background hydration of the destination device.
`enable_hydration`
Enable the background hydration of the destination device.
`hydration_threshold <#regions>`
Set background hydration threshold.
`hydration_batch_size <#regions>`
Set background hydration batch size.
Examples
========
Clone a device containing a file system
---------------------------------------
1. Create the dm-clone device.
::
dmsetup create clone --table "0 1048576000 clone $metadata_dev $dest_dev \
$source_dev 8 1 no_hydration"
2. Mount the device and trim the file system. dm-clone interprets the discards
sent by the file system and it will not hydrate the unused space.
::
mount /dev/mapper/clone /mnt/cloned-fs
fstrim /mnt/cloned-fs
3. Enable background hydration of the destination device.
::
dmsetup message clone 0 enable_hydration
4. When the hydration finishes, we can replace the dm-clone table with a linear
table.
::
dmsetup suspend clone
dmsetup load clone --table "0 1048576000 linear $dest_dev 0"
dmsetup resume clone
The metadata device is no longer needed and can be safely discarded or reused
for other purposes.
Known issues
============
1. We redirect reads, to not-yet-hydrated regions, to the source device. If
reading the source device has high latency and the user repeatedly reads from
the same regions, this behaviour could degrade performance. We should use
these reads as hints to hydrate the relevant regions sooner. Currently, we
rely on the page cache to cache these regions, so we hopefully don't end up
reading them multiple times from the source device.
2. Release in-core resources, i.e., the bitmaps tracking which regions are
hydrated, after the hydration has finished.
3. During background hydration, if we fail to read the source or write to the
destination device, we print an error message, but the hydration process
continues indefinitely, until it succeeds. We should stop the background
hydration after a number of failures and emit a dm event for user space to
notice.
Why not...?
===========
We explored the following alternatives before implementing dm-clone:
1. Use dm-cache with cache size equal to the source device and implement a new
cloning policy:
* The resulting cache device is not a one-to-one mirror of the source device
and thus we cannot remove the cache device once cloning completes.
* dm-cache writes to the source device, which violates our requirement that
the source device must be treated as read-only.
* Caching is semantically different from cloning.
2. Use dm-snapshot with a COW device equal to the source device:
* dm-snapshot stores its metadata in the COW device, so the resulting device
is not a one-to-one mirror of the source device.
* No background copying mechanism.
* dm-snapshot needs to commit its metadata whenever a pending exception
completes, to ensure snapshot consistency. In the case of cloning, we don't
need to be so strict and can rely on committing metadata every time a FLUSH
or FUA bio is written, or periodically, like dm-thin and dm-cache do. This
improves the performance significantly.
3. Use dm-mirror: The mirror target has a background copying/mirroring
mechanism, but it writes to all mirrors, thus violating our requirement that
the source device must be treated as read-only.
4. Use dm-thin's external snapshot functionality. This approach is the most
promising among all alternatives, as the thinly-provisioned volume is a
one-to-one mirror of the source device and handles reads and writes to
un-provisioned/not-yet-cloned areas the same way as dm-clone does.
Still:
* There is no background copying mechanism, though one could be implemented.
* Most importantly, we want to support arbitrary block devices as the
destination of the cloning process and not restrict ourselves to
thinly-provisioned volumes. Thin-provisioning has an inherent metadata
overhead, for maintaining the thin volume mappings, which significantly
degrades performance.
Moreover, cloning a device shouldn't force the use of thin-provisioning. On
the other hand, if we wish to use thin provisioning, we can just use a thin
LV as dm-clone's destination device.

View File

@@ -8,7 +8,6 @@ Device Mapper
cache-policies
cache
delay
dm-clone
dm-crypt
dm-flakey
dm-init

View File

@@ -125,13 +125,6 @@ check_at_most_once
blocks, and a hash block will not be verified any more after all the data
blocks it covers have been verified anyway.
root_hash_sig_key_desc <key_description>
This is the description of the USER_KEY that the kernel will lookup to get
the pkcs7 signature of the roothash. The pkcs7 signature is used to validate
the root hash during the creation of the device mapper block device.
Verification of roothash depends on the config DM_VERITY_VERIFY_ROOTHASH_SIG
being set in the kernel.
Theory of operation
===================

View File

@@ -1647,17 +1647,8 @@
0 = /dev/comedi0 First comedi device
1 = /dev/comedi1 Second comedi device
...
47 = /dev/comedi47 48th comedi device
Minors 48 to 255 are reserved for comedi subdevices with
pathnames of the form "/dev/comediX_subdY", where "X" is the
minor number of the associated comedi device and "Y" is the
subdevice number. These subdevice minors are assigned
dynamically, so there is no fixed mapping from subdevice
pathnames to minor numbers.
See http://www.comedi.org/ for information about the Comedi
project.
See http://stm.lbl.gov/comedi.
98 block User-mode virtual block device
0 = /dev/ubda First user-mode block device

View File

@@ -12,6 +12,3 @@ are configurable at compile, boot or run time.
spectre
l1tf
mds
tsx_async_abort
multihit.rst
special-register-buffer-data-sampling.rst

View File

@@ -265,11 +265,8 @@ time with the option "mds=". The valid arguments for this option are:
============ =============================================================
Not specifying this option is equivalent to "mds=full". For processors
that are affected by both TAA (TSX Asynchronous Abort) and MDS,
specifying just "mds=off" without an accompanying "tsx_async_abort=off"
will have no effect as the same mitigation is used for both
vulnerabilities.
Not specifying this option is equivalent to "mds=full".
Mitigation selection guide
--------------------------

View File

@@ -1,163 +0,0 @@
iTLB multihit
=============
iTLB multihit is an erratum where some processors may incur a machine check
error, possibly resulting in an unrecoverable CPU lockup, when an
instruction fetch hits multiple entries in the instruction TLB. This can
occur when the page size is changed along with either the physical address
or cache type. A malicious guest running on a virtualized system can
exploit this erratum to perform a denial of service attack.
Affected processors
-------------------
Variations of this erratum are present on most Intel Core and Xeon processor
models. The erratum is not present on:
- non-Intel processors
- Some Atoms (Airmont, Bonnell, Goldmont, GoldmontPlus, Saltwell, Silvermont)
- Intel processors that have the PSCHANGE_MC_NO bit set in the
IA32_ARCH_CAPABILITIES MSR.
Related CVEs
------------
The following CVE entry is related to this issue:
============== =================================================
CVE-2018-12207 Machine Check Error Avoidance on Page Size Change
============== =================================================
Problem
-------
Privileged software, including OS and virtual machine managers (VMM), are in
charge of memory management. A key component in memory management is the control
of the page tables. Modern processors use virtual memory, a technique that creates
the illusion of a very large memory for processors. This virtual space is split
into pages of a given size. Page tables translate virtual addresses to physical
addresses.
To reduce latency when performing a virtual to physical address translation,
processors include a structure, called TLB, that caches recent translations.
There are separate TLBs for instruction (iTLB) and data (dTLB).
Under this errata, instructions are fetched from a linear address translated
using a 4 KB translation cached in the iTLB. Privileged software modifies the
paging structure so that the same linear address using large page size (2 MB, 4
MB, 1 GB) with a different physical address or memory type. After the page
structure modification but before the software invalidates any iTLB entries for
the linear address, a code fetch that happens on the same linear address may
cause a machine-check error which can result in a system hang or shutdown.
Attack scenarios
----------------
Attacks against the iTLB multihit erratum can be mounted from malicious
guests in a virtualized system.
iTLB multihit system information
--------------------------------
The Linux kernel provides a sysfs interface to enumerate the current iTLB
multihit status of the system:whether the system is vulnerable and which
mitigations are active. The relevant sysfs file is:
/sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/itlb_multihit
The possible values in this file are:
.. list-table::
* - Not affected
- The processor is not vulnerable.
* - KVM: Mitigation: Split huge pages
- Software changes mitigate this issue.
* - KVM: Vulnerable
- The processor is vulnerable, but no mitigation enabled
Enumeration of the erratum
--------------------------------
A new bit has been allocated in the IA32_ARCH_CAPABILITIES (PSCHANGE_MC_NO) msr
and will be set on CPU's which are mitigated against this issue.
======================================= =========== ===============================
IA32_ARCH_CAPABILITIES MSR Not present Possibly vulnerable,check model
IA32_ARCH_CAPABILITIES[PSCHANGE_MC_NO] '0' Likely vulnerable,check model
IA32_ARCH_CAPABILITIES[PSCHANGE_MC_NO] '1' Not vulnerable
======================================= =========== ===============================
Mitigation mechanism
-------------------------
This erratum can be mitigated by restricting the use of large page sizes to
non-executable pages. This forces all iTLB entries to be 4K, and removes
the possibility of multiple hits.
In order to mitigate the vulnerability, KVM initially marks all huge pages
as non-executable. If the guest attempts to execute in one of those pages,
the page is broken down into 4K pages, which are then marked executable.
If EPT is disabled or not available on the host, KVM is in control of TLB
flushes and the problematic situation cannot happen. However, the shadow
EPT paging mechanism used by nested virtualization is vulnerable, because
the nested guest can trigger multiple iTLB hits by modifying its own
(non-nested) page tables. For simplicity, KVM will make large pages
non-executable in all shadow paging modes.
Mitigation control on the kernel command line and KVM - module parameter
------------------------------------------------------------------------
The KVM hypervisor mitigation mechanism for marking huge pages as
non-executable can be controlled with a module parameter "nx_huge_pages=".
The kernel command line allows to control the iTLB multihit mitigations at
boot time with the option "kvm.nx_huge_pages=".
The valid arguments for these options are:
========== ================================================================
force Mitigation is enabled. In this case, the mitigation implements
non-executable huge pages in Linux kernel KVM module. All huge
pages in the EPT are marked as non-executable.
If a guest attempts to execute in one of those pages, the page is
broken down into 4K pages, which are then marked executable.
off Mitigation is disabled.
auto Enable mitigation only if the platform is affected and the kernel
was not booted with the "mitigations=off" command line parameter.
This is the default option.
========== ================================================================
Mitigation selection guide
--------------------------
1. No virtualization in use
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
The system is protected by the kernel unconditionally and no further
action is required.
2. Virtualization with trusted guests
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
If the guest comes from a trusted source, you may assume that the guest will
not attempt to maliciously exploit these errata and no further action is
required.
3. Virtualization with untrusted guests
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
If the guest comes from an untrusted source, the guest host kernel will need
to apply iTLB multihit mitigation via the kernel command line or kvm
module parameter.

View File

@@ -1,149 +0,0 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
SRBDS - Special Register Buffer Data Sampling
=============================================
SRBDS is a hardware vulnerability that allows MDS :doc:`mds` techniques to
infer values returned from special register accesses. Special register
accesses are accesses to off core registers. According to Intel's evaluation,
the special register reads that have a security expectation of privacy are
RDRAND, RDSEED and SGX EGETKEY.
When RDRAND, RDSEED and EGETKEY instructions are used, the data is moved
to the core through the special register mechanism that is susceptible
to MDS attacks.
Affected processors
--------------------
Core models (desktop, mobile, Xeon-E3) that implement RDRAND and/or RDSEED may
be affected.
A processor is affected by SRBDS if its Family_Model and stepping is
in the following list, with the exception of the listed processors
exporting MDS_NO while Intel TSX is available yet not enabled. The
latter class of processors are only affected when Intel TSX is enabled
by software using TSX_CTRL_MSR otherwise they are not affected.
============= ============ ========
common name Family_Model Stepping
============= ============ ========
IvyBridge 06_3AH All
Haswell 06_3CH All
Haswell_L 06_45H All
Haswell_G 06_46H All
Broadwell_G 06_47H All
Broadwell 06_3DH All
Skylake_L 06_4EH All
Skylake 06_5EH All
Kabylake_L 06_8EH <= 0xC
Kabylake 06_9EH <= 0xD
============= ============ ========
Related CVEs
------------
The following CVE entry is related to this SRBDS issue:
============== ===== =====================================
CVE-2020-0543 SRBDS Special Register Buffer Data Sampling
============== ===== =====================================
Attack scenarios
----------------
An unprivileged user can extract values returned from RDRAND and RDSEED
executed on another core or sibling thread using MDS techniques.
Mitigation mechanism
-------------------
Intel will release microcode updates that modify the RDRAND, RDSEED, and
EGETKEY instructions to overwrite secret special register data in the shared
staging buffer before the secret data can be accessed by another logical
processor.
During execution of the RDRAND, RDSEED, or EGETKEY instructions, off-core
accesses from other logical processors will be delayed until the special
register read is complete and the secret data in the shared staging buffer is
overwritten.
This has three effects on performance:
#. RDRAND, RDSEED, or EGETKEY instructions have higher latency.
#. Executing RDRAND at the same time on multiple logical processors will be
serialized, resulting in an overall reduction in the maximum RDRAND
bandwidth.
#. Executing RDRAND, RDSEED or EGETKEY will delay memory accesses from other
logical processors that miss their core caches, with an impact similar to
legacy locked cache-line-split accesses.
The microcode updates provide an opt-out mechanism (RNGDS_MITG_DIS) to disable
the mitigation for RDRAND and RDSEED instructions executed outside of Intel
Software Guard Extensions (Intel SGX) enclaves. On logical processors that
disable the mitigation using this opt-out mechanism, RDRAND and RDSEED do not
take longer to execute and do not impact performance of sibling logical
processors memory accesses. The opt-out mechanism does not affect Intel SGX
enclaves (including execution of RDRAND or RDSEED inside an enclave, as well
as EGETKEY execution).
IA32_MCU_OPT_CTRL MSR Definition
--------------------------------
Along with the mitigation for this issue, Intel added a new thread-scope
IA32_MCU_OPT_CTRL MSR, (address 0x123). The presence of this MSR and
RNGDS_MITG_DIS (bit 0) is enumerated by CPUID.(EAX=07H,ECX=0).EDX[SRBDS_CTRL =
9]==1. This MSR is introduced through the microcode update.
Setting IA32_MCU_OPT_CTRL[0] (RNGDS_MITG_DIS) to 1 for a logical processor
disables the mitigation for RDRAND and RDSEED executed outside of an Intel SGX
enclave on that logical processor. Opting out of the mitigation for a
particular logical processor does not affect the RDRAND and RDSEED mitigations
for other logical processors.
Note that inside of an Intel SGX enclave, the mitigation is applied regardless
of the value of RNGDS_MITG_DS.
Mitigation control on the kernel command line
---------------------------------------------
The kernel command line allows control over the SRBDS mitigation at boot time
with the option "srbds=". The option for this is:
============= =============================================================
off This option disables SRBDS mitigation for RDRAND and RDSEED on
affected platforms.
============= =============================================================
SRBDS System Information
-----------------------
The Linux kernel provides vulnerability status information through sysfs. For
SRBDS this can be accessed by the following sysfs file:
/sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/srbds
The possible values contained in this file are:
============================== =============================================
Not affected Processor not vulnerable
Vulnerable Processor vulnerable and mitigation disabled
Vulnerable: No microcode Processor vulnerable and microcode is missing
mitigation
Mitigation: Microcode Processor is vulnerable and mitigation is in
effect.
Mitigation: TSX disabled Processor is only vulnerable when TSX is
enabled while this system was booted with TSX
disabled.
Unknown: Dependent on
hypervisor status Running on virtual guest processor that is
affected but with no way to know if host
processor is mitigated or vulnerable.
============================== =============================================
SRBDS Default mitigation
------------------------
This new microcode serializes processor access during execution of RDRAND,
RDSEED ensures that the shared buffer is overwritten before it is released for
reuse. Use the "srbds=off" kernel command line to disable the mitigation for
RDRAND and RDSEED.

View File

@@ -1,279 +0,0 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
TAA - TSX Asynchronous Abort
======================================
TAA is a hardware vulnerability that allows unprivileged speculative access to
data which is available in various CPU internal buffers by using asynchronous
aborts within an Intel TSX transactional region.
Affected processors
-------------------
This vulnerability only affects Intel processors that support Intel
Transactional Synchronization Extensions (TSX) when the TAA_NO bit (bit 8)
is 0 in the IA32_ARCH_CAPABILITIES MSR. On processors where the MDS_NO bit
(bit 5) is 0 in the IA32_ARCH_CAPABILITIES MSR, the existing MDS mitigations
also mitigate against TAA.
Whether a processor is affected or not can be read out from the TAA
vulnerability file in sysfs. See :ref:`tsx_async_abort_sys_info`.
Related CVEs
------------
The following CVE entry is related to this TAA issue:
============== ===== ===================================================
CVE-2019-11135 TAA TSX Asynchronous Abort (TAA) condition on some
microprocessors utilizing speculative execution may
allow an authenticated user to potentially enable
information disclosure via a side channel with
local access.
============== ===== ===================================================
Problem
-------
When performing store, load or L1 refill operations, processors write
data into temporary microarchitectural structures (buffers). The data in
those buffers can be forwarded to load operations as an optimization.
Intel TSX is an extension to the x86 instruction set architecture that adds
hardware transactional memory support to improve performance of multi-threaded
software. TSX lets the processor expose and exploit concurrency hidden in an
application due to dynamically avoiding unnecessary synchronization.
TSX supports atomic memory transactions that are either committed (success) or
aborted. During an abort, operations that happened within the transactional region
are rolled back. An asynchronous abort takes place, among other options, when a
different thread accesses a cache line that is also used within the transactional
region when that access might lead to a data race.
Immediately after an uncompleted asynchronous abort, certain speculatively
executed loads may read data from those internal buffers and pass it to dependent
operations. This can be then used to infer the value via a cache side channel
attack.
Because the buffers are potentially shared between Hyper-Threads cross
Hyper-Thread attacks are possible.
The victim of a malicious actor does not need to make use of TSX. Only the
attacker needs to begin a TSX transaction and raise an asynchronous abort
which in turn potenitally leaks data stored in the buffers.
More detailed technical information is available in the TAA specific x86
architecture section: :ref:`Documentation/x86/tsx_async_abort.rst <tsx_async_abort>`.
Attack scenarios
----------------
Attacks against the TAA vulnerability can be implemented from unprivileged
applications running on hosts or guests.
As for MDS, the attacker has no control over the memory addresses that can
be leaked. Only the victim is responsible for bringing data to the CPU. As
a result, the malicious actor has to sample as much data as possible and
then postprocess it to try to infer any useful information from it.
A potential attacker only has read access to the data. Also, there is no direct
privilege escalation by using this technique.
.. _tsx_async_abort_sys_info:
TAA system information
-----------------------
The Linux kernel provides a sysfs interface to enumerate the current TAA status
of mitigated systems. The relevant sysfs file is:
/sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/tsx_async_abort
The possible values in this file are:
.. list-table::
* - 'Vulnerable'
- The CPU is affected by this vulnerability and the microcode and kernel mitigation are not applied.
* - 'Vulnerable: Clear CPU buffers attempted, no microcode'
- The system tries to clear the buffers but the microcode might not support the operation.
* - 'Mitigation: Clear CPU buffers'
- The microcode has been updated to clear the buffers. TSX is still enabled.
* - 'Mitigation: TSX disabled'
- TSX is disabled.
* - 'Not affected'
- The CPU is not affected by this issue.
.. _ucode_needed:
Best effort mitigation mode
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
If the processor is vulnerable, but the availability of the microcode-based
mitigation mechanism is not advertised via CPUID the kernel selects a best
effort mitigation mode. This mode invokes the mitigation instructions
without a guarantee that they clear the CPU buffers.
This is done to address virtualization scenarios where the host has the
microcode update applied, but the hypervisor is not yet updated to expose the
CPUID to the guest. If the host has updated microcode the protection takes
effect; otherwise a few CPU cycles are wasted pointlessly.
The state in the tsx_async_abort sysfs file reflects this situation
accordingly.
Mitigation mechanism
--------------------
The kernel detects the affected CPUs and the presence of the microcode which is
required. If a CPU is affected and the microcode is available, then the kernel
enables the mitigation by default.
The mitigation can be controlled at boot time via a kernel command line option.
See :ref:`taa_mitigation_control_command_line`.
.. _virt_mechanism:
Virtualization mitigation
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Affected systems where the host has TAA microcode and TAA is mitigated by
having disabled TSX previously, are not vulnerable regardless of the status
of the VMs.
In all other cases, if the host either does not have the TAA microcode or
the kernel is not mitigated, the system might be vulnerable.
.. _taa_mitigation_control_command_line:
Mitigation control on the kernel command line
---------------------------------------------
The kernel command line allows to control the TAA mitigations at boot time with
the option "tsx_async_abort=". The valid arguments for this option are:
============ =============================================================
off This option disables the TAA mitigation on affected platforms.
If the system has TSX enabled (see next parameter) and the CPU
is affected, the system is vulnerable.
full TAA mitigation is enabled. If TSX is enabled, on an affected
system it will clear CPU buffers on ring transitions. On
systems which are MDS-affected and deploy MDS mitigation,
TAA is also mitigated. Specifying this option on those
systems will have no effect.
full,nosmt The same as tsx_async_abort=full, with SMT disabled on
vulnerable CPUs that have TSX enabled. This is the complete
mitigation. When TSX is disabled, SMT is not disabled because
CPU is not vulnerable to cross-thread TAA attacks.
============ =============================================================
Not specifying this option is equivalent to "tsx_async_abort=full". For
processors that are affected by both TAA and MDS, specifying just
"tsx_async_abort=off" without an accompanying "mds=off" will have no
effect as the same mitigation is used for both vulnerabilities.
The kernel command line also allows to control the TSX feature using the
parameter "tsx=" on CPUs which support TSX control. MSR_IA32_TSX_CTRL is used
to control the TSX feature and the enumeration of the TSX feature bits (RTM
and HLE) in CPUID.
The valid options are:
============ =============================================================
off Disables TSX on the system.
Note that this option takes effect only on newer CPUs which are
not vulnerable to MDS, i.e., have MSR_IA32_ARCH_CAPABILITIES.MDS_NO=1
and which get the new IA32_TSX_CTRL MSR through a microcode
update. This new MSR allows for the reliable deactivation of
the TSX functionality.
on Enables TSX.
Although there are mitigations for all known security
vulnerabilities, TSX has been known to be an accelerator for
several previous speculation-related CVEs, and so there may be
unknown security risks associated with leaving it enabled.
auto Disables TSX if X86_BUG_TAA is present, otherwise enables TSX
on the system.
============ =============================================================
Not specifying this option is equivalent to "tsx=off".
The following combinations of the "tsx_async_abort" and "tsx" are possible. For
affected platforms tsx=auto is equivalent to tsx=off and the result will be:
========= ========================== =========================================
tsx=on tsx_async_abort=full The system will use VERW to clear CPU
buffers. Cross-thread attacks are still
possible on SMT machines.
tsx=on tsx_async_abort=full,nosmt As above, cross-thread attacks on SMT
mitigated.
tsx=on tsx_async_abort=off The system is vulnerable.
tsx=off tsx_async_abort=full TSX might be disabled if microcode
provides a TSX control MSR. If so,
system is not vulnerable.
tsx=off tsx_async_abort=full,nosmt Ditto
tsx=off tsx_async_abort=off ditto
========= ========================== =========================================
For unaffected platforms "tsx=on" and "tsx_async_abort=full" does not clear CPU
buffers. For platforms without TSX control (MSR_IA32_ARCH_CAPABILITIES.MDS_NO=0)
"tsx" command line argument has no effect.
For the affected platforms below table indicates the mitigation status for the
combinations of CPUID bit MD_CLEAR and IA32_ARCH_CAPABILITIES MSR bits MDS_NO
and TSX_CTRL_MSR.
======= ========= ============= ========================================
MDS_NO MD_CLEAR TSX_CTRL_MSR Status
======= ========= ============= ========================================
0 0 0 Vulnerable (needs microcode)
0 1 0 MDS and TAA mitigated via VERW
1 1 0 MDS fixed, TAA vulnerable if TSX enabled
because MD_CLEAR has no meaning and
VERW is not guaranteed to clear buffers
1 X 1 MDS fixed, TAA can be mitigated by
VERW or TSX_CTRL_MSR
======= ========= ============= ========================================
Mitigation selection guide
--------------------------
1. Trusted userspace and guests
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
If all user space applications are from a trusted source and do not execute
untrusted code which is supplied externally, then the mitigation can be
disabled. The same applies to virtualized environments with trusted guests.
2. Untrusted userspace and guests
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
If there are untrusted applications or guests on the system, enabling TSX
might allow a malicious actor to leak data from the host or from other
processes running on the same physical core.
If the microcode is available and the TSX is disabled on the host, attacks
are prevented in a virtualized environment as well, even if the VMs do not
explicitly enable the mitigation.
.. _taa_default_mitigations:
Default mitigations
-------------------
The kernel's default action for vulnerable processors is:
- Deploy TSX disable mitigation (tsx_async_abort=full tsx=off).

View File

@@ -77,10 +77,7 @@ configure specific aspects of kernel behavior to your liking.
blockdev/index
ext4
binderfs
cifs/index
xfs
jfs
ufs
pm/index
thunderbolt
LSM/index
@@ -101,7 +98,6 @@ configure specific aspects of kernel behavior to your liking.
iostats
kernel-per-CPU-kthreads
laptops/index
auxdisplay/index
lcd-panel-cgram
ldm
lockup-watchdogs
@@ -109,7 +105,6 @@ configure specific aspects of kernel behavior to your liking.
pnp
rtc
svga
wimax/index
video-output
.. only:: subproject and html

View File

@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ Field 10 -- # of milliseconds spent doing I/Os
Since 5.0 this field counts jiffies when at least one request was
started or completed. If request runs more than 2 jiffies then some
I/O time might be not accounted in case of concurrent requests.
I/O time will not be accounted unless there are other requests.
Field 11 -- weighted # of milliseconds spent doing I/Os
This field is incremented at each I/O start, I/O completion, I/O
@@ -133,9 +133,6 @@ are summed (possibly overflowing the unsigned long variable they are
summed to) and the result given to the user. There is no convenient
user interface for accessing the per-CPU counters themselves.
Since 4.19 request times are measured with nanoseconds precision and
truncated to milliseconds before showing in this interface.
Disks vs Partitions
-------------------

View File

@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
===========================================
IBM's Journaled File System (JFS) for Linux
===========================================
JFS Homepage: http://jfs.sourceforge.net/
The following mount options are supported:
(*) == default
iocharset=name
Character set to use for converting from Unicode to
ASCII. The default is to do no conversion. Use
iocharset=utf8 for UTF-8 translations. This requires
CONFIG_NLS_UTF8 to be set in the kernel .config file.
iocharset=none specifies the default behavior explicitly.
resize=value
Resize the volume to <value> blocks. JFS only supports
growing a volume, not shrinking it. This option is only
valid during a remount, when the volume is mounted
read-write. The resize keyword with no value will grow
the volume to the full size of the partition.
nointegrity
Do not write to the journal. The primary use of this option
is to allow for higher performance when restoring a volume
from backup media. The integrity of the volume is not
guaranteed if the system abnormally abends.
integrity(*)
Commit metadata changes to the journal. Use this option to
remount a volume where the nointegrity option was
previously specified in order to restore normal behavior.
errors=continue
Keep going on a filesystem error.
errors=remount-ro(*)
Remount the filesystem read-only on an error.
errors=panic
Panic and halt the machine if an error occurs.
uid=value
Override on-disk uid with specified value
gid=value
Override on-disk gid with specified value
umask=value
Override on-disk umask with specified octal value. For
directories, the execute bit will be set if the corresponding
read bit is set.
discard=minlen, discard/nodiscard(*)
This enables/disables the use of discard/TRIM commands.
The discard/TRIM commands are sent to the underlying
block device when blocks are freed. This is useful for SSD
devices and sparse/thinly-provisioned LUNs. The FITRIM ioctl
command is also available together with the nodiscard option.
The value of minlen specifies the minimum blockcount, when
a TRIM command to the block device is considered useful.
When no value is given to the discard option, it defaults to
64 blocks, which means 256KiB in JFS.
The minlen value of discard overrides the minlen value given
on an FITRIM ioctl().
The JFS mailing list can be subscribed to by using the link labeled
"Mail list Subscribe" at our web page http://jfs.sourceforge.net/

View File

@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
the GPE dispatcher.
This facility can be used to prevent such uncontrolled
GPE floodings.
Format: <byte>
Format: <int>
acpi_no_auto_serialize [HW,ACPI]
Disable auto-serialization of AML methods
@@ -136,10 +136,6 @@
dynamic table installation which will install SSDT
tables to /sys/firmware/acpi/tables/dynamic.
acpi_no_watchdog [HW,ACPI,WDT]
Ignore the ACPI-based watchdog interface (WDAT) and let
a native driver control the watchdog device instead.
acpi_rsdp= [ACPI,EFI,KEXEC]
Pass the RSDP address to the kernel, mostly used
on machines running EFI runtime service to boot the
@@ -567,7 +563,7 @@
loops can be debugged more effectively on production
systems.
clearcpuid=BITNUM[,BITNUM...] [X86]
clearcpuid=BITNUM [X86]
Disable CPUID feature X for the kernel. See
arch/x86/include/asm/cpufeatures.h for the valid bit
numbers. Note the Linux specific bits are not necessarily
@@ -813,8 +809,6 @@
enables the feature at boot time. By default, it is
disabled and the system will work mostly the same as a
kernel built without CONFIG_DEBUG_PAGEALLOC.
Note: to get most of debug_pagealloc error reports, it's
useful to also enable the page_owner functionality.
on: enable the feature
debugpat [X86] Enable PAT debugging
@@ -866,10 +860,6 @@
disable_radix [PPC]
Disable RADIX MMU mode on POWER9
disable_tlbie [PPC]
Disable TLBIE instruction. Currently does not work
with KVM, with HASH MMU, or with coherent accelerators.
disable_cpu_apicid= [X86,APIC,SMP]
Format: <int>
The number of initial APIC ID for the
@@ -1054,10 +1044,6 @@
specified address. The serial port must already be
setup and configured. Options are not yet supported.
sbi
Use RISC-V SBI (Supervisor Binary Interface) for early
console.
smh Use ARM semihosting calls for early console.
s3c2410,<addr>
@@ -1104,12 +1090,6 @@
the framebuffer, pass the 'ram' option so that it is
mapped with the correct attributes.
linflex,<addr>
Use early console provided by Freescale LinFlex UART
serial driver for NXP S32V234 SoCs. A valid base
address must be provided, and the serial port must
already be setup and configured.
earlyprintk= [X86,SH,ARM,M68k,S390]
earlyprintk=vga
earlyprintk=sclp
@@ -1217,6 +1197,12 @@
See comment before function elanfreq_setup() in
arch/x86/kernel/cpu/cpufreq/elanfreq.c.
elevator= [IOSCHED]
Format: { "mq-deadline" | "kyber" | "bfq" }
See Documentation/block/deadline-iosched.rst,
Documentation/block/kyber-iosched.rst and
Documentation/block/bfq-iosched.rst for details.
elfcorehdr=[size[KMG]@]offset[KMG] [IA64,PPC,SH,X86,S390]
Specifies physical address of start of kernel core
image elf header and optionally the size. Generally
@@ -1746,11 +1732,6 @@
Note that using this option lowers the security
provided by tboot because it makes the system
vulnerable to DMA attacks.
nobounce [Default off]
Disable bounce buffer for unstrusted devices such as
the Thunderbolt devices. This will treat the untrusted
devices as the trusted ones, hence might expose security
risks of DMA attacks.
intel_idle.max_cstate= [KNL,HW,ACPI,X86]
0 disables intel_idle and fall back on acpi_idle.
@@ -1830,7 +1811,7 @@
synchronously.
iommu.passthrough=
[ARM64, X86] Configure DMA to bypass the IOMMU by default.
[ARM64] Configure DMA to bypass the IOMMU by default.
Format: { "0" | "1" }
0 - Use IOMMU translation for DMA.
1 - Bypass the IOMMU for DMA.
@@ -2059,25 +2040,6 @@
KVM MMU at runtime.
Default is 0 (off)
kvm.nx_huge_pages=
[KVM] Controls the software workaround for the
X86_BUG_ITLB_MULTIHIT bug.
force : Always deploy workaround.
off : Never deploy workaround.
auto : Deploy workaround based on the presence of
X86_BUG_ITLB_MULTIHIT.
Default is 'auto'.
If the software workaround is enabled for the host,
guests do need not to enable it for nested guests.
kvm.nx_huge_pages_recovery_ratio=
[KVM] Controls how many 4KiB pages are periodically zapped
back to huge pages. 0 disables the recovery, otherwise if
the value is N KVM will zap 1/Nth of the 4KiB pages every
minute. The default is 60.
kvm-amd.nested= [KVM,AMD] Allow nested virtualization in KVM/SVM.
Default is 1 (enabled)
@@ -2299,15 +2261,6 @@
lockd.nlm_udpport=M [NFS] Assign UDP port.
Format: <integer>
lockdown= [SECURITY]
{ integrity | confidentiality }
Enable the kernel lockdown feature. If set to
integrity, kernel features that allow userland to
modify the running kernel are disabled. If set to
confidentiality, kernel features that allow userland
to extract confidential information from the kernel
are also disabled.
locktorture.nreaders_stress= [KNL]
Set the number of locking read-acquisition kthreads.
Defaults to being automatically set based on the
@@ -2420,7 +2373,7 @@
machvec= [IA-64] Force the use of a particular machine-vector
(machvec) in a generic kernel.
Example: machvec=hpzx1
Example: machvec=hpzx1_swiotlb
machtype= [Loongson] Share the same kernel image file between different
yeeloong laptop.
@@ -2477,12 +2430,6 @@
SMT on vulnerable CPUs
off - Unconditionally disable MDS mitigation
On TAA-affected machines, mds=off can be prevented by
an active TAA mitigation as both vulnerabilities are
mitigated with the same mechanism so in order to disable
this mitigation, you need to specify tsx_async_abort=off
too.
Not specifying this option is equivalent to
mds=full.
@@ -2665,15 +2612,6 @@
ssbd=force-off [ARM64]
l1tf=off [X86]
mds=off [X86]
tsx_async_abort=off [X86]
kvm.nx_huge_pages=off [X86]
no_entry_flush [PPC]
no_uaccess_flush [PPC]
Exceptions:
This does not have any effect on
kvm.nx_huge_pages when
kvm.nx_huge_pages=force.
auto (default)
Mitigate all CPU vulnerabilities, but leave SMT
@@ -2689,7 +2627,6 @@
be fully mitigated, even if it means losing SMT.
Equivalent to: l1tf=flush,nosmt [X86]
mds=full,nosmt [X86]
tsx_async_abort=full,nosmt [X86]
mminit_loglevel=
[KNL] When CONFIG_DEBUG_MEMORY_INIT is set, this
@@ -2743,7 +2680,7 @@
<name>,<region-number>[,<base>,<size>,<buswidth>,<altbuswidth>]
mtdparts= [MTD]
See drivers/mtd/parsers/cmdlinepart.c
See drivers/mtd/cmdlinepart.c.
multitce=off [PPC] This parameter disables the use of the pSeries
firmware feature for updating multiple TCE entries
@@ -2991,8 +2928,6 @@
noefi Disable EFI runtime services support.
no_entry_flush [PPC] Don't flush the L1-D cache when entering the kernel.
noexec [IA-64]
noexec [X86]
@@ -3042,9 +2977,6 @@
nospec_store_bypass_disable
[HW] Disable all mitigations for the Speculative Store Bypass vulnerability
no_uaccess_flush
[PPC] Don't flush the L1-D cache after accessing user data.
noxsave [BUGS=X86] Disables x86 extended register state save
and restore using xsave. The kernel will fallback to
enabling legacy floating-point and sse state.
@@ -3520,13 +3452,12 @@
specify the device is described above.
If <order of align> is not specified,
PAGE_SIZE is used as alignment.
A PCI-PCI bridge can be specified if resource
PCI-PCI bridge can be specified, if resource
windows need to be expanded.
To specify the alignment for several
instances of a device, the PCI vendor,
device, subvendor, and subdevice may be
specified, e.g., 12@pci:8086:9c22:103c:198f
for 4096-byte alignment.
specified, e.g., 4096@pci:8086:9c22:103c:198f
ecrc= Enable/disable PCIe ECRC (transaction layer
end-to-end CRC checking).
bios: Use BIOS/firmware settings. This is the
@@ -3906,13 +3837,12 @@
RCU_BOOST is not set, valid values are 0-99 and
the default is zero (non-realtime operation).
rcutree.rcu_nocb_gp_stride= [KNL]
Set the number of NOCB callback kthreads in
each group, which defaults to the square root
of the number of CPUs. Larger numbers reduce
the wakeup overhead on the global grace-period
kthread, but increases that same overhead on
each group's NOCB grace-period kthread.
rcutree.rcu_nocb_leader_stride= [KNL]
Set the number of NOCB kthread groups, which
defaults to the square root of the number of
CPUs. Larger numbers reduces the wakeup overhead
on the per-CPU grace-period kthreads, but increases
that same overhead on each group's leader.
rcutree.qhimark= [KNL]
Set threshold of queued RCU callbacks beyond which
@@ -4117,10 +4047,6 @@
rcutorture.verbose= [KNL]
Enable additional printk() statements.
rcupdate.rcu_cpu_stall_ftrace_dump= [KNL]
Dump ftrace buffer after reporting RCU CPU
stall warning.
rcupdate.rcu_cpu_stall_suppress= [KNL]
Suppress RCU CPU stall warning messages.
@@ -4586,26 +4512,6 @@
spia_pedr=
spia_peddr=
srbds= [X86,INTEL]
Control the Special Register Buffer Data Sampling
(SRBDS) mitigation.
Certain CPUs are vulnerable to an MDS-like
exploit which can leak bits from the random
number generator.
By default, this issue is mitigated by
microcode. However, the microcode fix can cause
the RDRAND and RDSEED instructions to become
much slower. Among other effects, this will
result in reduced throughput from /dev/urandom.
The microcode mitigation can be disabled with
the following option:
off: Disable mitigation and remove
performance impact to RDRAND and RDSEED
srcutree.counter_wrap_check [KNL]
Specifies how frequently to check for
grace-period sequence counter wrap for the
@@ -4721,11 +4627,6 @@
/sys/power/pm_test). Only available when CONFIG_PM_DEBUG
is set. Default value is 5.
svm= [PPC]
Format: { on | off | y | n | 1 | 0 }
This parameter controls use of the Protected
Execution Facility on pSeries.
swapaccount=[0|1]
[KNL] Enable accounting of swap in memory resource
controller if no parameter or 1 is given or disable
@@ -4912,76 +4813,6 @@
interruptions from clocksource watchdog are not
acceptable).
tsx= [X86] Control Transactional Synchronization
Extensions (TSX) feature in Intel processors that
support TSX control.
This parameter controls the TSX feature. The options are:
on - Enable TSX on the system. Although there are
mitigations for all known security vulnerabilities,
TSX has been known to be an accelerator for
several previous speculation-related CVEs, and
so there may be unknown security risks associated
with leaving it enabled.
off - Disable TSX on the system. (Note that this
option takes effect only on newer CPUs which are
not vulnerable to MDS, i.e., have
MSR_IA32_ARCH_CAPABILITIES.MDS_NO=1 and which get
the new IA32_TSX_CTRL MSR through a microcode
update. This new MSR allows for the reliable
deactivation of the TSX functionality.)
auto - Disable TSX if X86_BUG_TAA is present,
otherwise enable TSX on the system.
Not specifying this option is equivalent to tsx=off.
See Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/tsx_async_abort.rst
for more details.
tsx_async_abort= [X86,INTEL] Control mitigation for the TSX Async
Abort (TAA) vulnerability.
Similar to Micro-architectural Data Sampling (MDS)
certain CPUs that support Transactional
Synchronization Extensions (TSX) are vulnerable to an
exploit against CPU internal buffers which can forward
information to a disclosure gadget under certain
conditions.
In vulnerable processors, the speculatively forwarded
data can be used in a cache side channel attack, to
access data to which the attacker does not have direct
access.
This parameter controls the TAA mitigation. The
options are:
full - Enable TAA mitigation on vulnerable CPUs
if TSX is enabled.
full,nosmt - Enable TAA mitigation and disable SMT on
vulnerable CPUs. If TSX is disabled, SMT
is not disabled because CPU is not
vulnerable to cross-thread TAA attacks.
off - Unconditionally disable TAA mitigation
On MDS-affected machines, tsx_async_abort=off can be
prevented by an active MDS mitigation as both vulnerabilities
are mitigated with the same mechanism so in order to disable
this mitigation, you need to specify mds=off too.
Not specifying this option is equivalent to
tsx_async_abort=full. On CPUs which are MDS affected
and deploy MDS mitigation, TAA mitigation is not
required and doesn't provide any additional
mitigation.
For details see:
Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/tsx_async_abort.rst
turbografx.map[2|3]= [HW,JOY]
TurboGraFX parallel port interface
Format:
@@ -5032,7 +4863,8 @@
usbcore.old_scheme_first=
[USB] Start with the old device initialization
scheme (default 0 = off).
scheme, applies only to low and full-speed devices
(default 0 = off).
usbcore.usbfs_memory_mb=
[USB] Memory limit (in MB) for buffers allocated by
@@ -5131,13 +4963,13 @@
Flags is a set of characters, each corresponding
to a common usb-storage quirk flag as follows:
a = SANE_SENSE (collect more than 18 bytes
of sense data, not on uas);
of sense data);
b = BAD_SENSE (don't collect more than 18
bytes of sense data, not on uas);
bytes of sense data);
c = FIX_CAPACITY (decrease the reported
device capacity by one sector);
d = NO_READ_DISC_INFO (don't use
READ_DISC_INFO command, not on uas);
READ_DISC_INFO command);
e = NO_READ_CAPACITY_16 (don't use
READ_CAPACITY_16 command);
f = NO_REPORT_OPCODES (don't use report opcodes
@@ -5152,18 +4984,17 @@
j = NO_REPORT_LUNS (don't use report luns
command, uas only);
l = NOT_LOCKABLE (don't try to lock and
unlock ejectable media, not on uas);
unlock ejectable media);
m = MAX_SECTORS_64 (don't transfer more
than 64 sectors = 32 KB at a time,
not on uas);
than 64 sectors = 32 KB at a time);
n = INITIAL_READ10 (force a retry of the
initial READ(10) command, not on uas);
initial READ(10) command);
o = CAPACITY_OK (accept the capacity
reported by the device, not on uas);
reported by the device);
p = WRITE_CACHE (the device cache is ON
by default, not on uas);
by default);
r = IGNORE_RESIDUE (the device reports
bogus residue values, not on uas);
bogus residue values);
s = SINGLE_LUN (the device has only one
Logical Unit);
t = NO_ATA_1X (don't allow ATA(12) and ATA(16)
@@ -5172,8 +5003,7 @@
w = NO_WP_DETECT (don't test whether the
medium is write-protected).
y = ALWAYS_SYNC (issue a SYNCHRONIZE_CACHE
even if the device claims no cache,
not on uas)
even if the device claims no cache)
Example: quirks=0419:aaf5:rl,0421:0433:rc
user_debug= [KNL,ARM]
@@ -5437,10 +5267,6 @@
the unplug protocol
never -- do not unplug even if version check succeeds
xen_legacy_crash [X86,XEN]
Crash from Xen panic notifier, without executing late
panic() code such as dumping handler.
xen_nopvspin [X86,XEN]
Disables the ticketlock slowpath using Xen PV
optimizations.
@@ -5469,14 +5295,6 @@
as generic guest with no PV drivers. Currently support
XEN HVM, KVM, HYPER_V and VMWARE guest.
xen.event_eoi_delay= [XEN]
How long to delay EOI handling in case of event
storms (jiffies). Default is 10.
xen.event_loop_timeout= [XEN]
After which time (jiffies) the event handling loop
should start to delay EOI handling. Default is 2.
xirc2ps_cs= [NET,PCMCIA]
Format:
<irq>,<irq_mask>,<io>,<full_duplex>,<do_sound>,<lockup_hack>[,<irq2>[,<irq3>[,<irq4>]]]
@@ -5494,22 +5312,3 @@
A hex value specifying bitmask with supplemental xhci
host controller quirks. Meaning of each bit can be
consulted in header drivers/usb/host/xhci.h.
xmon [PPC]
Format: { early | on | rw | ro | off }
Controls if xmon debugger is enabled. Default is off.
Passing only "xmon" is equivalent to "xmon=early".
early Call xmon as early as possible on boot; xmon
debugger is called from setup_arch().
on xmon debugger hooks will be installed so xmon
is only called on a kernel crash. Default mode,
i.e. either "ro" or "rw" mode, is controlled
with CONFIG_XMON_DEFAULT_RO_MODE.
rw xmon debugger hooks will be installed so xmon
is called only on a kernel crash, mode is write,
meaning SPR registers, memory and, other data
can be written using xmon commands.
ro same as "rw" option above but SPR registers,
memory, and other data can't be written using
xmon commands.
off xmon is disabled.

View File

@@ -274,7 +274,9 @@ To reduce its OS jitter, do any of the following:
(based on an earlier one from Gilad Ben-Yossef) that
reduces or even eliminates vmstat overhead for some
workloads at https://lkml.org/lkml/2013/9/4/379.
e. If running on high-end powerpc servers, build with
e. Boot with "elevator=noop" to avoid workqueue use by
the block layer.
f. If running on high-end powerpc servers, build with
CONFIG_PPC_RTAS_DAEMON=n. This prevents the RTAS
daemon from running on each CPU every second or so.
(This will require editing Kconfig files and will defeat
@@ -282,12 +284,12 @@ To reduce its OS jitter, do any of the following:
due to the rtas_event_scan() function.
WARNING: Please check your CPU specifications to
make sure that this is safe on your particular system.
f. If running on Cell Processor, build your kernel with
g. If running on Cell Processor, build your kernel with
CBE_CPUFREQ_SPU_GOVERNOR=n to avoid OS jitter from
spu_gov_work().
WARNING: Please check your CPU specifications to
make sure that this is safe on your particular system.
g. If running on PowerMAC, build your kernel with
h. If running on PowerMAC, build your kernel with
CONFIG_PMAC_RACKMETER=n to disable the CPU-meter,
avoiding OS jitter from rackmeter_do_timer().

View File

@@ -49,7 +49,6 @@ detailed description):
- Fan control and monitoring: fan speed, fan enable/disable
- WAN enable and disable
- UWB enable and disable
- LCD Shadow (PrivacyGuard) enable and disable
A compatibility table by model and feature is maintained on the web
site, http://ibm-acpi.sf.net/. I appreciate any success or failure
@@ -1410,28 +1409,6 @@ Sysfs notes
Documentation/driver-api/rfkill.rst for details.
LCD Shadow control
------------------
procfs: /proc/acpi/ibm/lcdshadow
Some newer T480s and T490s ThinkPads provide a feature called
PrivacyGuard. By turning this feature on, the usable vertical and
horizontal viewing angles of the LCD can be limited (as if some privacy
screen was applied manually in front of the display).
procfs notes
^^^^^^^^^^^^
The available commands are::
echo '0' >/proc/acpi/ibm/lcdshadow
echo '1' >/proc/acpi/ibm/lcdshadow
The first command ensures the best viewing angle and the latter one turns
on the feature, restricting the viewing angles.
EXPERIMENTAL: UWB
-----------------

View File

@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
=====================================================
Freescale i.MX8 DDR Performance Monitoring Unit (PMU)
=====================================================
There are no performance counters inside the DRAM controller, so performance
signals are brought out to the edge of the controller where a set of 4 x 32 bit
counters is implemented. This is controlled by the CSV modes programed in counter
control register which causes a large number of PERF signals to be generated.
Selection of the value for each counter is done via the config registers. There
is one register for each counter. Counter 0 is special in that it always counts
“time” and when expired causes a lock on itself and the other counters and an
interrupt is raised. If any other counter overflows, it continues counting, and
no interrupt is raised.
The "format" directory describes format of the config (event ID) and config1
(AXI filtering) fields of the perf_event_attr structure, see /sys/bus/event_source/
devices/imx8_ddr0/format/. The "events" directory describes the events types
hardware supported that can be used with perf tool, see /sys/bus/event_source/
devices/imx8_ddr0/events/.
e.g.::
perf stat -a -e imx8_ddr0/cycles/ cmd
perf stat -a -e imx8_ddr0/read/,imx8_ddr0/write/ cmd
AXI filtering is only used by CSV modes 0x41 (axid-read) and 0x42 (axid-write)
to count reading or writing matches filter setting. Filter setting is various
from different DRAM controller implementations, which is distinguished by quirks
in the driver.
* With DDR_CAP_AXI_ID_FILTER quirk.
Filter is defined with two configuration parts:
--AXI_ID defines AxID matching value.
--AXI_MASKING defines which bits of AxID are meaningful for the matching.
0corresponding bit is masked.
1: corresponding bit is not masked, i.e. used to do the matching.
AXI_ID and AXI_MASKING are mapped on DPCR1 register in performance counter.
When non-masked bits are matching corresponding AXI_ID bits then counter is
incremented. Perf counter is incremented if
AxID && AXI_MASKING == AXI_ID && AXI_MASKING
This filter doesn't support filter different AXI ID for axid-read and axid-write
event at the same time as this filter is shared between counters.
e.g.::
perf stat -a -e imx8_ddr0/axid-read,axi_mask=0xMMMM,axi_id=0xDDDD/ cmd
perf stat -a -e imx8_ddr0/axid-write,axi_mask=0xMMMM,axi_id=0xDDDD/ cmd
NOTE: axi_mask is inverted in userspace(i.e. set bits are bits to mask), and
it will be reverted in driver automatically. so that the user can just specify
axi_id to monitor a specific id, rather than having to specify axi_mask.
e.g.::
perf stat -a -e imx8_ddr0/axid-read,axi_id=0x12/ cmd, which will monitor ARID=0x12

View File

@@ -171,20 +171,22 @@ It seems others find it useful as (System Attention Key) which is
useful when you want to exit a program that will not let you switch consoles.
(For example, X or a svgalib program.)
``reboot(b)`` is good when you're unable to shut down, it is an equivalent
of pressing the "reset" button.
``reboot(b)`` is good when you're unable to shut down. But you should also
``sync(s)`` and ``umount(u)`` first.
``crash(c)`` can be used to manually trigger a crashdump when the system is hung.
Note that this just triggers a crash if there is no dump mechanism available.
``sync(s)`` is handy before yanking removable medium or after using a rescue
shell that provides no graceful shutdown -- it will ensure your data is
safely written to the disk. Note that the sync hasn't taken place until you see
the "OK" and "Done" appear on the screen.
``sync(s)`` is great when your system is locked up, it allows you to sync your
disks and will certainly lessen the chance of data loss and fscking. Note
that the sync hasn't taken place until you see the "OK" and "Done" appear
on the screen. (If the kernel is really in strife, you may not ever get the
OK or Done message...)
``umount(u)`` can be used to mark filesystems as properly unmounted. From the
running system's point of view, they will be remounted read-only. The remount
isn't complete until you see the "OK" and "Done" message appear on the screen.
``umount(u)`` is basically useful in the same ways as ``sync(s)``. I generally
``sync(s)``, ``umount(u)``, then ``reboot(b)`` when my system locks. It's saved
me many a fsck. Again, the unmount (remount read-only) hasn't taken place until
you see the "OK" and "Done" message appear on the screen.
The loglevels ``0``-``9`` are useful when your console is being flooded with
kernel messages you do not want to see. Selecting ``0`` will prevent all but

View File

@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
=========
Using UFS
=========
mount -t ufs -o ufstype=type_of_ufs device dir
UFS Options
===========
ufstype=type_of_ufs
UFS is a file system widely used in different operating systems.
The problem are differences among implementations. Features of
some implementations are undocumented, so its hard to recognize
type of ufs automatically. That's why user must specify type of
ufs manually by mount option ufstype. Possible values are:
old
old format of ufs
default value, supported as read-only
44bsd
used in FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD
supported as read-write
ufs2
used in FreeBSD 5.x
supported as read-write
5xbsd
synonym for ufs2
sun
used in SunOS (Solaris)
supported as read-write
sunx86
used in SunOS for Intel (Solarisx86)
supported as read-write
hp
used in HP-UX
supported as read-only
nextstep
used in NextStep
supported as read-only
nextstep-cd
used for NextStep CDROMs (block_size == 2048)
supported as read-only
openstep
used in OpenStep
supported as read-only
Possible Problems
-----------------
See next section, if you have any.
Bug Reports
-----------
Any ufs bug report you can send to daniel.pirkl@email.cz or
to dushistov@mail.ru (do not send partition tables bug reports).

View File

@@ -1,283 +0,0 @@
.. include:: <isonum.txt>
====================================================
Driver for the Intel Wireless Wimax Connection 2400m
====================================================
:Copyright: |copy| 2008 Intel Corporation < linux-wimax@intel.com >
This provides a driver for the Intel Wireless WiMAX Connection 2400m
and a basic Linux kernel WiMAX stack.
1. Requirements
===============
* Linux installation with Linux kernel 2.6.22 or newer (if building
from a separate tree)
* Intel i2400m Echo Peak or Baxter Peak; this includes the Intel
Wireless WiMAX/WiFi Link 5x50 series.
* build tools:
+ Linux kernel development package for the target kernel; to
build against your currently running kernel, you need to have
the kernel development package corresponding to the running
image installed (usually if your kernel is named
linux-VERSION, the development package is called
linux-dev-VERSION or linux-headers-VERSION).
+ GNU C Compiler, make
2. Compilation and installation
===============================
2.1. Compilation of the drivers included in the kernel
------------------------------------------------------
Configure the kernel; to enable the WiMAX drivers select Drivers >
Networking Drivers > WiMAX device support. Enable all of them as
modules (easier).
If USB or SDIO are not enabled in the kernel configuration, the options
to build the i2400m USB or SDIO drivers will not show. Enable said
subsystems and go back to the WiMAX menu to enable the drivers.
Compile and install your kernel as usual.
2.2. Compilation of the drivers distributed as an standalone module
-------------------------------------------------------------------
To compile::
$ cd source/directory
$ make
Once built you can load and unload using the provided load.sh script;
load.sh will load the modules, load.sh u will unload them.
To install in the default kernel directories (and enable auto loading
when the device is plugged)::
$ make install
$ depmod -a
If your kernel development files are located in a non standard
directory or if you want to build for a kernel that is not the
currently running one, set KDIR to the right location::
$ make KDIR=/path/to/kernel/dev/tree
For more information, please contact linux-wimax@intel.com.
3. Installing the firmware
--------------------------
The firmware can be obtained from http://linuxwimax.org or might have
been supplied with your hardware.
It has to be installed in the target system::
$ cp FIRMWAREFILE.sbcf /lib/firmware/i2400m-fw-BUSTYPE-1.3.sbcf
* NOTE: if your firmware came in an .rpm or .deb file, just install
it as normal, with the rpm (rpm -i FIRMWARE.rpm) or dpkg
(dpkg -i FIRMWARE.deb) commands. No further action is needed.
* BUSTYPE will be usb or sdio, depending on the hardware you have.
Each hardware type comes with its own firmware and will not work
with other types.
4. Design
=========
This package contains two major parts: a WiMAX kernel stack and a
driver for the Intel i2400m.
The WiMAX stack is designed to provide for common WiMAX control
services to current and future WiMAX devices from any vendor; please
see README.wimax for details.
The i2400m kernel driver is broken up in two main parts: the bus
generic driver and the bus-specific drivers. The bus generic driver
forms the drivercore and contain no knowledge of the actual method we
use to connect to the device. The bus specific drivers are just the
glue to connect the bus-generic driver and the device. Currently only
USB and SDIO are supported. See drivers/net/wimax/i2400m/i2400m.h for
more information.
The bus generic driver is logically broken up in two parts: OS-glue and
hardware-glue. The OS-glue interfaces with Linux. The hardware-glue
interfaces with the device on using an interface provided by the
bus-specific driver. The reason for this breakup is to be able to
easily reuse the hardware-glue to write drivers for other OSes; note
the hardware glue part is written as a native Linux driver; no
abstraction layers are used, so to port to another OS, the Linux kernel
API calls should be replaced with the target OS's.
5. Usage
========
To load the driver, follow the instructions in the install section;
once the driver is loaded, plug in the device (unless it is permanently
plugged in). The driver will enumerate the device, upload the firmware
and output messages in the kernel log (dmesg, /var/log/messages or
/var/log/kern.log) such as::
...
i2400m_usb 5-4:1.0: firmware interface version 8.0.0
i2400m_usb 5-4:1.0: WiMAX interface wmx0 (00:1d:e1:01:94:2c) ready
At this point the device is ready to work.
Current versions require the Intel WiMAX Network Service in userspace
to make things work. See the network service's README for instructions
on how to scan, connect and disconnect.
5.1. Module parameters
----------------------
Module parameters can be set at kernel or module load time or by
echoing values::
$ echo VALUE > /sys/module/MODULENAME/parameters/PARAMETERNAME
To make changes permanent, for example, for the i2400m module, you can
also create a file named /etc/modprobe.d/i2400m containing::
options i2400m idle_mode_disabled=1
To find which parameters are supported by a module, run::
$ modinfo path/to/module.ko
During kernel bootup (if the driver is linked in the kernel), specify
the following to the kernel command line::
i2400m.PARAMETER=VALUE
5.1.1. i2400m: idle_mode_disabled
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
The i2400m module supports a parameter to disable idle mode. This
parameter, once set, will take effect only when the device is
reinitialized by the driver (eg: following a reset or a reconnect).
5.2. Debug operations: debugfs entries
--------------------------------------
The driver will register debugfs entries that allow the user to tweak
debug settings. There are three main container directories where
entries are placed, which correspond to the three blocks a i2400m WiMAX
driver has:
* /sys/kernel/debug/wimax:DEVNAME/ for the generic WiMAX stack
controls
* /sys/kernel/debug/wimax:DEVNAME/i2400m for the i2400m generic
driver controls
* /sys/kernel/debug/wimax:DEVNAME/i2400m-usb (or -sdio) for the
bus-specific i2400m-usb or i2400m-sdio controls).
Of course, if debugfs is mounted in a directory other than
/sys/kernel/debug, those paths will change.
5.2.1. Increasing debug output
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
The files named *dl_* indicate knobs for controlling the debug output
of different submodules::
# find /sys/kernel/debug/wimax\:wmx0 -name \*dl_\*
/sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/i2400m-usb/dl_tx
/sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/i2400m-usb/dl_rx
/sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/i2400m-usb/dl_notif
/sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/i2400m-usb/dl_fw
/sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/i2400m-usb/dl_usb
/sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/i2400m/dl_tx
/sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/i2400m/dl_rx
/sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/i2400m/dl_rfkill
/sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/i2400m/dl_netdev
/sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/i2400m/dl_fw
/sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/i2400m/dl_debugfs
/sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/i2400m/dl_driver
/sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/i2400m/dl_control
/sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/wimax_dl_stack
/sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/wimax_dl_op_rfkill
/sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/wimax_dl_op_reset
/sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/wimax_dl_op_msg
/sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/wimax_dl_id_table
/sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/wimax_dl_debugfs
By reading the file you can obtain the current value of said debug
level; by writing to it, you can set it.
To increase the debug level of, for example, the i2400m's generic TX
engine, just write::
$ echo 3 > /sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/i2400m/dl_tx
Increasing numbers yield increasing debug information; for details of
what is printed and the available levels, check the source. The code
uses 0 for disabled and increasing values until 8.
5.2.2. RX and TX statistics
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
The i2400m/rx_stats and i2400m/tx_stats provide statistics about the
data reception/delivery from the device::
$ cat /sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/i2400m/rx_stats
45 1 3 34 3104 48 480
The numbers reported are:
* packets/RX-buffer: total, min, max
* RX-buffers: total RX buffers received, accumulated RX buffer size
in bytes, min size received, max size received
Thus, to find the average buffer size received, divide accumulated
RX-buffer / total RX-buffers.
To clear the statistics back to 0, write anything to the rx_stats file::
$ echo 1 > /sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/i2400m_rx_stats
Likewise for TX.
Note the packets this debug file refers to are not network packet, but
packets in the sense of the device-specific protocol for communication
to the host. See drivers/net/wimax/i2400m/tx.c.
5.2.3. Tracing messages received from user space
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
To echo messages received from user space into the trace pipe that the
i2400m driver creates, set the debug file i2400m/trace_msg_from_user to
1::
$ echo 1 > /sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/i2400m/trace_msg_from_user
5.2.4. Performing a device reset
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
By writing a 0, a 1 or a 2 to the file
/sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/reset, the driver performs a warm (without
disconnecting from the bus), cold (disconnecting from the bus) or bus
(bus specific) reset on the device.
5.2.5. Asking the device to enter power saving mode
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
By writing any value to the /sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0 file, the
device will attempt to enter power saving mode.
6. Troubleshooting
==================
6.1. Driver complains about ``i2400m-fw-usb-1.2.sbcf: request failed``
----------------------------------------------------------------------
If upon connecting the device, the following is output in the kernel
log::
i2400m_usb 5-4:1.0: fw i2400m-fw-usb-1.3.sbcf: request failed: -2
This means that the driver cannot locate the firmware file named
/lib/firmware/i2400m-fw-usb-1.2.sbcf. Check that the file is present in
the right location.

View File

@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
===============
WiMAX subsystem
===============
.. toctree::
:maxdepth: 2
wimax
i2400m
.. only:: subproject and html
Indices
=======
* :ref:`genindex`

View File

@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
.. include:: <isonum.txt>
========================
Linux kernel WiMAX stack
========================
:Copyright: |copy| 2008 Intel Corporation < linux-wimax@intel.com >
This provides a basic Linux kernel WiMAX stack to provide a common
control API for WiMAX devices, usable from kernel and user space.
1. Design
=========
The WiMAX stack is designed to provide for common WiMAX control
services to current and future WiMAX devices from any vendor.
Because currently there is only one and we don't know what would be the
common services, the APIs it currently provides are very minimal.
However, it is done in such a way that it is easily extensible to
accommodate future requirements.
The stack works by embedding a struct wimax_dev in your device's
control structures. This provides a set of callbacks that the WiMAX
stack will call in order to implement control operations requested by
the user. As well, the stack provides API functions that the driver
calls to notify about changes of state in the device.
The stack exports the API calls needed to control the device to user
space using generic netlink as a marshalling mechanism. You can access
them using your own code or use the wrappers provided for your
convenience in libwimax (in the wimax-tools package).
For detailed information on the stack, please see
include/linux/wimax.h.
2. Usage
========
For usage in a driver (registration, API, etc) please refer to the
instructions in the header file include/linux/wimax.h.
When a device is registered with the WiMAX stack, a set of debugfs
files will appear in /sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmxX can tweak for
control.
2.1. Obtaining debug information: debugfs entries
-------------------------------------------------
The WiMAX stack is compiled, by default, with debug messages that can
be used to diagnose issues. By default, said messages are disabled.
The drivers will register debugfs entries that allow the user to tweak
debug settings.
Each driver, when registering with the stack, will cause a debugfs
directory named wimax:DEVICENAME to be created; optionally, it might
create more subentries below it.
2.1.1. Increasing debug output
------------------------------
The files named *dl_* indicate knobs for controlling the debug output
of different submodules of the WiMAX stack::
# find /sys/kernel/debug/wimax\:wmx0 -name \*dl_\*
/sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/wimax_dl_stack
/sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/wimax_dl_op_rfkill
/sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/wimax_dl_op_reset
/sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/wimax_dl_op_msg
/sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/wimax_dl_id_table
/sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/wimax_dl_debugfs
/sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/.... # other driver specific files
NOTE:
Of course, if debugfs is mounted in a directory other than
/sys/kernel/debug, those paths will change.
By reading the file you can obtain the current value of said debug
level; by writing to it, you can set it.
To increase the debug level of, for example, the id-table submodule,
just write:
$ echo 3 > /sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/wimax_dl_id_table
Increasing numbers yield increasing debug information; for details of
what is printed and the available levels, check the source. The code
uses 0 for disabled and increasing values until 8.

View File

@@ -337,12 +337,11 @@ None at present.
Removed Sysctls
===============
============================= =======
Name Removed
============================= =======
---- -------
fs.xfs.xfsbufd_centisec v4.0
fs.xfs.age_buffer_centisecs v4.0
============================= =======
Error handling
==============

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
===============================
ADS Bitsy Single Board Computer
===============================
(It is different from Bitsy(iPAQ) of Compaq)
For more details, contact Applied Data Systems or see
http://www.applieddata.net/products.html
The Linux support for this product has been provided by
Woojung Huh <whuh@applieddata.net>
Use 'make adsbitsy_config' before any 'make config'.
This will set up defaults for ADS Bitsy support.
The kernel zImage is linked to be loaded and executed at 0xc0400000.
Linux can be used with the ADS BootLoader that ships with the
newer rev boards. See their documentation on how to load Linux.
Supported peripherals
=====================
- SA1100 LCD frame buffer (8/16bpp...sort of)
- SA1111 USB Master
- SA1100 serial port
- pcmcia, compact flash
- touchscreen(ucb1200)
- console on LCD screen
- serial ports (ttyS[0-2])
- ttyS0 is default for serial console
To do
=====
- everything else! :-)
Notes
=====
- The flash on board is divided into 3 partitions.
You should be careful to use flash on board.
Its partition is different from GraphicsClient Plus and GraphicsMaster
- 16bpp mode requires a different cable than what ships with the board.
Contact ADS or look through the manual to wire your own. Currently,
if you compile with 16bit mode support and switch into a lower bpp
mode, the timing is off so the image is corrupted. This will be
fixed soon.
Any contribution can be sent to nico@fluxnic.net and will be greatly welcome!

View File

@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ Building the kernel
To build the kernel with current defaults::
make assabet_defconfig
make assabet_config
make oldconfig
make zImage

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
======
Brutus
======
Brutus is an evaluation platform for the SA1100 manufactured by Intel.
For more details, see:
http://developer.intel.com
To compile for Brutus, you must issue the following commands::
make brutus_config
make config
[accept all the defaults]
make zImage
The resulting kernel will end up in linux/arch/arm/boot/zImage. This file
must be loaded at 0xc0008000 in Brutus's memory and execution started at
0xc0008000 as well with the value of registers r0 = 0 and r1 = 16 upon
entry.
But prior to execute the kernel, a ramdisk image must also be loaded in
memory. Use memory address 0xd8000000 for this. Note that the file
containing the (compressed) ramdisk image must not exceed 4 MB.
Typically, you'll need angelboot to load the kernel.
The following angelboot.opt file should be used::
base 0xc0008000
entry 0xc0008000
r0 0x00000000
r1 0x00000010
device /dev/ttyS0
options "9600 8N1"
baud 115200
otherfile ramdisk_img.gz
otherbase 0xd8000000
Then load the kernel and ramdisk with::
angelboot -f angelboot.opt zImage
The first Brutus serial port (assumed to be linked to /dev/ttyS0 on your
host PC) is used by angel to load the kernel and ramdisk image. The serial
console is provided through the second Brutus serial port. To access it,
you may use minicom configured with /dev/ttyS1, 9600 baud, 8N1, no flow
control.
Currently supported
===================
- RS232 serial ports
- audio output
- LCD screen
- keyboard
The actual Brutus support may not be complete without extra patches.
If such patches exist, they should be found from
ftp.netwinder.org/users/n/nico.
A full PCMCIA support is still missing, although it's possible to hack
some drivers in order to drive already inserted cards at boot time with
little modifications.
Any contribution is welcome.
Please send patches to nico@fluxnic.net
Have Fun !

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
========
Freebird
========
Freebird-1.1 is produced by Legend(C), Inc.
`http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://www.legend.com.cn`
and software/linux maintained by Coventive(C), Inc.
(http://www.coventive.com)
Based on the Nicolas's strongarm kernel tree.
Maintainer:
Chester Kuo
- <chester@coventive.com>
- <chester@linux.org.tw>
Author:
- Tim wu <timwu@coventive.com>
- CIH <cih@coventive.com>
- Eric Peng <ericpeng@coventive.com>
- Jeff Lee <jeff_lee@coventive.com>
- Allen Cheng
- Tony Liu <tonyliu@coventive.com>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
=============================================
ADS GraphicsClient Plus Single Board Computer
=============================================
For more details, contact Applied Data Systems or see
http://www.applieddata.net/products.html
The original Linux support for this product has been provided by
Nicolas Pitre <nico@fluxnic.net>. Continued development work by
Woojung Huh <whuh@applieddata.net>
It's currently possible to mount a root filesystem via NFS providing a
complete Linux environment. Otherwise a ramdisk image may be used. The
board supports MTD/JFFS, so you could also mount something on there.
Use 'make graphicsclient_config' before any 'make config'. This will set up
defaults for GraphicsClient Plus support.
The kernel zImage is linked to be loaded and executed at 0xc0200000.
Also the following registers should have the specified values upon entry::
r0 = 0
r1 = 29 (this is the GraphicsClient architecture number)
Linux can be used with the ADS BootLoader that ships with the
newer rev boards. See their documentation on how to load Linux.
Angel is not available for the GraphicsClient Plus AFAIK.
There is a board known as just the GraphicsClient that ADS used to
produce but has end of lifed. This code will not work on the older
board with the ADS bootloader, but should still work with Angel,
as outlined below. In any case, if you're planning on deploying
something en masse, you should probably get the newer board.
If using Angel on the older boards, here is a typical angel.opt option file
if the kernel is loaded through the Angel Debug Monitor::
base 0xc0200000
entry 0xc0200000
r0 0x00000000
r1 0x0000001d
device /dev/ttyS1
options "38400 8N1"
baud 115200
#otherfile ramdisk.gz
#otherbase 0xc0800000
exec minicom
Then the kernel (and ramdisk if otherfile/otherbase lines above are
uncommented) would be loaded with::
angelboot -f angelboot.opt zImage
Here it is assumed that the board is connected to ttyS1 on your PC
and that minicom is preconfigured with /dev/ttyS1, 38400 baud, 8N1, no flow
control by default.
If any other bootloader is used, ensure it accomplish the same, especially
for r0/r1 register values before jumping into the kernel.
Supported peripherals
=====================
- SA1100 LCD frame buffer (8/16bpp...sort of)
- on-board SMC 92C96 ethernet NIC
- SA1100 serial port
- flash memory access (MTD/JFFS)
- pcmcia
- touchscreen(ucb1200)
- ps/2 keyboard
- console on LCD screen
- serial ports (ttyS[0-2])
- ttyS0 is default for serial console
- Smart I/O (ADC, keypad, digital inputs, etc)
See http://www.eurotech-inc.com/linux-sbc.asp for IOCTL documentation
and example user space code. ps/2 keybd is multiplexed through this driver
To do
=====
- UCB1200 audio with new ucb_generic layer
- everything else! :-)
Notes
=====
- The flash on board is divided into 3 partitions. mtd0 is where
the ADS boot ROM and zImage is stored. It's been marked as
read-only to keep you from blasting over the bootloader. :) mtd1 is
for the ramdisk.gz image. mtd2 is user flash space and can be
utilized for either JFFS or if you're feeling crazy, running ext2
on top of it. If you're not using the ADS bootloader, you're
welcome to blast over the mtd1 partition also.
- 16bpp mode requires a different cable than what ships with the board.
Contact ADS or look through the manual to wire your own. Currently,
if you compile with 16bit mode support and switch into a lower bpp
mode, the timing is off so the image is corrupted. This will be
fixed soon.
Any contribution can be sent to nico@fluxnic.net and will be greatly welcome!

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
========================================
ADS GraphicsMaster Single Board Computer
========================================
For more details, contact Applied Data Systems or see
http://www.applieddata.net/products.html
The original Linux support for this product has been provided by
Nicolas Pitre <nico@fluxnic.net>. Continued development work by
Woojung Huh <whuh@applieddata.net>
Use 'make graphicsmaster_config' before any 'make config'.
This will set up defaults for GraphicsMaster support.
The kernel zImage is linked to be loaded and executed at 0xc0400000.
Linux can be used with the ADS BootLoader that ships with the
newer rev boards. See their documentation on how to load Linux.
Supported peripherals
=====================
- SA1100 LCD frame buffer (8/16bpp...sort of)
- SA1111 USB Master
- on-board SMC 92C96 ethernet NIC
- SA1100 serial port
- flash memory access (MTD/JFFS)
- pcmcia, compact flash
- touchscreen(ucb1200)
- ps/2 keyboard
- console on LCD screen
- serial ports (ttyS[0-2])
- ttyS0 is default for serial console
- Smart I/O (ADC, keypad, digital inputs, etc)
See http://www.eurotech-inc.com/linux-sbc.asp for IOCTL documentation
and example user space code. ps/2 keybd is multiplexed through this driver
To do
=====
- everything else! :-)
Notes
=====
- The flash on board is divided into 3 partitions. mtd0 is where
the zImage is stored. It's been marked as read-only to keep you
from blasting over the bootloader. :) mtd1 is
for the ramdisk.gz image. mtd2 is user flash space and can be
utilized for either JFFS or if you're feeling crazy, running ext2
on top of it. If you're not using the ADS bootloader, you're
welcome to blast over the mtd1 partition also.
- 16bpp mode requires a different cable than what ships with the board.
Contact ADS or look through the manual to wire your own. Currently,
if you compile with 16bit mode support and switch into a lower bpp
mode, the timing is off so the image is corrupted. This will be
fixed soon.
Any contribution can be sent to nico@fluxnic.net and will be greatly welcome!

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
=======================
Hoeft & Wessel Webpanel
=======================
The HUW_WEBPANEL is a product of the german company Hoeft & Wessel AG
If you want more information, please visit
http://www.hoeft-wessel.de
To build the kernel::
make huw_webpanel_config
make oldconfig
[accept all defaults]
make zImage
Mostly of the work is done by:
Roman Jordan jor@hoeft-wessel.de
Christoph Schulz schu@hoeft-wessel.de
2000/12/18/

View File

@@ -7,7 +7,19 @@ Intel StrongARM 1100
.. toctree::
:maxdepth: 1
adsbitsy
assabet
brutus
cerf
freebird
graphicsclient
graphicsmaster
huw_webpanel
itsy
lart
nanoengine
pangolin
pleb
serial_uart
tifon
yopy

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
====
Itsy
====
Itsy is a research project done by the Western Research Lab, and Systems
Research Center in Palo Alto, CA. The Itsy project is one of several
research projects at Compaq that are related to pocket computing.
For more information, see:
http://www.hpl.hp.com/downloads/crl/itsy/
Notes on initial 2.4 Itsy support (8/27/2000) :
The port was done on an Itsy version 1.5 machine with a daughtercard with
64 Meg of DRAM and 32 Meg of Flash. The initial work includes support for
serial console (to see what you're doing). No other devices have been
enabled.
To build, do a "make menuconfig" (or xmenuconfig) and select Itsy support.
Disable Flash and LCD support. and then do a make zImage.
Finally, you will need to cd to arch/arm/boot/tools and execute a make there
to build the params-itsy program used to boot the kernel.
In order to install the port of 2.4 to the itsy, You will need to set the
configuration parameters in the monitor as follows::
Arg 1:0x08340000, Arg2: 0xC0000000, Arg3:18 (0x12), Arg4:0
Make sure the start-routine address is set to 0x00060000.
Next, flash the params-itsy program to 0x00060000 ("p 1 0x00060000" in the
flash menu) Flash the kernel in arch/arm/boot/zImage into 0x08340000
("p 1 0x00340000"). Finally flash an initial ramdisk into 0xC8000000
("p 2 0x0") We used ramdisk-2-30.gz from the 0.11 version directory on
handhelds.org.
The serial connection we established was at:
8-bit data, no parity, 1 stop bit(s), 115200.00 b/s. in the monitor, in the
params-itsy program, and in the kernel itself. This can be changed, but
not easily. The monitor parameters are easily changed, the params program
setup is assembly outl's, and the kernel is a configuration item specific to
the itsy. (i.e. grep for CONFIG_SA1100_ITSY and you'll find where it is.)
This should get you a properly booting 2.4 kernel on the itsy.

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
==========
nanoEngine
==========
"nanoEngine" is a SA1110 based single board computer from
Bright Star Engineering Inc. See www.brightstareng.com/arm
for more info.
(Ref: Stuart Adams <sja@brightstareng.com>)
Also visit Larry Doolittle's "Linux for the nanoEngine" site:
http://www.brightstareng.com/arm/nanoeng.htm

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
========
Pangolin
========
Pangolin is a StrongARM 1110-based evaluation platform produced
by Dialogue Technology (http://www.dialogue.com.tw/).
It has EISA slots for ease of configuration with SDRAM/Flash
memory card, USB/Serial/Audio card, Compact Flash card,
PCMCIA/IDE card and TFT-LCD card.
To compile for Pangolin, you must issue the following commands::
make pangolin_config
make oldconfig
make zImage
Supported peripherals
=====================
- SA1110 serial port (UART1/UART2/UART3)
- flash memory access
- compact flash driver
- UDA1341 sound driver
- SA1100 LCD controller for 800x600 16bpp TFT-LCD
- MQ-200 driver for 800x600 16bpp TFT-LCD
- Penmount(touch panel) driver
- PCMCIA driver
- SMC91C94 LAN driver
- IDE driver (experimental)

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
====
PLEB
====
The PLEB project was started as a student initiative at the School of
Computer Science and Engineering, University of New South Wales to make a
pocket computer capable of running the Linux Kernel.
PLEB support has yet to be fully integrated.
For more information, see:
http://www.cse.unsw.edu.au

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
=====
Tifon
=====
More info has to come...
Contact: Peter Danielsson <peter.danielsson@era-t.ericsson.se>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
====
Yopy
====
See http://www.yopydeveloper.org for more.

View File

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
==========================
==========================
Samsung S3C24XX SoC Family
==========================

View File

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
vrl4

View File

@@ -16,7 +16,6 @@ ARM64 Architecture
pointer-authentication
silicon-errata
sve
tagged-address-abi
tagged-pointers
.. only:: subproject and html

View File

@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
#!/bin/sh
# Print out the KASAN_SHADOW_OFFSETS required to place the KASAN SHADOW
# start address at the mid-point of the kernel VA space
print_kasan_offset () {
printf "%02d\t" $1
printf "0x%08x00000000\n" $(( (0xffffffff & (-1 << ($1 - 1 - 32))) \
+ (1 << ($1 - 32 - $2)) \
- (1 << (64 - 32 - $2)) ))
}
echo KASAN_SHADOW_SCALE_SHIFT = 3
printf "VABITS\tKASAN_SHADOW_OFFSET\n"
print_kasan_offset 48 3
print_kasan_offset 47 3
print_kasan_offset 42 3
print_kasan_offset 39 3
print_kasan_offset 36 3
echo
echo KASAN_SHADOW_SCALE_SHIFT = 4
printf "VABITS\tKASAN_SHADOW_OFFSET\n"
print_kasan_offset 48 4
print_kasan_offset 47 4
print_kasan_offset 42 4
print_kasan_offset 39 4
print_kasan_offset 36 4

View File

@@ -14,10 +14,6 @@ with the 4KB page configuration, allowing 39-bit (512GB) or 48-bit
64KB pages, only 2 levels of translation tables, allowing 42-bit (4TB)
virtual address, are used but the memory layout is the same.
ARMv8.2 adds optional support for Large Virtual Address space. This is
only available when running with a 64KB page size and expands the
number of descriptors in the first level of translation.
User addresses have bits 63:48 set to 0 while the kernel addresses have
the same bits set to 1. TTBRx selection is given by bit 63 of the
virtual address. The swapper_pg_dir contains only kernel (global)
@@ -26,43 +22,40 @@ The swapper_pg_dir address is written to TTBR1 and never written to
TTBR0.
AArch64 Linux memory layout with 4KB pages + 4 levels (48-bit)::
AArch64 Linux memory layout with 4KB pages + 3 levels::
Start End Size Use
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
0000000000000000 0000007fffffffff 512GB user
ffffff8000000000 ffffffffffffffff 512GB kernel
AArch64 Linux memory layout with 4KB pages + 4 levels::
Start End Size Use
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
0000000000000000 0000ffffffffffff 256TB user
ffff000000000000 ffff7fffffffffff 128TB kernel logical memory map
ffff800000000000 ffff9fffffffffff 32TB kasan shadow region
ffffa00000000000 ffffa00007ffffff 128MB bpf jit region
ffffa00008000000 ffffa0000fffffff 128MB modules
ffffa00010000000 fffffdffbffeffff ~93TB vmalloc
fffffdffbfff0000 fffffdfffe5f8fff ~998MB [guard region]
fffffdfffe5f9000 fffffdfffe9fffff 4124KB fixed mappings
fffffdfffea00000 fffffdfffebfffff 2MB [guard region]
fffffdfffec00000 fffffdffffbfffff 16MB PCI I/O space
fffffdffffc00000 fffffdffffdfffff 2MB [guard region]
fffffdffffe00000 ffffffffffdfffff 2TB vmemmap
ffffffffffe00000 ffffffffffffffff 2MB [guard region]
ffff000000000000 ffffffffffffffff 256TB kernel
AArch64 Linux memory layout with 64KB pages + 3 levels (52-bit with HW support)::
AArch64 Linux memory layout with 64KB pages + 2 levels::
Start End Size Use
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
0000000000000000 000fffffffffffff 4PB user
fff0000000000000 fff7ffffffffffff 2PB kernel logical memory map
fff8000000000000 fffd9fffffffffff 1440TB [gap]
fffda00000000000 ffff9fffffffffff 512TB kasan shadow region
ffffa00000000000 ffffa00007ffffff 128MB bpf jit region
ffffa00008000000 ffffa0000fffffff 128MB modules
ffffa00010000000 fffff81ffffeffff ~88TB vmalloc
fffff81fffff0000 fffffc1ffe58ffff ~3TB [guard region]
fffffc1ffe590000 fffffc1ffe9fffff 4544KB fixed mappings
fffffc1ffea00000 fffffc1ffebfffff 2MB [guard region]
fffffc1ffec00000 fffffc1fffbfffff 16MB PCI I/O space
fffffc1fffc00000 fffffc1fffdfffff 2MB [guard region]
fffffc1fffe00000 ffffffffffdfffff 3968GB vmemmap
ffffffffffe00000 ffffffffffffffff 2MB [guard region]
0000000000000000 000003ffffffffff 4TB user
fffffc0000000000 ffffffffffffffff 4TB kernel
AArch64 Linux memory layout with 64KB pages + 3 levels::
Start End Size Use
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
0000000000000000 0000ffffffffffff 256TB user
ffff000000000000 ffffffffffffffff 256TB kernel
For details of the virtual kernel memory layout please see the kernel
booting log.
Translation table lookup with 4KB pages::
@@ -90,8 +83,7 @@ Translation table lookup with 64KB pages::
| | | | [15:0] in-page offset
| | | +----------> [28:16] L3 index
| | +--------------------------> [41:29] L2 index
| +-------------------------------> [47:42] L1 index (48-bit)
| [51:42] L1 index (52-bit)
| +-------------------------------> [47:42] L1 index
+-------------------------------------------------> [63] TTBR0/1
@@ -104,69 +96,3 @@ ARM64_HARDEN_EL2_VECTORS is selected for particular CPUs.
When using KVM with the Virtualization Host Extensions, no additional
mappings are created, since the host kernel runs directly in EL2.
52-bit VA support in the kernel
-------------------------------
If the ARMv8.2-LVA optional feature is present, and we are running
with a 64KB page size; then it is possible to use 52-bits of address
space for both userspace and kernel addresses. However, any kernel
binary that supports 52-bit must also be able to fall back to 48-bit
at early boot time if the hardware feature is not present.
This fallback mechanism necessitates the kernel .text to be in the
higher addresses such that they are invariant to 48/52-bit VAs. Due
to the kasan shadow being a fraction of the entire kernel VA space,
the end of the kasan shadow must also be in the higher half of the
kernel VA space for both 48/52-bit. (Switching from 48-bit to 52-bit,
the end of the kasan shadow is invariant and dependent on ~0UL,
whilst the start address will "grow" towards the lower addresses).
In order to optimise phys_to_virt and virt_to_phys, the PAGE_OFFSET
is kept constant at 0xFFF0000000000000 (corresponding to 52-bit),
this obviates the need for an extra variable read. The physvirt
offset and vmemmap offsets are computed at early boot to enable
this logic.
As a single binary will need to support both 48-bit and 52-bit VA
spaces, the VMEMMAP must be sized large enough for 52-bit VAs and
also must be sized large enought to accommodate a fixed PAGE_OFFSET.
Most code in the kernel should not need to consider the VA_BITS, for
code that does need to know the VA size the variables are
defined as follows:
VA_BITS constant the *maximum* VA space size
VA_BITS_MIN constant the *minimum* VA space size
vabits_actual variable the *actual* VA space size
Maximum and minimum sizes can be useful to ensure that buffers are
sized large enough or that addresses are positioned close enough for
the "worst" case.
52-bit userspace VAs
--------------------
To maintain compatibility with software that relies on the ARMv8.0
VA space maximum size of 48-bits, the kernel will, by default,
return virtual addresses to userspace from a 48-bit range.
Software can "opt-in" to receiving VAs from a 52-bit space by
specifying an mmap hint parameter that is larger than 48-bit.
For example:
.. code-block:: c
maybe_high_address = mmap(~0UL, size, prot, flags,...);
It is also possible to build a debug kernel that returns addresses
from a 52-bit space by enabling the following kernel config options:
.. code-block:: sh
CONFIG_EXPERT=y && CONFIG_ARM64_FORCE_52BIT=y
Note that this option is only intended for debugging applications
and should not be used in production.

View File

@@ -88,16 +88,9 @@ stable kernels.
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Neoverse-N1 | #1349291 | N/A |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Neoverse-N1 | #1542419 | ARM64_ERRATUM_1542419 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | MMU-500 | #841119,826419 | N/A |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Broadcom | Brahma-B53 | N/A | ARM64_ERRATUM_845719 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Broadcom | Brahma-B53 | N/A | ARM64_ERRATUM_843419 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Cavium | ThunderX ITS | #22375,24313 | CAVIUM_ERRATUM_22375 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Cavium | ThunderX ITS | #23144 | CAVIUM_ERRATUM_23144 |
@@ -114,8 +107,6 @@ stable kernels.
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Cavium | ThunderX2 SMMUv3| #126 | N/A |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Cavium | ThunderX2 Core | #219 | CAVIUM_TX2_ERRATUM_219 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Freescale/NXP | LS2080A/LS1043A | A-008585 | FSL_ERRATUM_A008585 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
@@ -124,8 +115,6 @@ stable kernels.
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Hisilicon | Hip0{6,7} | #161010701 | N/A |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Hisilicon | Hip0{6,7} | #161010803 | N/A |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Hisilicon | Hip07 | #161600802 | HISILICON_ERRATUM_161600802 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Hisilicon | Hip08 SMMU PMCG | #162001800 | N/A |
@@ -133,7 +122,7 @@ stable kernels.
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Qualcomm Tech. | Kryo/Falkor v1 | E1003 | QCOM_FALKOR_ERRATUM_1003 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Qualcomm Tech. | Kryo/Falkor v1 | E1009 | QCOM_FALKOR_ERRATUM_1009 |
| Qualcomm Tech. | Falkor v1 | E1009 | QCOM_FALKOR_ERRATUM_1009 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Qualcomm Tech. | QDF2400 ITS | E0065 | QCOM_QDF2400_ERRATUM_0065 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+

View File

@@ -1,163 +0,0 @@
==========================
AArch64 TAGGED ADDRESS ABI
==========================
Authors: Vincenzo Frascino <vincenzo.frascino@arm.com>
Catalin Marinas <catalin.marinas@arm.com>
Date: 21 August 2019
This document describes the usage and semantics of the Tagged Address
ABI on AArch64 Linux.
1. Introduction
---------------
On AArch64 the ``TCR_EL1.TBI0`` bit is set by default, allowing
userspace (EL0) to perform memory accesses through 64-bit pointers with
a non-zero top byte. This document describes the relaxation of the
syscall ABI that allows userspace to pass certain tagged pointers to
kernel syscalls.
2. AArch64 Tagged Address ABI
-----------------------------
From the kernel syscall interface perspective and for the purposes of
this document, a "valid tagged pointer" is a pointer with a potentially
non-zero top-byte that references an address in the user process address
space obtained in one of the following ways:
- ``mmap()`` syscall where either:
- flags have the ``MAP_ANONYMOUS`` bit set or
- the file descriptor refers to a regular file (including those
returned by ``memfd_create()``) or ``/dev/zero``
- ``brk()`` syscall (i.e. the heap area between the initial location of
the program break at process creation and its current location).
- any memory mapped by the kernel in the address space of the process
during creation and with the same restrictions as for ``mmap()`` above
(e.g. data, bss, stack).
The AArch64 Tagged Address ABI has two stages of relaxation depending
how the user addresses are used by the kernel:
1. User addresses not accessed by the kernel but used for address space
management (e.g. ``mprotect()``, ``madvise()``). The use of valid
tagged pointers in this context is allowed with the exception of
``brk()``, ``mmap()`` and the ``new_address`` argument to
``mremap()`` as these have the potential to alias with existing
user addresses.
NOTE: This behaviour changed in v5.6 and so some earlier kernels may
incorrectly accept valid tagged pointers for the ``brk()``,
``mmap()`` and ``mremap()`` system calls.
2. User addresses accessed by the kernel (e.g. ``write()``). This ABI
relaxation is disabled by default and the application thread needs to
explicitly enable it via ``prctl()`` as follows:
- ``PR_SET_TAGGED_ADDR_CTRL``: enable or disable the AArch64 Tagged
Address ABI for the calling thread.
The ``(unsigned int) arg2`` argument is a bit mask describing the
control mode used:
- ``PR_TAGGED_ADDR_ENABLE``: enable AArch64 Tagged Address ABI.
Default status is disabled.
Arguments ``arg3``, ``arg4``, and ``arg5`` must be 0.
- ``PR_GET_TAGGED_ADDR_CTRL``: get the status of the AArch64 Tagged
Address ABI for the calling thread.
Arguments ``arg2``, ``arg3``, ``arg4``, and ``arg5`` must be 0.
The ABI properties described above are thread-scoped, inherited on
clone() and fork() and cleared on exec().
Calling ``prctl(PR_SET_TAGGED_ADDR_CTRL, PR_TAGGED_ADDR_ENABLE, 0, 0, 0)``
returns ``-EINVAL`` if the AArch64 Tagged Address ABI is globally
disabled by ``sysctl abi.tagged_addr_disabled=1``. The default
``sysctl abi.tagged_addr_disabled`` configuration is 0.
When the AArch64 Tagged Address ABI is enabled for a thread, the
following behaviours are guaranteed:
- All syscalls except the cases mentioned in section 3 can accept any
valid tagged pointer.
- The syscall behaviour is undefined for invalid tagged pointers: it may
result in an error code being returned, a (fatal) signal being raised,
or other modes of failure.
- The syscall behaviour for a valid tagged pointer is the same as for
the corresponding untagged pointer.
A definition of the meaning of tagged pointers on AArch64 can be found
in Documentation/arm64/tagged-pointers.rst.
3. AArch64 Tagged Address ABI Exceptions
-----------------------------------------
The following system call parameters must be untagged regardless of the
ABI relaxation:
- ``prctl()`` other than pointers to user data either passed directly or
indirectly as arguments to be accessed by the kernel.
- ``ioctl()`` other than pointers to user data either passed directly or
indirectly as arguments to be accessed by the kernel.
- ``shmat()`` and ``shmdt()``.
Any attempt to use non-zero tagged pointers may result in an error code
being returned, a (fatal) signal being raised, or other modes of
failure.
4. Example of correct usage
---------------------------
.. code-block:: c
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include <sys/mman.h>
#include <sys/prctl.h>
#define PR_SET_TAGGED_ADDR_CTRL 55
#define PR_TAGGED_ADDR_ENABLE (1UL << 0)
#define TAG_SHIFT 56
int main(void)
{
int tbi_enabled = 0;
unsigned long tag = 0;
char *ptr;
/* check/enable the tagged address ABI */
if (!prctl(PR_SET_TAGGED_ADDR_CTRL, PR_TAGGED_ADDR_ENABLE, 0, 0, 0))
tbi_enabled = 1;
/* memory allocation */
ptr = mmap(NULL, sysconf(_SC_PAGE_SIZE), PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE,
MAP_PRIVATE | MAP_ANONYMOUS, -1, 0);
if (ptr == MAP_FAILED)
return 1;
/* set a non-zero tag if the ABI is available */
if (tbi_enabled)
tag = rand() & 0xff;
ptr = (char *)((unsigned long)ptr | (tag << TAG_SHIFT));
/* memory access to a tagged address */
strcpy(ptr, "tagged pointer\n");
/* syscall with a tagged pointer */
write(1, ptr, strlen(ptr));
return 0;
}

View File

@@ -20,9 +20,7 @@ Passing tagged addresses to the kernel
--------------------------------------
All interpretation of userspace memory addresses by the kernel assumes
an address tag of 0x00, unless the application enables the AArch64
Tagged Address ABI explicitly
(Documentation/arm64/tagged-address-abi.rst).
an address tag of 0x00.
This includes, but is not limited to, addresses found in:
@@ -35,15 +33,13 @@ This includes, but is not limited to, addresses found in:
- the frame pointer (x29) and frame records, e.g. when interpreting
them to generate a backtrace or call graph.
Using non-zero address tags in any of these locations when the
userspace application did not enable the AArch64 Tagged Address ABI may
result in an error code being returned, a (fatal) signal being raised,
or other modes of failure.
Using non-zero address tags in any of these locations may result in an
error code being returned, a (fatal) signal being raised, or other modes
of failure.
For these reasons, when the AArch64 Tagged Address ABI is disabled,
passing non-zero address tags to the kernel via system calls is
forbidden, and using a non-zero address tag for sp is strongly
discouraged.
For these reasons, passing non-zero address tags to the kernel via
system calls is forbidden, and using a non-zero address tag for sp is
strongly discouraged.
Programs maintaining a frame pointer and frame records that use non-zero
address tags may suffer impaired or inaccurate debug and profiling
@@ -63,9 +59,6 @@ be preserved.
The architecture prevents the use of a tagged PC, so the upper byte will
be set to a sign-extension of bit 55 on exception return.
This behaviour is maintained when the AArch64 Tagged Address ABI is
enabled.
Other considerations
--------------------

View File

@@ -1,216 +0,0 @@
Assembler Annotations
=====================
Copyright (c) 2017-2019 Jiri Slaby
This document describes the new macros for annotation of data and code in
assembly. In particular, it contains information about ``SYM_FUNC_START``,
``SYM_FUNC_END``, ``SYM_CODE_START``, and similar.
Rationale
---------
Some code like entries, trampolines, or boot code needs to be written in
assembly. The same as in C, such code is grouped into functions and
accompanied with data. Standard assemblers do not force users into precisely
marking these pieces as code, data, or even specifying their length.
Nevertheless, assemblers provide developers with such annotations to aid
debuggers throughout assembly. On top of that, developers also want to mark
some functions as *global* in order to be visible outside of their translation
units.
Over time, the Linux kernel has adopted macros from various projects (like
``binutils``) to facilitate such annotations. So for historic reasons,
developers have been using ``ENTRY``, ``END``, ``ENDPROC``, and other
annotations in assembly. Due to the lack of their documentation, the macros
are used in rather wrong contexts at some locations. Clearly, ``ENTRY`` was
intended to denote the beginning of global symbols (be it data or code).
``END`` used to mark the end of data or end of special functions with
*non-standard* calling convention. In contrast, ``ENDPROC`` should annotate
only ends of *standard* functions.
When these macros are used correctly, they help assemblers generate a nice
object with both sizes and types set correctly. For example, the result of
``arch/x86/lib/putuser.S``::
Num: Value Size Type Bind Vis Ndx Name
25: 0000000000000000 33 FUNC GLOBAL DEFAULT 1 __put_user_1
29: 0000000000000030 37 FUNC GLOBAL DEFAULT 1 __put_user_2
32: 0000000000000060 36 FUNC GLOBAL DEFAULT 1 __put_user_4
35: 0000000000000090 37 FUNC GLOBAL DEFAULT 1 __put_user_8
This is not only important for debugging purposes. When there are properly
annotated objects like this, tools can be run on them to generate more useful
information. In particular, on properly annotated objects, ``objtool`` can be
run to check and fix the object if needed. Currently, ``objtool`` can report
missing frame pointer setup/destruction in functions. It can also
automatically generate annotations for :doc:`ORC unwinder <x86/orc-unwinder>`
for most code. Both of these are especially important to support reliable
stack traces which are in turn necessary for :doc:`Kernel live patching
<livepatch/livepatch>`.
Caveat and Discussion
---------------------
As one might realize, there were only three macros previously. That is indeed
insufficient to cover all the combinations of cases:
* standard/non-standard function
* code/data
* global/local symbol
There was a discussion_ and instead of extending the current ``ENTRY/END*``
macros, it was decided that brand new macros should be introduced instead::
So how about using macro names that actually show the purpose, instead
of importing all the crappy, historic, essentially randomly chosen
debug symbol macro names from the binutils and older kernels?
.. _discussion: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20170217104757.28588-1-jslaby@suse.cz
Macros Description
------------------
The new macros are prefixed with the ``SYM_`` prefix and can be divided into
three main groups:
1. ``SYM_FUNC_*`` -- to annotate C-like functions. This means functions with
standard C calling conventions, i.e. the stack contains a return address at
the predefined place and a return from the function can happen in a
standard way. When frame pointers are enabled, save/restore of frame
pointer shall happen at the start/end of a function, respectively, too.
Checking tools like ``objtool`` should ensure such marked functions conform
to these rules. The tools can also easily annotate these functions with
debugging information (like *ORC data*) automatically.
2. ``SYM_CODE_*`` -- special functions called with special stack. Be it
interrupt handlers with special stack content, trampolines, or startup
functions.
Checking tools mostly ignore checking of these functions. But some debug
information still can be generated automatically. For correct debug data,
this code needs hints like ``UNWIND_HINT_REGS`` provided by developers.
3. ``SYM_DATA*`` -- obviously data belonging to ``.data`` sections and not to
``.text``. Data do not contain instructions, so they have to be treated
specially by the tools: they should not treat the bytes as instructions,
nor assign any debug information to them.
Instruction Macros
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
This section covers ``SYM_FUNC_*`` and ``SYM_CODE_*`` enumerated above.
* ``SYM_FUNC_START`` and ``SYM_FUNC_START_LOCAL`` are supposed to be **the
most frequent markings**. They are used for functions with standard calling
conventions -- global and local. Like in C, they both align the functions to
architecture specific ``__ALIGN`` bytes. There are also ``_NOALIGN`` variants
for special cases where developers do not want this implicit alignment.
``SYM_FUNC_START_WEAK`` and ``SYM_FUNC_START_WEAK_NOALIGN`` markings are
also offered as an assembler counterpart to the *weak* attribute known from
C.
All of these **shall** be coupled with ``SYM_FUNC_END``. First, it marks
the sequence of instructions as a function and computes its size to the
generated object file. Second, it also eases checking and processing such
object files as the tools can trivially find exact function boundaries.
So in most cases, developers should write something like in the following
example, having some asm instructions in between the macros, of course::
SYM_FUNC_START(function_hook)
... asm insns ...
SYM_FUNC_END(function_hook)
In fact, this kind of annotation corresponds to the now deprecated ``ENTRY``
and ``ENDPROC`` macros.
* ``SYM_FUNC_START_ALIAS`` and ``SYM_FUNC_START_LOCAL_ALIAS`` serve for those
who decided to have two or more names for one function. The typical use is::
SYM_FUNC_START_ALIAS(__memset)
SYM_FUNC_START(memset)
... asm insns ...
SYM_FUNC_END(memset)
SYM_FUNC_END_ALIAS(__memset)
In this example, one can call ``__memset`` or ``memset`` with the same
result, except the debug information for the instructions is generated to
the object file only once -- for the non-``ALIAS`` case.
* ``SYM_CODE_START`` and ``SYM_CODE_START_LOCAL`` should be used only in
special cases -- if you know what you are doing. This is used exclusively
for interrupt handlers and similar where the calling convention is not the C
one. ``_NOALIGN`` variants exist too. The use is the same as for the ``FUNC``
category above::
SYM_CODE_START_LOCAL(bad_put_user)
... asm insns ...
SYM_CODE_END(bad_put_user)
Again, every ``SYM_CODE_START*`` **shall** be coupled by ``SYM_CODE_END``.
To some extent, this category corresponds to deprecated ``ENTRY`` and
``END``. Except ``END`` had several other meanings too.
* ``SYM_INNER_LABEL*`` is used to denote a label inside some
``SYM_{CODE,FUNC}_START`` and ``SYM_{CODE,FUNC}_END``. They are very similar
to C labels, except they can be made global. An example of use::
SYM_CODE_START(ftrace_caller)
/* save_mcount_regs fills in first two parameters */
...
SYM_INNER_LABEL(ftrace_caller_op_ptr, SYM_L_GLOBAL)
/* Load the ftrace_ops into the 3rd parameter */
...
SYM_INNER_LABEL(ftrace_call, SYM_L_GLOBAL)
call ftrace_stub
...
retq
SYM_CODE_END(ftrace_caller)
Data Macros
~~~~~~~~~~~
Similar to instructions, there is a couple of macros to describe data in the
assembly.
* ``SYM_DATA_START`` and ``SYM_DATA_START_LOCAL`` mark the start of some data
and shall be used in conjunction with either ``SYM_DATA_END``, or
``SYM_DATA_END_LABEL``. The latter adds also a label to the end, so that
people can use ``lstack`` and (local) ``lstack_end`` in the following
example::
SYM_DATA_START_LOCAL(lstack)
.skip 4096
SYM_DATA_END_LABEL(lstack, SYM_L_LOCAL, lstack_end)
* ``SYM_DATA`` and ``SYM_DATA_LOCAL`` are variants for simple, mostly one-line
data::
SYM_DATA(HEAP, .long rm_heap)
SYM_DATA(heap_end, .long rm_stack)
In the end, they expand to ``SYM_DATA_START`` with ``SYM_DATA_END``
internally.
Support Macros
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
All the above reduce themselves to some invocation of ``SYM_START``,
``SYM_END``, or ``SYM_ENTRY`` at last. Normally, developers should avoid using
these.
Further, in the above examples, one could see ``SYM_L_LOCAL``. There are also
``SYM_L_GLOBAL`` and ``SYM_L_WEAK``. All are intended to denote linkage of a
symbol marked by them. They are used either in ``_LABEL`` variants of the
earlier macros, or in ``SYM_START``.
Overriding Macros
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Architecture can also override any of the macros in their own
``asm/linkage.h``, including macros specifying the type of a symbol
(``SYM_T_FUNC``, ``SYM_T_OBJECT``, and ``SYM_T_NONE``). As every macro
described in this file is surrounded by ``#ifdef`` + ``#endif``, it is enough
to define the macros differently in the aforementioned architecture-dependent
header.

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
===================================
cfag12864b LCD Driver Documentation
===================================
License: GPLv2
Author & Maintainer: Miguel Ojeda Sandonis
Date: 2006-10-27
--------
0. INDEX
--------
1. DRIVER INFORMATION
2. DEVICE INFORMATION
3. WIRING
4. USERSPACE PROGRAMMING
---------------------
1. DRIVER INFORMATION
---------------------
This driver supports a cfag12864b LCD.
---------------------
2. DEVICE INFORMATION
---------------------
Manufacturer: Crystalfontz
Device Name: Crystalfontz 12864b LCD Series
Device Code: cfag12864b
Webpage: http://www.crystalfontz.com
Device Webpage: http://www.crystalfontz.com/products/12864b/
Type: LCD (Liquid Crystal Display)
Width: 128
Height: 64
Colors: 2 (B/N)
Controller: ks0108
Controllers: 2
Pages: 8 each controller
Addresses: 64 each page
Data size: 1 byte each address
Memory size: 2 * 8 * 64 * 1 = 1024 bytes = 1 Kbyte
---------
3. WIRING
---------
The cfag12864b LCD Series don't have official wiring.
The common wiring is done to the parallel port as shown:
Parallel Port cfag12864b
Name Pin# Pin# Name
Strobe ( 1)------------------------------(17) Enable
Data 0 ( 2)------------------------------( 4) Data 0
Data 1 ( 3)------------------------------( 5) Data 1
Data 2 ( 4)------------------------------( 6) Data 2
Data 3 ( 5)------------------------------( 7) Data 3
Data 4 ( 6)------------------------------( 8) Data 4
Data 5 ( 7)------------------------------( 9) Data 5
Data 6 ( 8)------------------------------(10) Data 6
Data 7 ( 9)------------------------------(11) Data 7
(10) [+5v]---( 1) Vdd
(11) [GND]---( 2) Ground
(12) [+5v]---(14) Reset
(13) [GND]---(15) Read / Write
Line (14)------------------------------(13) Controller Select 1
(15)
Init (16)------------------------------(12) Controller Select 2
Select (17)------------------------------(16) Data / Instruction
Ground (18)---[GND] [+5v]---(19) LED +
Ground (19)---[GND]
Ground (20)---[GND] E A Values:
Ground (21)---[GND] [GND]---[P1]---(18) Vee - R = Resistor = 22 ohm
Ground (22)---[GND] | - P1 = Preset = 10 Kohm
Ground (23)---[GND] ---- S ------( 3) V0 - P2 = Preset = 1 Kohm
Ground (24)---[GND] | |
Ground (25)---[GND] [GND]---[P2]---[R]---(20) LED -
------------------------
4. USERSPACE PROGRAMMING
------------------------
The cfag12864bfb describes a framebuffer device (/dev/fbX).
It has a size of 1024 bytes = 1 Kbyte.
Each bit represents one pixel. If the bit is high, the pixel will
turn on. If the pixel is low, the pixel will turn off.
You can use the framebuffer as a file: fopen, fwrite, fclose...
Although the LCD won't get updated until the next refresh time arrives.
Also, you can mmap the framebuffer: open & mmap, munmap & close...
which is the best option for most uses.
Check samples/auxdisplay/cfag12864b-example.c
for a real working userspace complete program with usage examples.

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More